QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2002

Registration No. 333-82576





SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

DELAWARE   4512   87-0617894
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

80-02 Kew Gardens Road
Kew Gardens, New York 11415
(718) 286-7900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


Thomas E. Kelly
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
80-02 Kew Gardens Road
Kew Gardens, New York 11415
(718) 286-7902

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service of process)


With copies to:

Curtis L. Mo   Joel S. Klaperman
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
1633 Broadway, 47th Floor
New York, New York 10019
(212) 581-1600
  Shearman & Sterling
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  / /

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.  / /


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

  Amount of Registration Fee


Common Stock, $0.01 par value(2)   6,325,000   $24.00   $151,800,000   $13,966

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Each share of Common Stock includes one stockholder right as described under "Description of Capital Stock."



         The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective time until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued March  , 2002

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

5,500,000 Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK


We are offering 5,500,000 shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $22.00 and $24.00 per share.


We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "JBLU."


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7.


PRICE $         A SHARE


 
  Price to
Public

  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  Proceeds to
JetBlue

Per Share     $               $               $          
Total   $                      $                      $                   

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 825,000 shares to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on              , 2002.


MORGAN STANLEY   MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

RAYMOND JAMES

UBS WARBURG

                      , 2002


Inside Front Cover Art

        Graphic (center): Map of United States displaying JetBlue current and announced routes of service



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements   ii
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   7
Use of Proceeds   20
Dividend Policy   20
Capitalization   21
Dilution   22
Selected Financial and Operating Data   23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   25
Business   37

 

 

 
Management and Stock Ownership Information   56
Related Party Transactions   71
Description of Capital Stock   73
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   78
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock   80
Underwriters   83
Legal Matters   85
Experts   85
Where You Can Find More Information   85
Change in Independent Accountants   86
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from the information contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or when any sale of our common stock occurs.

        We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of common stock outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

        Until                    , 2002, 25 days after the commencement of this offering, all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


        In this prospectus, we use the terms "JetBlue," "we," "us" and "our" to refer to JetBlue Airways Corporation.

        JETBLUE and JETBLUE AIRWAYS are registered service marks of JetBlue Airways Corporation in the United States and other countries. This prospectus also contains trademarks and tradenames of other companies.

i



SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including the sections entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, the effects of future regulation and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as the words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "estimate" or similar expressions.

        Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus.

        You should understand that many important factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, without limitation, the rapidly changing industry and regulatory environment following recent terrorist attacks, our limited operating history, our ability to implement our growth strategy, our fixed obligations, our dependence on the New York market, our ability to renew or replace gate leases, our competitive environment, problems with our aircraft, economic and other conditions in markets in which we operate, governmental regulation, increases in maintenance costs, fuel prices and insurance premiums and cyclical and seasonal fluctuations in our operating results.

ii



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information about our company and the common stock that we are offering. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors" section and the financial statements and notes to those statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.


JETBLUE AIRWAYS

Overview

        JetBlue is a low-fare, low-cost passenger airline that provides high-quality customer service primarily on point-to-point routes. We focus on serving underserved markets and large metropolitan areas that have high average fares, and we have a geographically diversified flight schedule that includes both short-haul and long-haul routes.

        We commenced service in February 2000 and established our primary base of operations at New York's John F. Kennedy International Airport, or JFK. As of February 28, 2002, we operated 108 flights per day, including 52 daily flights between JFK and Florida, 26 daily flights between JFK and upstate New York and 18 daily flights between JFK and the western United States. On August 28, 2001, we began service at our West Coast base of operations, Long Beach Municipal Airport, which serves the Los Angeles area.

        To date, we have raised $175 million of equity capital, which has enabled us, among other things, to acquire a fleet of new, single-class Airbus A320 aircraft. We are scheduled to add to our operating fleet of 23 aircraft 60 new A320 aircraft by the end of 2007.

        We are focused on profitability and have low operating costs because we operate a single aircraft type with high utilization and have a highly productive and incentivized workforce. Our low fares are designed to stimulate demand, and we have demonstrated our ability to increase passenger traffic in the markets we serve. In addition, we offer our customers a differentiated product, with new aircraft, low fares, leather seats, free LiveTV (a direct 24-channel satellite TV service) at every seat, pre-assigned seating and reliable performance.

        The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 have dramatically affected the airline industry. U.S. airlines have experienced numerous difficulties in the wake of these tragic events, including but not limited to, a significant drop in demand for air travel, reduced traffic and yields, increased insurance and security costs and liquidity concerns. We, along with the rest of the industry, suffered an initial drop in demand, leading to reduced traffic and yields. Unlike many of our competitors, however, our level of operations and passenger traffic have recovered substantially to the levels we had originally anticipated before September 11, 2001, although our yields have not fully recovered. Many of our competitors have reduced their capacity, including flights in our current and potential markets. Amid these changes in industry dynamics, we intend to maintain a disciplined growth strategy by increasing frequency on our existing routes and entering attractive new markets. Our future growth plans remain intact and we have ordered additional aircraft above and beyond our pre-September 11, 2001 plans.

        While the airline industry suffered unprecedented losses in 2001, we had net income of $38.5 million and operating income of $26.8 million on revenues of $320.4 million. Operating income excluded $18.7 million of compensation under the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act, or the Stabilization Act. We generated a load factor (the percentage of aircraft seating capacity actually utilized) of 78.0%, higher than any of the major U.S. airlines, which had load factors ranging from 57.6% to 76.0%, with an average of 69.7% in 2001. We also generated an operating margin of 8.4%, higher than all but one of the major U.S. airlines in 2001, according to reports by those airlines.

1



        The airline industry is highly competitive and we expect competition to continue in the future. Many of our competitors have higher maintenance costs due to the age of their fleets and significantly higher labor costs because, among other things, they have a unionized workforce with unproductive work rules and more complex operations which decrease employee productivity and increase costs. We expect our maintenance costs to significantly increase as our fleet ages, and we may experience greater labor costs in the future. We also have a limited operating history. As a result of these factors and other risks described in this prospectus, we may encounter difficulties in implementing our strategy and we cannot assure you that we will succeed in achieving our goals.

        In recent years, airline passengers have become increasingly dissatisfied with airline travel due to flight delays and cancellations, overbooking of flights, complicated fare structures, mishandled baggage and lack of customer care. The potential to stimulate demand through low fares coupled with the high level of dissatisfaction among airline customers provides an opportunity for JetBlue. We seek to provide a high-quality flying experience, emphasizing safety, security, reliability, customer service and low fares.

Our Competitive Strengths

        Our principal competitive strengths are:

        Low Operating Costs.     Our cost per available seat mile of 6.98 cents for 2001 was lower than any of the major U.S. airlines, which reported an average cost per available seat mile of 10.08 cents, excluding compensation under the Stabilization Act. As adjusted for the average number of miles flown per flight, we believe our cost per available seat mile was lower than all but one of the major U.S. airlines, excluding compensation under the Stabilization Act.

        New All Airbus A320 Fleet.     By using our strong capital base, we have been able to acquire a fleet of new aircraft. This sets us apart from most other low-fare airlines. The A320 is a reliable, fuel-efficient and versatile aircraft that can be utilized for both short-haul and long-haul flights.

        Strong Brand.     We believe that we have made significant progress in establishing a strong brand that helps to distinguish us from our competitors by seeking to be identified as a safe, reliable, low-fare airline that is highly focused on customer service and that provides an enjoyable flying experience.

        Strong Company Culture.     We have created a strong and vibrant service-oriented company culture, which is built around our five key values: safety, caring, integrity, fun and passion. We reinforce our culture by explaining to our employees the importance of customer service and safety and the need to remain productive and keep our costs low.

        Well-Positioned in New York, the Nation's Largest Travel Market.     Our primary base of operations at New York's JFK airport provides us access to a market of approximately 21 million potential customers in the New York metropolitan area and about 6 million potential customers within 15 miles of the airport.

        Proven Management Team.     Our Chief Executive Officer, David Neeleman, was the president and one of the founders of Morris Air, a successful low-fare airline that was acquired by Southwest Airlines, and a founder of WestJet. David Barger, our President and Chief Operating Officer, was vice president in charge of Continental Airlines' Newark hub from 1994 to 1998. Our Chief Financial Officer, John Owen, spent 14 years as treasurer of Southwest Airlines.

        Advanced Technology.     We make use of advanced technology in many ways. For instance, all of our pilots use laptop computers in the cockpit to calculate the weight and balance of the aircraft and to access their manuals in electronic format during the flight. We recently commenced installation of cabin security cameras on each of our aircraft with a live feed to the cockpit crew and, when on the ground, to our central operations center at JFK.

2



Our Strategy

        Our goal is to establish JetBlue as a leading low-fare passenger airline by offering customers a differentiated product and high-quality customer service. The key elements of our strategy are:

        Stimulate Demand.     Our widely available low fares and superior product offering are designed to stimulate demand, particularly from fare-conscious leisure and business travelers who might otherwise have used alternative forms of transportation or would not have traveled at all.

        Emphasize Low Operating Costs.     We are focused on using technology to improve efficiency, and we believe that our fleet of identical new aircraft, ticketless reservation system, high percentage of website bookings and other initiatives, will help us reduce our costs.

        Offer Point-to-Point Flights to Overpriced or Underserved Large Markets.     We focus on point-to-point service to large metropolitan areas with high average fares or highly-traveled markets that are underserved. In selecting future markets, we plan to continue to follow this strategy. We further intend to penetrate our key markets by increasing the number of flights per day to existing destinations, which we believe present us with additional growth opportunities.

        Differentiate Our Product and Service.     We offer our passengers a unique flying experience by providing new aircraft, simple and low fares, leather seats, free LiveTV at every seat, pre-assigned seating, reliable performance and high-quality customer service.

Corporate Information

        JetBlue Airways Corporation was incorporated in Delaware in August 1998. Our principal executive offices are located at 80-02 Kew Gardens Road, Kew Gardens, New York 11415 and our telephone number is (718) 286-7900. Our website address is www.jetblue.com. Information contained on our website is not a prospectus and does not constitute part of this prospectus.

3



THE OFFERING


Common stock offered

 

5,500,000 shares

Common stock estimated to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

40,578,829 shares

Over-allotment option

 

825,000 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds, together with existing cash, for working capital and capital expenditures, including capital expenditures related to the purchase of aircraft. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividends

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further expansion and continued growth of our business.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol

 

"JBLU"

        Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

        The figures above are based on 35,078,829 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2002 and assume no exercise of outstanding options since that date. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

4



SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

        The following table presents summary historical financial information for us. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes, and the information under "Selected Financial and Operating Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        "EBITDA" represents operating income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization expense. "EBITDAR" represents EBITDA plus aircraft rent expense. We are presenting EBITDA and EBITDAR because some investors use them as a supplemental financial measure of a company's ability to service its debt and as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA and EBITDAR are not determined using generally accepted accounting principles and, therefore, are not necessarily comparable to EBITDA and EBITDAR of other companies. Investors should not view EBITDA or EBITDAR as substitutes for net income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or as measures of a company's profitability or liquidity.

        The pro forma basic earnings per share and balance sheet data gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into 30,692,262 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2001 or the date of issuance.

        The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the pro forma adjustments and the receipt of approximately $116.1 million in estimated net proceeds from the sale of 5,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  1999
  2000
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 
Statements of Operations Data:                    
Operating revenues   $   $ 104,618   $ 320,414  
Operating expenses:                    
  Salaries, wages and benefits     6,000     32,912     84,762  
  Aircraft fuel     4     17,634     41,666  
  Aircraft rent     324     13,027     32,927  
  Sales and marketing     887     16,978     28,305  
  Landing fees and other rents     447     11,112     27,342  
  Depreciation and amortization     111     3,995     10,417  
  Maintenance materials and repairs     38     1,052     4,705  
  Other operating expenses     6,405     29,096     63,483  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     14,216     125,806     293,607  
   
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (14,216 )   (21,188 )   26,807  
Airline Stabilization Act compensation (1)             18,706  
Other income (expense)     685     (381 )   (3,598 )
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (13,531 )   (21,569 )   41,915  
Income tax expense (benefit) (2)     233     (239 )   3,378  
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (13,764 ) $ (21,330 ) $ 38,537  
   
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per common share:                    
  Basic   $ (36.81 ) $ (26.66 ) $ 9.88  
  Diluted   $ (36.81 ) $ (26.66 ) $ 1.14  
  Pro forma basic               $ 1.30  
Other Financial Data:                    
Operating margin         (20.3 )%   8.4 %
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (6,556 ) $ 2,824   $ 111,279  
Net cash used in investing activities     (67,452 )   (241,130 )   (289,855 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     80,740     254,463     261,695  
EBITDA     (14,105 )   (17,193 )   37,224  
EBITDAR     (13,781 )   (4,166 )   70,151  
(1)
Represents our share of compensation under the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act. See Note 12 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion.
(2)
In 2001, our income tax expense was reduced due to the full reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance. We do not expect any similar reductions in the future. See Note 7 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion.

5


 
  As of December 31, 2001
 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
  As Adjusted
 
  (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:                  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 117,522   $ 117,522   $ 233,667
Total assets     673,773     673,773     789,918
Total debt     374,431     374,431     374,431
Convertible redeemable preferred stock     210,441        
Common stockholders' equity (deficit)     (32,167 )   178,274     294,419

        For a description of the terms used in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus and their meanings, please see "Selected Financial and Operating Data."

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2000
  2001
 
Operating Statistics (unaudited):          
Revenue passengers   1,144,421   3,116,817  
Revenue passenger miles (000)   1,004,496   3,281,835  
Available seat miles (000)   1,371,836   4,208,267  
Load factor   73.2 % 78.0 %
Breakeven load factor   90.6 % 73.7 %
Aircraft utilization (hours per day)   12.0   12.6  

Average fare

 

$88.84

 

$99.62

 
Yield per passenger mile (cents)   10.12   9.46  
Passenger revenue per available seat mile (cents)   7.41   7.38  
Operating revenue per available seat mile (cents)   7.63   7.61  
Operating expense per available seat mile (cents)   9.17   6.98  

Departures

 

10,265

 

26,334

 
Average stage length (miles)   825   986  
Average number of operating aircraft during period   5.8   14.7  
Full-time equivalent employees at period end   1,028   2,116  
Average fuel cost per gallon (cents)   96.15   75.63  
Fuel gallons consumed (000)   18,340   55,095  
Percent of sales through jetblue.com during period   28.7 % 44.1 %

6



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business and operations.

         Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to JetBlue

         Recent terrorist attacks seriously harmed our business and may harm our business in the future.

        The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and their aftermath have negatively impacted the airline industry and us as well. The primary effects experienced by the airline industry included:

        In recent months, industry-wide demand for air travel has increased but has not yet returned to pre-September levels. Most U.S. airlines have significantly reduced their flight schedules and furloughed employees. As a result, the airline industry suffered unprecedented financial losses in 2001.

        Our passenger traffic and yields also declined severely once flights were permitted to resume. Since that time, however, we have experienced significantly lower revenues and have incurred higher costs than we originally anticipated. Given the magnitude and unprecedented nature of the September terrorist attacks, it is uncertain what the long-term impact of these events will be on the airline industry in general and on JetBlue in particular. Factors that could affect our operating results and financial condition in the future include:

        Additional terrorist attacks, the fear of such attacks or increased hostilities could further negatively impact the airline industry and us, and result in decreased passenger traffic and yields and increased costs. For a more detailed discussion, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments."

         Because we have a limited operating history, it is difficult to evaluate an investment in our common stock.

        We were incorporated in August 1998 and began flight operations in February 2000. It is difficult to evaluate our future prospects and an investment in our common stock because of our limited operating history. Our prospects are uncertain and must be considered in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in the early stage of operations. Historically, there has

7


been a high failure rate among start-up airlines. Our future performance will depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

        We cannot assure you that we will successfully address any of these factors, and our failure to do so could harm our business.

         Our failure to successfully implement our growth strategy could harm our business.

        Our growth strategy involves increasing the frequency of flights to markets we currently serve, expanding the number of markets served and increasing flight connection opportunities. Achieving our growth strategy is critical in order for our business to achieve economies of scale and to sustain or increase our profitability. Increasing the number of markets we serve depends on our ability to access suitable airports located in our targeted geographic markets in a manner that is consistent with our cost strategy. We will also need to obtain additional gates at some of our existing destinations. Any condition that would deny, limit or delay our access to airports we seek to serve in the future will constrain our ability to grow. Opening new markets requires us to commit a substantial amount of resources, even before the new services commence. Expansion will also require additional skilled personnel, equipment and facilities. An inability to hire and retain skilled personnel or to secure the required equipment and facilities efficiently and cost-effectively may affect our ability to achieve our growth strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand our existing markets or establish new markets, and our failure to do so could harm our business.

        Expansion of our markets and services may also strain our existing management resources and operational, financial and management information systems to the point that they may no longer be adequate to support our operations, requiring us to make significant expenditures in these areas. We expect that we will need to develop further financial, operational and management controls, reporting systems and procedures to accommodate future growth. We cannot assure you that we will be able to develop these controls, systems or procedures on a timely basis, and the failure to do so could harm our business.

         We have a significant amount of fixed obligations and we will incur significantly more fixed obligations which could hurt our ability to meet our strategic goals.

        As of December 31, 2001, our debt accounted for 67.7% of our total capitalization. As of December 31, 2001, maturities of our long-term debt were $55.0 million in 2002, $30.0 million in 2003, $22.8 million in 2004, $23.8 million in 2005, $22.0 million in 2006 and an aggregate of $192.0 million for the years thereafter. All of our long-term and short-term debt has floating interest rates. In addition to long-term debt, we have a significant amount of other fixed obligations under operating leases related to our aircraft, airport terminal space, other airport facilities and office space. As of December 31, 2001, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year were approximately $45.4 million in 2002, $44.8 million in 2003, $44.7 million in 2004, $43.3 million in 2005 and $41.8 million in 2006 and an aggregate of $281.8 million for the years thereafter. Four of our aircraft leases have variable-rate rent payments. As of December 31, 2001, we had commitments of approximately $2.3 billion to purchase 61 additional aircraft over the next six years, including estimated amounts for contractual price escalations. We will incur additional debt and other fixed obligations as we take delivery of new aircraft and other equipment and continue to expand into new markets.

8


        Our high level of debt and other fixed obligations could:

        Our ability to make scheduled payments on our debt and other fixed obligations will depend upon our future operating performance and cash flow, which in turn will depend upon prevailing economic and political conditions and financial, competitive, regulatory, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to pay our debt and other fixed obligations as they become due, and our failure to do so could harm our business. If we are unable to make payments on our debt and other fixed obligations, we could be forced to renegotiate those obligations or obtain additional equity or debt financing. To the extent we finance our activities with additional debt, we may become subject to financial and other covenants that may restrict our ability to pursue our growth strategy. We cannot assure you that our renegotiation efforts would be successful or timely or that we could refinance our obligations on acceptable terms, if at all.

         Our lack of an established line of credit or borrowing facility makes us highly dependent upon our operating cash flows.

        We have no lines of credit, other than a short-term borrowing facility for certain aircraft predelivery deposits, and rely primarily on operating cash flows to provide working capital. Unless we secure a line of credit, borrowing facility or equity financing, we will be dependent upon our operating cash flows to fund our operations and to make scheduled payments on our debt and other fixed obligations. If we fail to generate sufficient funds from operations to meet these cash requirements or are unable to secure a line of credit, other borrowing facility or equity financing, we could default on our debt and other fixed obligations. Our inability to meet our obligations as they become due would materially restrict our ability to grow and seriously harm our business and financial results.

         Any inability to obtain financing for additional aircraft could harm our growth strategy.

        We typically finance our aircraft through either mortgage debt or lease financing. As of February 28, 2002, we had firm orders to purchase 59 aircraft from Airbus through 2007 and options and purchase rights to acquire 49 additional aircraft. We have arranged financing for only two of the 11 remaining aircraft deliveries in 2002. Although we believe that debt and/or lease financing should be available for the remaining 57 firm aircraft deliveries, we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure such financing on terms attractive to us or at all. While these financings may or may not result in an increase in liabilities on our balance sheet, our fixed costs will increase significantly regardless of the financing method ultimately chosen. To the extent we cannot secure such financing on acceptable terms or at all, we may be required to modify our aircraft acquisition plans or to incur higher than anticipated financing costs.

         We are subject to the risks of having a sole supplier for our aircraft, engines and in-flight entertainment system.

        One of the key elements of our business strategy is to operate only one type of aircraft equipped with one type of engine. Operating a fleet of identical aircraft with identical engines leads to cost savings because maintenance issues are simplified, spare parts inventory requirements are reduced, scheduling is more efficient and training costs are lowered. Operating just one type of aircraft also allows our employees to become highly knowledgeable about the airframe and engine, thereby increasing their efficiency and productivity.

9


        After extensive research, we chose the Airbus A320 because of its reliability, advanced technology and wide cabin space and the IAE International Aero Engines V2527-A5 engine for its reliability and fuel efficiency. As of February 28, 2002, we had an operating fleet of 23 Airbus A320 aircraft equipped with V2527-A5 engines and orders with Airbus Industrie and IAE for an additional 59 A320 aircraft and nine V2527-A5 spare engines to be delivered over the next six years. A number of factors could limit or preclude our ability to obtain the A320 aircraft from Airbus or the V2527-A5 engines from IAE, including:

        If either Airbus or IAE were unable to perform its contractual obligations, we would have to find another supplier for our aircraft or engines. Boeing is the only other manufacturer from whom we could purchase alternate aircraft. If we had to purchase aircraft from Boeing, we could lose the benefits described above and we cannot assure you that any replacement aircraft would have the same operating advantages as the Airbus A320. In addition, we cannot assure you that we could purchase engines that would be as reliable and efficient as the V2527-A5, or that we could purchase aircraft or engines in the same time frame as currently expected or at comparable prices. We would incur substantial transition costs, including costs associated with retraining our employees and replacing our manuals. Our operations could also be harmed by the failure or inability of Airbus or IAE to provide sufficient parts or related support services on a timely basis.

        In addition, one of the unique features of our fleet is that every seat in each of our aircraft is equipped with free LiveTV, a direct 24-channel satellite TV service. All of the equipment for LiveTV on our aircraft is owned and provided by LiveTV LLC. We do not know of any other company that could provide us with the type of service provided by LiveTV. If LiveTV were to stop supplying us with its satellite TV service or equipment for any reason, we could lose one of the unique services that differentiates us from our competitors, and we might have to incur significant costs to procure the equipment and service of an alternate in-flight entertainment service provider.

         Our maintenance costs will increase as our fleet ages.

        Because the average age of our aircraft is about 12 months, our aircraft require less maintenance now than they will in the future. We also currently incur lower maintenance expenses because most of the parts on our aircraft are under multi-year warranties. Our maintenance costs will increase, both on an absolute basis and as a percentage of our operating expenses, as our fleet ages and these warranties expire. Although we cannot accurately predict how much our maintenance costs will increase in the future, we expect that they will increase significantly.

         Our business is heavily dependent on the New York market and a reduction in demand of air travel in this market would harm our business.

        Our growth has focused and, at least in the near-term, will continue to focus, on adding flights to and from our primary base of operations at John F. Kennedy International Airport, or JFK, in New York City. As of February 28, 2002, out of a total of 108 daily flights, 104 of our flights had JFK as either their destination or origin. As a result, we remain highly dependent upon the New York market. Our business would be harmed by any circumstances causing a reduction in demand for air transportation in the New York metropolitan area, such as adverse changes in local economic conditions, negative public perception of the city, significant price increases linked to increases in airport access costs and fees imposed on passengers or the impact of past or future terrorist attacks.

         If we fail to use certain airport slots and slot exemptions, we may be required to forfeit these slots and the deposits we paid to hold them.

        The Department of Transportation, or DOT, granted us 75 daily takeoff and landing slot exemptions at JFK in 1999. A slot is an authorization to take off or land at a designated airport within a specified time period. Unlike a slot, our exemption from slot authorization requirements may not be sold, leased, rented

10


or pledged. These slot exemptions phase in at the rate of up to 25 daily slots per year over three years ending in February 2003. If we fail to use a slot exemption, such slot exemption could be subject to forfeiture. Since JFK is our principal base of operations, our failure to maintain our slot exemptions at JFK could harm our business.

        In May 2001, the City of Long Beach granted us the 27 remaining available daily non-commuter departure slots at Long Beach Municipal Airport. We paid a security deposit of $10,000 on each slot. We must pay an additional $5,000 for each unused slot for each 90-day period after November 28, 2001 or those unused slots will be forfeited. We currently only use three slots and must use all of the slots by June 2003 or the unused slots and the deposits associated with them will be forfeited. Until such time as we use slots that were allocated to us, our slots remain available for other carriers to use on a temporary basis. Recently, American Airlines indicated that it would like to obtain four additional slots at Long Beach Municipal Airport. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in the Long Beach market or that we will be able to use all of our slots before June 2003.

         We may face increased competition at JFK which could harm our business.

        Our primary base of operations is JFK, an airport that has traditionally attracted considerably less attention from our competitors for domestic flight activity than either LaGuardia Airport or Newark International Airport because of an industry perception that JFK is primarily an international airport and that the commuting distance from Manhattan to JFK is too far, as compared to LaGuardia or Newark, to attract domestic travelers. We disagreed with this perception of JFK and invested a significant amount of time and resources requesting the DOT to grant us exemptions from the slot restrictions at JFK. As a result of our efforts, the DOT granted us 75 daily slot exemptions at JFK in 1999.

        We believe that the operational efficiencies associated with conducting our principal base of operations from JFK rather than LaGuardia or Newark have contributed to our profitability. As a result of our positive experience at JFK, it is possible that our competitors will follow our strategy. Airlines already established at JFK could redeploy their existing presence with a greater emphasis on low-fare domestic travel. Other airlines that do not currently have a presence at JFK could try to gain a presence at JFK by seeking slot exemptions from the DOT as we did or purchasing or leasing slots from other airlines. In addition, airlines using fewer than 20 slots or providing regional jet service to small and medium, non-hub airports could easily obtain slot exemptions from the DOT, since such airlines are expressly exempted under the federal rule creating slot restrictions. The requirement to obtain slots or slot exemptions at JFK will expire in 2007, further opening the door to potential competition. In addition, gates have recently become more available at JFK, which could create more opportunities for our competitors to increase or establish their presence at JFK. An increase in the amount of direct competition we face at JFK, Newark or LaGuardia or an increase in congestion and delays at JFK could harm our business.

         We may be unable to renew or replace our permit at JFK, our principal base of operations.

        We currently operate from Terminal 6 at JFK under a one-year permit from the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey. Our permit could be terminated at any time upon 30 days' notice and alternate gate space may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Although we are in the process of negotiating a three-year lease agreement with the Port Authority, we cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into a lease agreement on acceptable terms, or at all. Since JFK is our principal base of operations, our inability to maintain an adequate number of gates by entering into a new lease with the Port Authority would harm our business.

         Our business could be harmed if we lose the services of our key personnel.

        Our business depends upon the efforts of our Chief Executive Officer, David Neeleman, our President and Chief Operating Officer, David Barger, and a small number of management and operating personnel. We maintain key-man life insurance on Mr. Neeleman, which may not be sufficient to cover the costs of recruiting and hiring a replacement chief executive officer, much less the loss of his services. We may have difficulty replacing management or other key personnel who leave and, therefore, the loss of the services of any of these individuals could harm our business.

11


         Our results of operations will fluctuate.

        We expect our quarterly operating results to fluctuate in the future based on a variety of factors, including:

        In addition, seasonal variations in traffic, various expenditures and weather affect our operating results from quarter to quarter. The highest levels of traffic and revenue on our routes to and from Florida are generally realized from October through April and on our western routes during the summer. Given our high proportion of fixed costs, this seasonality affects our profitability from quarter to quarter. Many of our areas of operations in the Northeast experience bad weather conditions in the winter, causing increased costs associated with deicing aircraft, cancelled flights and accommodating displaced passengers. Our Florida routes experience bad weather conditions in the summer and fall due to thunderstorms and hurricanes. Due to our geographic area of operations, we are more susceptible to adverse weather conditions along the East Coast than some of our competitors which may be better able to spread weather-related risks over larger route systems. As we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations.

        Due to the factors described above, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be good indicators of our future performance. In addition, it is possible that in any future quarter our operating results could be below the expectations of investors and any published reports or analyses regarding JetBlue. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, perhaps substantially.

         We rely on maintaining a high daily aircraft utilization rate to keep our costs low, which makes us especially vulnerable to delays.

        One of the key elements of our business strategy is to maintain a high daily aircraft utilization rate, which is the amount of time that our aircraft spend in the air carrying passengers. High daily aircraft utilization allows us to generate more revenue from our aircraft and is achieved in part by reducing turnaround times at airports so we can fly more hours on average in a day. Aircraft utilization is reduced by delays resulting from the following factors, most of which are beyond our control:

        In addition, the expansion of our business to include new destinations and more frequent flights on current routes could increase the risk of delays, to the extent the expansion increases our exposure to congested airports or air traffic. Delays could reduce our daily aircraft utilization and, in turn, limit our ability to achieve and maintain profitability as well as damage our reputation.

        Furthermore, high aircraft utilization increases the risk that once an aircraft falls behind schedule during the day, it could remain behind schedule during the remainder of that day and potentially into the next day, which can result in disruption in operating performance leading to passenger dissatisfaction related to delayed or cancelled flights and missed connections.

12


         The only aircraft we operate is the Airbus A320 equipped with IAE V2527-A5 engines, and any problems with this aircraft or the V2527-A5 engine, whether real or perceived, could significantly harm our business.

        All of our aircraft are Airbus A320s equipped with V2527-A5 engines. Our dependence on this single type of aircraft and engine for all of our flights makes us particularly vulnerable to any problems that might be associated with the Airbus A320 or the IAE V2527-A5 engine. Our business would be significantly harmed if a design defect or mechanical problem with the Airbus A320 or the IAE V2527-A5 engine were discovered causing our aircraft to be grounded while any such defect or problem is being corrected, assuming it could be corrected at all. The FAA could also suspend or restrict the use of our aircraft in the event of any actual or perceived mechanical or design problems while it conducts its own investigation. Our business would also be significantly harmed if the public avoids flying our aircraft due to an adverse perception of the Airbus A320 or the IAE V2527-A5 engine because of safety concerns or other problems, whether real or perceived, or in the event of an accident involving an Airbus A320.

         Due to our limited fleet size, if an aircraft becomes unavailable, we may suffer greater damage to our service, reputation and profitability than airlines with larger fleets.

        As of February 28, 2002, we operated a fleet of 23 aircraft. Given the limited number of aircraft we operate, if an aircraft becomes unavailable due to unscheduled maintenance, repairs or other reasons, we could suffer greater adverse financial and reputational impacts than other larger airlines if flights are delayed or cancelled due to the absence of replacement aircraft.

         Our inability to obtain approval to operate more aircraft from the FAA and the DOT would materially restrict our growth.

        We must obtain the approval of the FAA and the DOT to operate aircraft domestically. We currently have approval from the FAA and the DOT to operate 40 aircraft through May 2003. Our growth plans contemplate operating considerably more than 40 aircraft. As we grow towards our 40 aircraft restriction, we will need to submit an application to the DOT for authorization to increase the size of our fleet beyond 40 aircraft. This application will be based on a demonstration of our financial and managerial fitness and safety compliance for expanded operations. We cannot assure you that such authorization will be granted to us. The failure of the FAA and the DOT to grant us approval to operate additional aircraft would materially restrict our ability to grow and to increase revenues and cash flow.

         We rely heavily on automated systems to operate our business and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

        We depend on automated systems to operate our business, including our computerized airline reservation system, our telecommunication systems, our website and other automated systems. Unlike most other airlines, which issue traditional paper tickets to some or all of their passengers, we issue only electronic tickets. Our website and reservation system must be able to accommodate a high volume of traffic and deliver important flight information. Substantial or repeated website, reservations system or telecommunication systems failures could reduce the attractiveness of our services and could cause our customers to purchase tickets from another airline. Any disruption in these systems could result in the loss of important data, increase our expenses and generally harm our business.

         If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel at reasonable costs or fail to maintain our company culture, our business will be harmed.

        Our business is labor intensive, with labor costs representing 28.9% of our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2001. We expect salaries, wages and benefits to increase on a gross basis and these costs could increase as a percentage of our overall costs, which could harm our business. Our expansion plans will require us to hire, train and retain a significant number of new employees in the future. From time to time, the airline industry has experienced a shortage of personnel licensed by the FAA, especially pilots and mechanics. We compete against the major U.S. airlines for labor in these highly skilled positions. Many of the major U.S. airlines offer wage and benefit packages that exceed our wage and benefit packages. As a result, in the future, we may have to significantly increase wages and benefits in

13


order to attract and retain qualified personnel or risk considerable employee turnover. If we are unable to hire, train and retain qualified employees at a reasonable cost, we may be unable to complete our expansion plans and our business could be harmed.

        In addition, as we hire more people and grow, we believe it may be increasingly challenging to continue to hire people who will maintain our company culture. One of our principal competitive strengths is our service-oriented company culture that emphasizes friendly, helpful, team-oriented and customer-focused employees. Our company culture is important to providing high quality customer service and having a highly productive workforce that helps keep our costs low. As we grow, we may be unable to identify, hire or retain enough people who meet the above criteria, and our company culture could otherwise be adversely affected by our growing operations and geographic diversity. If we fail to maintain the strength of our company culture, our competitive ability and business may be harmed.

         Our employment agreements with our FAA-licensed personnel provide that we can only terminate these employees for cause and, as a result, it may be difficult to reduce our labor costs during an economic downturn, which could harm our business.

        Our employment agreements with our FAA-licensed personnel, including pilots, technicians and dispatchers, provide that these employees can only be terminated for cause. Each employment agreement is for a term of five years and automatically renews for an additional five-year term unless either the employee or we elect not to renew it by giving notice at least 90 days before the end of the initial term. In the event of a downturn in our business, we are obligated to pay these employees a significant portion of their employment income and to continue the benefits of these employees if they do not obtain other aviation employment. As a result, it may be difficult for us to reduce our labor costs during an economic downturn, and our inability to do so could harm our business.

         We rely on third parties to provide our customers and us with facilities and services that are integral to our business and can be withdrawn on short notice.

        We have entered into agreements with third-party contractors, including other airlines, to provide certain facilities and services required for our operations, such as aircraft maintenance, ground handling, baggage services and ticket counter space. We will likely need to enter into similar agreements in any new markets we decide to enter. All of these agreements are subject to termination upon short notice. The loss or expiration of these contracts or any inability to renew them or negotiate contracts with other providers at comparable rates could harm our business. Our reliance upon others to provide essential services on our behalf also gives us less control over costs, and the efficiency, timeliness and quality of contract services.

         We incurred an operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2000 and may incur operating losses in the future.

        We began flight operations in February 2000, and incurred a substantial loss through the year ended December 31, 2000. Although we achieved profitability in 2001, we cannot assure you that we will be profitable in the future and our failure to do so could harm our business.

         If we fail to comply with financial covenants, some of our financing agreements may be terminated.

        Under the financing agreements related to two of our aircraft, we are required to comply with two specific financial covenants. The first requires that our total net worth be at least 12% of our total assets. The second requires that for each quarter, our EBITDA for the prior four quarters must be at least twice our interest expense for those four quarters. We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with these covenants or that these requirements will not limit our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs. Our inability to comply with the required financial maintenance covenants could result in default under these financing agreements and would result in a cross default under our other financing agreements. In the event of any such default and our inability to obtain a waiver of the default, all amounts outstanding under the agreements could be declared to be immediately due and payable. If we did not have sufficient available cash to pay all amounts that become due and payable, we would have to seek additional debt or equity financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If such

14


financing were not available, we would have to sell assets in order to obtain the funds required to make accelerated payments or risk our aircraft becoming subject to repossession, which could harm our business.

         Our lack of a marketing alliance could harm our business and competitive ability and our implementation of a frequent flyer program could adversely affect our financial results.

        Many airlines have marketing alliances with other airlines, under which they market and advertise their status as marketing alliance partners. Among other things, they share the use of two-letter flight designator codes to identify their flights and fares in the computerized reservation systems and permit reciprocity in their frequent flyer programs. We are not a member of any marketing alliance. Our lack of a marketing alliance could harm our business and competitive ability. We intend to implement a frequent flyer program in 2002. While this program is designed to increase customer loyalty, our financial results could be harmed if it is not managed properly.

        Unlike most airlines, we have a non-union workforce. If our employees unionize, it could result in demands that may increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our profitability. Each of our different employee groups could unionize at any time and require separate collective bargaining agreements. If any group of our employees were to unionize and we were unable to reach agreement on the terms of their collective bargaining agreement or we were to experience widespread employee dissatisfaction, we could be subject to work slowdowns or stoppages. In addition, we may be subject to disruptions by organized labor groups protesting our non-union status. Any of these events would be disruptive to our operations and could harm our business.

         We may not be successful establishing Long Beach Municipal Airport as our West Coast base of operations.

        One of the elements of our growth strategy is to establish our West Coast base of operations at Long Beach Municipal Airport, which serves the Los Angeles area. We chose Long Beach Municipal Airport because it is an underutilized airport that serves a large metropolitan area. Long Beach Municipal Airport is another airport subject to slot restrictions, not because of federally mandated rules, but as a result of a 1995 court settlement allowing only 41 daily non-commuter departure slots at the airport. In order to establish our presence at Long Beach, we applied for, and were granted, the 27 remaining unused departure slots at Long Beach Municipal Airport in May 2001. In connection with the commencement of our operations at Long Beach, we are also making an investment, along with the City of Long Beach, to improve roadways, parking, ticket counters, gate facilities, concessions and support space. To date, our operations at Long Beach consist of only three round trip flights per day to JFK, which began in August 2001. We plan to increase the number of flights per day and add non-stop service between Long Beach and other cities. However, in the past other airlines have tried to establish a presence at Long Beach and have failed. Many of the routes we intend to serve from Long Beach, including transcontinental flights, are the same routes currently served by several major U.S. airlines from other nearby Los Angeles area airports. In order to protect these routes and avoid losing market share to us, some of these competitors may substantially lower their fares. We cannot assure you that we will successfully establish our West Coast base of operations at Long Beach and our failure to do so could harm our business.

        As of December 31, 2001, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $53.8 million. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if a loss corporation has an "ownership change" within a designated testing period, its ability to use its federal net operating loss carryforwards is subject to certain limitations. We cannot assure you that our ability to use our federal net operating loss carryforwards will not be limited in the future.

15


Risks Associated with the Airline Industry

         Changes in government regulation imposing additional requirements and restrictions on our operations could increase our operating costs and result in service delays and disruptions.

        Airlines are subject to extensive regulatory and legal requirements, both domestically and internationally, that involve significant compliance costs. In the last several years, Congress has passed laws, and the DOT and the FAA have issued regulations relating to the operation of airlines that have required significant expenditures. For example, on November 19, 2001, the President signed into law the Aviation and Transportation Security Act, or the Aviation Security Act. This law federalizes substantially all aspects of civil aviation security and requires among other things, the implementation of certain security measures by airlines and airports, such as the requirement that all passenger bags be screened for explosives. Funding for airline and airport security under the law is primarily provided by a new $2.50 per enplanement ticket tax, with authority granted to the TSA to impose additional fees on the air carriers if necessary to cover additional federal aviation security costs. Implementation of the requirements of the Aviation Security Act will result in increased costs for our passengers and us. We are continuing to assess the impact of the implementation of this new regulation on us. However, we cannot assure you at this time that the requirements and deadlines under the Aviation Security Act will be met.

        In addition to increased costs, the security measures required to be implemented under the Aviation Security Act as well as additional security measures issued by the FAA have resulted in a longer check-in process for passengers and caused delays and disruptions in airline service, which has led to customer frustration and reduced the demand for airline travel.

        Additional laws, regulations, taxes and airport rates and charges have been proposed from time to time that could significantly increase the cost of airline operations or reduce the demand for air travel. If adopted, these measures could have the effect of raising ticket prices, reducing revenue and increasing costs. We cannot assure you that these and other laws or regulations enacted in the future will not harm our business.

         The airline industry is characterized by low profit margins and high fixed costs, and we may be unable to compete effectively against other airlines with greater financial resources or lower operating costs.

        The airline industry is characterized generally by low profit margins and high fixed costs, primarily for personnel, aircraft fuel, debt service and rent. The expenses of an aircraft flight do not vary significantly with the number of passengers carried and, as a result, a relatively small change in the number of passengers or in pricing could have a disproportionate effect on an airline's operating and financial results. Accordingly, a minor shortfall in expected revenue levels could harm our business.

        In addition, the airline industry is highly competitive and is particularly susceptible to price discounting because airlines incur only nominal costs to provide service to passengers occupying otherwise unsold seats. We currently compete with other airlines on all of our routes. Many of these airlines are larger and have significantly greater financial resources and name recognition or lower operating costs than we do, or both. Some of these competitors have chosen to add service, reduce their fares or both, in some of our markets following our entry. We may, therefore, be unable to compete effectively against other airlines that introduce service or discounted fares in the markets that we serve.

        The airline industry also faces competition from ground transportation alternatives. Video teleconferencing and other methods of electronic communication may add a new dimension of competition to the industry as business travelers seek lower-cost substitutes for air travel.

        In recent years, and particularly since its deregulation in 1978, the airline industry has undergone substantial consolidation, and it may undergo additional consolidation in the future. For example, in April 2001, American Airlines acquired the majority of Trans World Airlines' assets. Any consolidation or

16


significant alliance activity within the airline industry could increase the size and resources of our competitors, which, in turn, could increase the risks of competition described above.

        Fuel costs constitute a significant portion of our total operating expenses (14.2% for the year ended December 31, 2001). Significant increases in fuel costs would harm our financial condition and results of operations. We estimate that for the year ended December 31, 2001, a one cent increase in the price per gallon of fuel expense would have increased our fuel expenses by $551,000.

        Historically, fuel costs have been subject to wide price fluctuations based on geopolitical issues and supply and demand. Fuel availability is also subject to periods of market surplus and shortage and is affected by demand for both home heating oil and gasoline. Because of the effect of these events on the price and availability of fuel, the cost and future availability of fuel cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. In the event of a fuel supply shortage, higher fuel prices or the curtailment of scheduled service could result. Some of our competitors may have more leverage than we do in obtaining fuel. We cannot assure you that increases in the price of fuel can be offset by higher fares. In addition, although we implemented a fuel hedging program in 2001, under which we enter into crude oil option contracts to partially protect against significant increases in fuel prices, our fuel hedging program does not protect us against ordinary course price increases and is limited in fuel volume and duration. We cannot assure you that our fuel hedging program is sufficient to protect us against increases in the price of fuel due to inadequate fuel supplies or otherwise.

         Our insurance costs have increased substantially as a result of the September 11 th terrorist attacks, and further increases in insurance costs would harm our business.

        Following the September 11 th terrorist attacks, aviation insurers dramatically increased airline insurance premiums and significantly reduced the maximum amount of insurance coverage available to airlines for liability to persons other than passengers for claims resulting from acts of terrorism, war or similar events to $50 million per event and in the aggregate. We previously carried $1.5 billion in coverage per event in war risk coverage. In light of this development, under the Stabilization Act, the government has provided domestic airlines with excess war risk coverage above $50 million up to $3.0 billion per event. As a result of increased premiums, we estimate that our war risk insurance premiums will be $7 million higher in 2002 than originally planned. Our hull and liability rates were also increased resulting in an additional $3 million in premiums for 2002.

        Aviation insurers could increase their premiums even further in the event of additional terrorist attacks, hijackings, airline crashes or other events adversely affecting the airline industry. Furthermore, the excess war risk coverage provided by the government is currently scheduled to be in force until May 19, 2002. While the government may extend the deadline for when it will stop providing excess war risk coverage, we cannot assure you that any extension will occur, or if it does, how long the extension will last. It is expected that should the government stop providing excess war risk coverage to the airline industry, the premiums charged by aviation insurers for this coverage are expected to be substantially higher than the premiums currently charged by the government. Significant increases in insurance premiums would harm our financial condition and results of operations.

         Our reputation and financial results could be harmed in the event of an accident or incident involving our aircraft.

        An accident or incident involving one of our aircraft could involve repair or replacement of a damaged aircraft and its consequential temporary or permanent loss from service, and significant potential claims of injured passengers and others. We are required by the DOT to carry liability insurance. Although we believe we currently maintain liability insurance in amounts and of the type generally consistent with industry practice, the amount of such coverage may not be adequate and we may be forced to bear substantial losses from an accident. Substantial claims resulting from an accident in excess of our related insurance coverage would harm our business and financial results. Moreover, any aircraft accident or

17


incident, even if fully insured, could cause a public perception that we are less safe or reliable than other airlines, which would harm our business.

         Airlines are often affected by factors beyond their control, including traffic congestion at airports, weather conditions and increased security measures, any of which could harm our operating results and financial condition.

        Like other airlines, we are subject to delays caused by factors beyond our control, including air traffic congestion at airports, adverse weather conditions and increased security measures. Delays frustrate passengers, reduce aircraft utilization and increase costs, all of which in turn affect profitability. During periods of fog, snow, rain, storms or other adverse weather conditions, flights may be cancelled or significantly delayed. Cancellations or delays due to weather conditions, traffic control problems and breaches in security could harm our operating results and financial condition.

         The airline industry tends to experience adverse financial results during general economic downturns.

        Since a substantial portion of airline travel, for both business and leisure, is discretionary, the industry tends to experience adverse financial results during general economic downturns. The airline industry has been experiencing a decline in traffic, particularly business traffic, due to slower general economic conditions. Soft economic conditions would continue to put pressure on the profitability of the industry and us. Any general reduction in airline passenger traffic may harm our business.

Risks Related to this Offering

         There has been no prior market for our common stock and our stock may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations.

        After this offering, an active trading market in our common stock might not develop or continue. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be representative of the price that will prevail after this offering.

         The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment in JetBlue to decline.

        Any of the following factors could affect the market price of our common stock:

        In addition, many of the risks described elsewhere in the "Risk Factors" section could materially and adversely affect our stock price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The stock markets have experienced price and volume volatility that has affected many companies' stock prices. Stock prices for many companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. Fluctuations such as these may affect the market price of our common stock.

18


         Other companies may have difficulty acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, due to provisions under our corporate charter, bylaws, option plans, stockholder rights agreement and some of our employment agreements, as well as Delaware law.

        Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, our stockholder rights agreement and under Delaware law could make it more difficult for other companies to acquire us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain the following provisions, among others, which may inhibit an acquisition of our company by a third party:

        The issuance of stock under our stockholder rights agreement could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. We are also subject to provisions of Delaware law that prohibit us from engaging in any business combination with any "interested stockholder," meaning generally that a stockholder who beneficially owns more than 15% of our stock cannot acquire us for a period of three years from the date this person became an interested stockholder, unless various conditions are met, such as approval of the transaction by our board of directors. In addition, under United States laws and the regulations of the DOT, United States citizens must effectively control us. As a result, our president and at least two-thirds of our board of directors must be United States citizens and not more than 25% of our voting stock may be owned by non-U.S. citizens (although subject to DOT approval, the percent of foreign economic ownership may be as high as 49%). Any of these restrictions could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control. For a more complete discussion of these provisions of Delaware law, please see "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws."

        Furthermore, our employment agreements with our pilots, technicians and dispatchers contain change of control provisions, which could discourage or prevent a change of control. In the event we are sold to or consolidate with another company, we must request that the successor company place these employees on a preferential hiring list. If such employees are not hired by the successor company, they will be entitled to a severance payment of up to one year's salary.

        In addition, all of our currently outstanding options under our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan have a special acceleration feature pursuant to which those options will vest in full in the event we are acquired. Our new 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, provides discretion to both our compensation committee and our special stock option committee to continue to grant stock options that will vest in full if we are acquired. The accelerated vesting of our employee stock options may prove to be a deterrent to a potential acquisition of us because the acquiring company may have to implement additional retention programs to assure the continued service of our employees, and the additional dilution which will result from the accelerated vesting of our outstanding employee stock options will likely reduce the amount which would otherwise be payable to our shareholders in an acquisition. For a more complete discussion of our plans, see "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Employee Benefit Plans."

         Our corporate charter and bylaws include provisions limiting voting by non-U.S. citizens.

        To comply with restrictions imposed by federal law on foreign ownership of U.S. airlines, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws restrict foreign ownership of shares of our capital stock. The

19


restrictions imposed by federal law currently require that no more than 25% of our voting stock be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not U.S. citizens, and that our president and at least two-thirds of the members of our board of directors be U.S. citizens. Our bylaws provide that no shares of our capital stock may be voted by or at the direction of non-U.S. citizens unless such shares are registered on a separate stock record, which we refer to as the foreign stock record. Our bylaws further provide that no shares of our capital stock will be registered on the foreign stock record if the amount so registered would exceed the foreign ownership restrictions imposed by federal law. Registration on the foreign stock record is made in chronological order based on the date we receive a written request for registration. See "Business—Government Regulation—Foreign Ownership" and "Description of Capital Stock—Limited Voting by Foreign Owners."

        Most of our outstanding shares of common stock are currently restricted from resale, but will be eligible to be sold into the market 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well. Immediately following this offering, we will have outstanding 40,578,829 shares of common stock. Of these shares, the 5,500,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering and                        shares currently outstanding will be initially freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, an additional                        shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market at various times, subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or the market perceives that they intend to sell them. For a more detailed description, please see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        We cannot predict whether future sales of our common stock or the availability of our common stock for sale will adversely affect the market price for our common stock or our ability to raise capital by offering equity securities.

         You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your investment.

        The initial public offering price per share of our common stock is expected to exceed substantially the net tangible book value per share of the common stock immediately after this offering. Investors purchasing shares in this offering will suffer immediate dilution of $15.87 per share from their investment. In addition, to the extent that outstanding and future options to purchase our common stock are exercised, there will be substantial additional dilution. To the extent our employees purchase shares under our employee stock purchase plan, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution" and "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Employee Benefit Plans."


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will receive estimated net proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.1 million, or $133.8 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund working capital and capital expenditures, including capital expenditures related to the purchase of aircraft. However, we have not made any specific plans for the expenditure of the proceeds of this offering. Pending the use of such net proceeds, we intend to invest these funds in investment-grade, short-term interest bearing securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further expansion and continued growth of our business.

20



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2001:

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

        The figures below assume no exercise of outstanding options.

        You should read this table in conjunction with the "Selected Financial and Operating Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the financial statements and the notes to those statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  December 31, 2001
 
 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
  As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Short-term debt:                    
  Short-term borrowings   $ 28,781   $ 28,781   $ 28,781  
  Current maturities of long-term debt     54,985     54,985     54,985  
   
 
 
 
    Total short-term debt     83,766     83,766     83,766  
   
 
 
 
Long-term debt(1)     290,665     290,665     290,665  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value; 40,500,000 shares authorized and 30,692,262 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and as adjusted     210,441          
Stockholders' equity (deficit):                    
  Preferred stock: $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted              
  Common stock: $0.01 par value; 58,300,000 shares authorized and 4,363,967 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, as adjusted; 35,056,229 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, and 40,556,229 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted     44     351     406  
Additional paid-in capital     3,889     178,254     294,344  
Retained earnings (deficit)     (33,117 )   2,652     2,652  
Unearned compensation     (2,983 )   (2,983 )   (2,983 )
   
 
 
 
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (32,167 )   178,274     294,419  
   
 
 
 
    Total capitalization   $ 552,705   $ 552,705   $ 668,850  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Subsequent to December 31, 2001, we issued $69 million in floating rate equipment notes to finance the delivery of two aircraft in 2002.

21



DILUTION

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2001, was $173.2 million, or $4.94 per share of common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our outstanding common stock. After giving effect to the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, and receipt of approximately $116.1 million in estimated net proceeds from this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2001 would have been $289.3 million, or $7.13 per share, representing an immediate increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $2.19 to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $15.87 per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share         $ 23.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2001
  $ 4.94      
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors     2.19      
   
     
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering           7.13
         
Dilution per share to new investors         $ 15.87
         

        The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described above as of December 31, 2001, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
 
  (in thousands)

Existing stockholders   35,056,229   86.4 % $ 175,261   58.1 % $ 5.00
New investors   5,500,000   13.6     126,500   41.9     23.00
   
 
 
 
     
Total   40,556,229   100 % $ 301,761   100 % $ 7.44
   
 
 
 
     

        The tables and calculations above assume no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option and no exercise of stock options outstanding on December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, there were 3,797,680 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $2.99 per share.

        To the extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of these outstanding options had been exercised as of December 31, 2001, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $6.78 and total dilution per share to new investors would be $16.22 per share.

22



SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

        You should read the following selected financial and operating data in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data as of, and for the period from August 24, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998 and as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, are derived from the audited financial statements.

        "EBITDA" represents operating income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization expense. "EBITDAR" represents EBITDA plus aircraft rent expense. We are presenting EBITDA and EBITDAR because some investors use them as a supplemental financial measure of a company's ability to service its debt and as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA and EBITDAR are not determined using generally accepted accounting principles and, therefore, are not necessarily comparable to EBITDA and EBITDAR of other companies. Investors should not view EBITDA or EBITDAR as substitutes for net income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or as measures of a company's profitability or liquidity.

 
  August 24, 1998
(inception) to
December 31,
1998

  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  1999
  2000
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Statements of Operations Data:                          
Operating revenues   $   $   $ 104,618   $ 320,414  
Operating expenses:                          
  Salaries, wages and benefits     423     6,000     32,912     84,762  
  Aircraft fuel         4     17,634     41,666  
  Aircraft rent         324     13,027     32,927  
  Sales and marketing         887     16,978     28,305  
  Landing fees and other rents     16     447     11,112     27,342  
  Depreciation and amortization     2     111     3,995     10,417  
  Maintenance materials and repairs         38     1,052     4,705  
  Other operating expenses     371     6,405     29,096     63,483  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     812     14,216     125,806     293,607  
   
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (812 )   (14,216 )   (21,188 )   26,807  
Airline Stabilization Act compensation (1)                 18,706  
Other income (expense)     26     685     (381 )   (3,598 )
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (786 )   (13,531 )   (21,569 )   41,915  
Income tax expense (benefit) (2)     4     233     (239 )   3,378  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (790 ) $ (13,764 ) $ (21,330 ) $ 38,537  
   
 
 
 
 

Earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic   $ (2.81 ) $ (36.81 ) $ (26.66 ) $ 9.88  
  Diluted   $ (2.81 ) $ (36.81 ) $ (26.66 ) $ 1.14  
  Pro forma basic (3)                     $ 1.30  
Weighted-average shares outstanding:                          
  Basic     299,700     500,360     1,328,666     2,182,753  
  Diluted     299,700     500,360     1,328,666     33,743,158  
  Pro forma basic (3)                       29,652,796  
Other Financial Data:                          
Operating margin             (20.3 )%   8.4 %
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (256 ) $ (6,556 ) $ 2,824   $ 111,279  
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,147 )   (67,452 )   (241,130 )   (289,855 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     12,917     80,740     254,463     261,695  
EBITDA     (810 )   (14,105 )   (17,193 )   37,224  
EBITDAR     (810 )   (13,781 )   (4,166 )   70,151  
(1)
Represents our share of compensation under the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act. See Note 12 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion.
(2)
In 2001, our income tax expense was reduced due to the full reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance. We do not expect any similar reductions in the future. See Note 7 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion.
(3)
Unaudited pro forma basic earnings per share data for the year ended December 31, 2001 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock as if the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2001 or the date of issuance. See Note 15 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion.

23


 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  1998
  1999
  2000
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Balance Sheet Data:                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11,514   $ 18,246   $ 34,403   $ 117,522  
Total assets     12,753     138,182     344,128     673,773  
Total debt         14,577     161,910     374,431  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock     12,669     133,478     163,552     210,441  
Common stockholders' equity (deficit)     (473 )   (18,893 )   (54,153 )   (32,167 )

        The following terms used in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus have the meanings indicated below:


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2000
  2001
 
Operating Statistics (unaudited):          
Revenue passengers   1,144,421   3,116,817  
Revenue passenger miles (000)   1,004,496   3,281,835  
Available seat miles (000)   1,371,836   4,208,267  
Load factor   73.2 % 78.0 %
Breakeven load factor   90.6 % 73.7 %
Aircraft utilization (hours per day)   12.0   12.6  

Average fare

 

$  88.84

 

$  99.62

 
Yield per passenger mile (cents)   10.12   9.46  
Passenger revenue per available seat mile (cents)   7.41   7.38  
Operating revenue per available seat mile (cents)   7.63   7.61  
Operating expense per available seat mile (cents)   9.17   6.98  

Departures

 

10,265

 

26,334

 
Average stage length (miles)   825   986  
Average number of operating aircraft during period   5.8   14.7  
Full-time equivalent employees at period end   1,028   2,116  
Average fuel cost per gallon (cents)   96.15   75.63  
Fuel gallons consumed (000)   18,340   55,095  
Percent of sales through jetblue.com during period   28.7 % 44.1 %

24



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

        We are a low-fare, low-cost passenger airline that provides high-quality customer service primarily on point-to-point routes. We offer our customers a differentiated product, with new aircraft, low fares, leather seats, free LiveTV (a direct 24-channel satellite TV service) at every seat, pre-assigned seating, and reliable performance.

        We were incorporated on August 24, 1998. For the period from our incorporation in 1998 until the commencement of our operations in February 2000, our operating activities related primarily to the initial development of our airline, including raising capital, recruitment and training of employees, selecting and obtaining aircraft and spare engines, developing and analyzing markets, obtaining slot exemptions at New York's John F. Kennedy International Airport, or JFK, obtaining our Federal Aviation Administration, or FAA, and Department of Transportation, or DOT, certification and building our business.

        We launched our flying operations on February 11, 2000 with two aircraft providing scheduled passenger service between JFK and Fort Lauderdale, Florida and the following week began service between JFK and Buffalo, New York. Through consistent and controlled growth, as of December 31, 2001, we operated 102 flights a day with a fleet of 21 single-class Airbus A320 aircraft serving 18 cities throughout the United States.

        The following chart demonstrates our growth by quarter:

 
   
   
  Operating Aircraft
At Quarter Ended

  Cities Served
  Number of Full and
Part-Time Employees

  Owned
  Leased
  Total
March 31, 2000   4   519     3   3
June 30, 2000   5   665   1   4   5
September 30, 2000   9   993   4   4   8
December 31, 2000   12   1,174   4   6   10
March 31, 2001   12   1,599   4   7   11
June 30, 2001   15   1,764   4   10   14
September 30, 2001   17   2,078   6   12   18
December 31, 2001   18   2,361   9   12   21

        We expect to continue to grow. As of December 31, 2001, we had orders to acquire 61 aircraft and options and purchase rights to acquire an additional 49 aircraft. Our growth strategy involves increasing the frequency of flights on our existing routes and entering attractive new markets.

        We derive our revenue primarily from transporting passengers on our aircraft. Passenger revenue was 97% of our operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2001. Because all our fares are nonrefundable, revenue is recognized either when the transportation is or was scheduled to be provided. We measure capacity in terms of available seat miles, which represents the number of seats available for passengers multiplied by the number of miles the seats are flown. Yield, or the average amount one passenger pays to fly one mile, is calculated by dividing passenger revenue by revenue passenger miles.

        We strive to increase passenger revenue primarily by increasing our load factor, which is the percentage of aircraft seating capacity that is actually utilized. Based on published fares at our time of entry, our advance purchase fares are often 30-40% below those existing in markets prior to our entry, while our "walk-up" fares are generally 60-70% below major U.S. airlines' unrestricted "full coach" fares. Our low fares are designed to stimulate demand, particularly from fare-conscious leisure and business travelers who might otherwise have used alternate forms of transportation or would not have traveled at all.

25



        Other revenue consists primarily of mail revenue and the $25 fee charged to change a customer's reservation. Other components include pet transportation charges, excess baggage charges and revenues from the sale of liquor during flights.

        We have low operating expenses because we operate a single type of aircraft, with a single class of service and high utilization, have a highly productive workforce and use advanced technologies. The largest components of our operating expenses are salaries, wages and benefits provided to our employees, including provisions for our profit sharing plan, and aircraft fuel. Sales and marketing expenses include advertising, commissions paid to travel agents, and fees paid to credit card companies and third-party computerized reservation systems. Our distribution costs tend to be lower than those of most other airlines on a per unit basis because a relatively high percentage of our customers book through our own reservation agents and our website instead of through travel agents. Maintenance materials and repairs are expensed when incurred. Because the average age of our aircraft is about 12 months, all of our aircraft require less maintenance now than they will in the future. Our maintenance costs will increase, both on an absolute basis and as a percentage of our unit costs, as our fleet ages. Other operating expenses consist of purchased services (for instance, LiveTV and airport security), insurance, passenger refreshments, personnel expenses, communication costs, supplies and taxes other than payroll taxes.

        Our operating margin, which measures operating income as a percentage of operating revenues, improved significantly in 2001 and was higher than all but one of the major U.S. airlines for the year ended December 31, 2001, according to reports by these airlines.

        The highest levels of traffic and revenue on our routes to and from Florida are generally realized from October through April and our routes to and from the western United States in the summer. Many of our areas of operations in the Northeast experience bad weather conditions in the winter, causing increased costs associated with de-icing aircraft, cancelled flights and accommodating displaced passengers. Our Florida routes experience bad weather conditions in the summer and fall due to thunderstorms and hurricanes. As we enter new markets, we could be subject to additional seasonal variations. Given our high proportion of fixed costs, this seasonality may cause our results of operations to vary from quarter to quarter.

Recent Developments

        On September 11, 2001, terrorists hijacked four U.S. commercial aircraft and crashed two into the World Trade Center in New York City, one into the Pentagon near Washington, D.C. and one into a field in Pennsylvania, causing substantial loss of human life and extensive property damage. The FAA immediately ordered all aircraft operating in or headed to the United States to be grounded. Although flight operations were suspended, we continued to incur nearly all of our normal operating expenses (with the exception of certain direct flight expenditures such as aircraft fuel and landing fees). This grounding effectively lasted for three days and we were able to operate only a portion of our scheduled flights for several days thereafter. We returned to our pre-September 11, 2001 schedule on September 17, 2001, cancelling 294 flights during that time.

        Passenger traffic and yields declined severely once flights were permitted to resume. Since that time, we have experienced significantly lower revenue and have incurred higher costs than we had originally anticipated. According to the Air Transport Association, domestic industry capacity in the fourth quarter of 2001 decreased 14% as compared to the fourth quarter of 2000 and U.S. airlines have announced over 80,000 employee layoffs due to these industry capacity reductions. This has resulted in over 300 U.S. aircraft being grounded or removed early from service and many airlines have deferred new aircraft deliveries. However, unlike most U.S. airlines, we have not furloughed or terminated any employees, we only temporarily reduced our flight schedule and we have not cancelled or delayed the delivery of any new aircraft as a result of these events.

26



        On September 22, 2001, the President signed into law the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act, or the Stabilization Act. Among other things, the Stabilization Act:

        Under the Stabilization Act, each airline is entitled to receive the lesser of (i) its direct and incremental pre-tax losses for the period of September 11, 2001 to December 31, 2001 or (ii) its available seat mile share of the $5 billion compensation ($4.5 billion for passenger airlines) available under the Stabilization Act. We received $15.9 million in compensation under the Stabilization Act in 2001. Based upon our August 2001 available seat miles compared to the current estimate of the total passenger airline available seat miles in August 2001 as projected by the DOT, we expect to receive an additional $2.8 million of compensation in 2002. The total of $18.7 million is our best estimate of the total compensation we expect to receive under the Stabilization Act and is included in other income (expense) in the accompanying Statements of Operations. This amount is subject to change as the total passenger airline available seat miles projected by the DOT may decrease, which could result in additional compensation to us. Also, the calculation of our direct and incremental losses is subject to audit by the DOT, which could reduce the compensation to be received by us if material items were excluded from our direct and incremental losses for the period September 11, 2001 to December 31, 2001. We do not expect to apply for any of the federal loan guarantees being made available to the airlines.

        Our operating expenses have increased as a result of the September 11th terrorist attacks, particularly costs associated with aviation insurance, additional government security mandates and our own voluntary security-related measures. These costs could increase if the U.S. government implements new legislation and security initiatives.

        Although our level of operations and passenger traffic have returned to near-normal levels, we expect the decreased passenger yields to continue as the industry adjusts to the lingering effects of reduced passenger demand caused by the terrorist attacks. While we reduced our flight schedule approximately 6% in October and did not increase our flight schedule at the rate originally planned during November, as of December 20, 2001, we were operating at our original, pre-September 11th forecast of 102 daily flights. Many of our competitors have reduced their capacity, including flights in our current and potential markets. Amid these changes in industry dynamics, we were able to introduce service to new markets and increase our number of flights between existing destinations. Our growth plan remains intact and we have not cancelled or deferred any aircraft delivery, nor do we plan to do so. In fact, on December 31, 2001, we ordered ten additional aircraft to be delivered during 2002 through 2005.

        We have taken several actions designed to strengthen our liquidity, including, among other things, reductions in discretionary operating expenses, deferral of nonessential capital spending and the addition of $30 million in new equity capital from our existing investors. These actions, along with the compensation

27



from the Stabilization Act, only partially mitigated the adverse financial impact we incurred from the events of September 11, 2001.

        Our insurance for war and terrorism risk coverage was cancelled effective September 26, 2001 and then reinstated that same day at significantly higher rates. The aviation insurers also significantly reduced the maximum amount of insurance coverage available to airlines for liability to persons other than passengers for claims resulting from acts of terrorism, war or similar events to $50 million. We previously carried $1.5 billion in coverage per event in war risk coverage. In light of this development, under the Stabilization Act, the FAA has provided us and the other U.S. airlines excess war risk coverage above $50 million up to $3.0 billion. This coverage is in force until May 19, 2002. The Stabilization Act also provides for reimbursement of certain premium increases, at the option of the Secretary of Transportation. The FAA has reimbursed airlines for increased costs of war risk insurance for a period of 30 days. We received $276,000 in December 2001 as reimbursement for increased insurance costs which reduced our operating expenses. We do not expect any further insurance reimbursements under the Stabilization Act. We estimate that our overall war risk insurance premiums will be $7 million higher in 2002 than originally planned. Our hull and liability rates were also increased resulting in an additional $3 million in premiums for 2002.

        On November 19, 2001, the President signed into law the Aviation and Transportation Security Act, or the Aviation Security Act. This law federalizes substantially all aspects of civil aviation security and requires among other things, the implementation of certain security measures by airlines and airports, such as the requirement that all passenger bags be screened for explosives. Funding for airline and airport security under the law is primarily provided by a new $2.50 per enplanement ticket tax. Implementation of the requirements of the Aviation Security Act will result in increased costs for our passengers and us.

        Despite the actions we have taken, we are unable to determine at this time what the continuing impact of the events of September 11, 2001 will be on us. Consequently, these events could still harm our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future. The extent of this harm will depend on a number of factors, including:

        We will continue to evaluate our operations and financial position in light of the future operating environment and will take additional steps to ensure our continued success, if deemed necessary. However, given the magnitude of these unprecedented events and the possible subsequent effects, the adverse impact to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects are difficult to predict.

28



Results of Operations

         Year 2001 Compared to Year 2000

        Our net income for the year 2001 increased to $38.5 million from a net loss of $21.3 million for the year 2000. We had operating income of $26.8 million and an operating margin of 8.4%. Diluted earnings per share was $1.14 for 2001, compared to a diluted loss per share of $26.66 for 2000. Results for 2001 include $18.7 million, or $.51 per share, of compensation under the Stabilization Act. In 2001, our effective income tax rate was reduced to 8.1% due to the full reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

        Operating Revenues.     Operating revenues increased 206%, or $215.8 million, primarily due to an increase in passenger revenues. A 157% increase in departures, increased passengers and a 4.8 point increase in load factor, or $230.5 million, partially offset by a 6.5% decrease in yield, or $21.7 million, drove the increase in passenger revenue of $208.8 million for 2001. Other revenue increased 236%, or $7.0 million, primarily due to increased change fees from more passengers.

        Operating Expenses.     Operating expenses increased 133%, or $167.8 million, due to the fact that we operated for the full year and had an average of nine additional aircraft, which provided us with higher capacity. Operating capacity increased 207% to 4.21 billion available seat miles due to scheduled capacity increases, the introduction of transcontinental flights and increased aircraft utilization. Aircraft utilization for 2001 was 12.6 hours compared to 12.0 hours for 2000, a 5.0% increase.

        Operating expenses per available seat mile decreased 23.9% to 6.98 cents. In detail, operating costs per available seat mile were:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
   
 
 
  Percent Change
 
 
  2000
  2001
 
 
  (in cents)

   
 
Operating expenses:              
  Salaries, wages and benefits   2.39   2.02   (15.3 )%
  Aircraft fuel   1.29   .99   (23.0 )
  Aircraft rent   .95   .78   (17.6 )
  Sales and marketing   1.24   .67   (45.7 )
  Landing fees and other rents   .81   .65   (19.8 )
  Depreciation and amortization   .29   .25   (15.0 )
  Maintenance materials and repairs   .08   .11   45.8  
  Other operating expenses   2.12   1.51   (28.9 )
   
 
     
    Total operating expenses   9.17   6.98   (23.9 )%
   
 
     

        Salaries, wages and benefits increased 158%, or $51.9 million, due to an increase in average full-time equivalent employees of 106% and a $7.4 million provision for our profit sharing plan. Cost per available seat mile decreased 15.3% as a result of improved productivity and higher capacity. In order to remain competitive with other airlines, we increased pay rates effective October 1, 2001 for our FAA-licensed employees which increased salaries by $1.3 million during the fourth quarter.

        Aircraft fuel expense increased 136%, or $24.0 million, due to 36.8 million more gallons of aircraft fuel consumed resulting in $35.3 million of additional fuel expense offset by a 21.3% decrease in average fuel cost per gallon, or $11.3 million. Cost per available seat mile decreased 23.0% primarily due to the decrease in average fuel cost per gallon. In order to reduce our exposure to fuel cost volatility, in 2001, we implemented a fuel hedging program under which we enter into crude oil option contracts that partially protect us against significant increases in fuel prices. The impact of hedging activities was immaterial for 2001 and is recorded in other income (expense).

29



        Aircraft rent increased 153%, or $19.9 million, primarily due to our having six more average aircraft under operating leases in 2001 compared to 2000. Cost per available seat mile decreased 17.6% due to higher aircraft utilization and a lower percentage of the aircraft fleet being leased.

        Sales and marketing expense increased 66.7%, or $11.3 million, due to increased advertising and higher credit card fees resulting from increased passenger revenues. On a cost per available seat mile basis, sales and marketing expense decreased 45.7% due to the increase in available seat miles. We booked the majority of our reservations through a combination of our own reservation agents (48.5% in 2001) and our website (44.1% in 2001).

        Landing fees and other rents increased 146%, or $16.2 million, due to a 157% increase in departures. Cost per available seat mile decreased 19.8% due to higher capacity and an increase in average stage length.

        Depreciation and amortization increased 161%, or $6.4 million, due to three more average aircraft owned in 2001 compared to 2000 and higher levels of aircraft spare parts. Cost per available seat mile decreased 15.0% as a result of higher aircraft capacity and utilization, but is anticipated to increase in 2002 as we expect that the majority of our aircraft deliveries for 2002 will be owned and financed.

        Maintenance materials and repairs increased 347%, or $3.7 million, due to nine more average aircraft and initiation of scheduled airframe checks in 2001. The cost per available seat mile increased 45.8% due to the completion of nine airframe checks in 2001 compared to zero in 2000.

        Other operating expenses increased 118%, or $34.4 million. Higher variable costs associated with increased capacity and number of passengers served, along with the increased costs of expanding our automation systems and increased insurance and security costs as a result of the terrorist attacks, were the primary reasons for the increase. In contrast, cost per available seat mile decreased 28.9% due to higher capacity, increased average stage length and higher aircraft utilization.

        Other Income (Expense).     Interest expense increased 91%, or $6.7 million, due to the debt financing of five aircraft delivered in 2001 and increased borrowings related to predelivery deposits on aircraft resulting in $10.4 million of additional interest expense, partially offset by lower interest rates resulting in $3.7 million less interest expense. Capitalized interest increased 79%, or $3.6 million, primarily due to higher predelivery deposits on new aircraft orders. Compensation recorded under the Stabilization Act during 2001 totaled $18.7 million and is subject to change upon determination by the DOT of our share of compensation under the Stabilization Act.

        Our net loss for the year 2000 increased to $21.3 million from $13.8 million for the year 1999. Diluted loss per share was $26.66 compared to $36.81 in 1999. We were a development stage company from our inception on August 24, 1998 until we commenced flight operations on February 11, 2000. During that time we were involved in raising capital, recruiting and training personnel, selecting and obtaining aircraft and spare engines, developing and analyzing markets, obtaining slot exemptions at JFK, and building our business. As a result, we believe year-over-year comparisons are not meaningful or a good indication of future performance, and may not be a useful way to measure our operating and financial performance, during those periods.

        Operating Revenues.     We did not have any operating revenues in 1999. Passenger revenue of $101.7 million for the year 2000 resulted from a 73.2% load factor and a yield of 10.12 cents, producing a passenger revenue per available seat mile of 7.41 cents. Other revenue of $3.0 million for 2000 consisted primarily of change fees from passengers.

30



        Operating Expenses.     Operating expenses increased 785%, or $112 million, due to the commencement of our flight operations in February 2000. Operating capacity for 2000 was 1.37 billion available seat miles, while aircraft utilization for 2000 was 12.0 hours.

        Salaries, wages and benefits increased 449%, or $26.9 million, due to an increase in full-time equivalent employees as a result of the addition of operating personnel.

        Aircraft fuel expense increased $17.6 million, due to the commencement of our flight operations in February 2000. Average fuel cost per gallon during 2000 was 96.15 cents per gallon. We did not hedge fuel prices using derivative instruments during 2000.

        Aircraft rent increased $12.7 million, due to operating leases on six of the ten aircraft we operated by December 31, 2000.

        Sales and marketing expense increased $16.1 million, due to increased advertising to introduce the JetBlue brand, credit card fees on passenger revenues and commissions on a small portion of our passenger revenue. We booked the majority of our reservations through our own reservation agents (63.4% in 2000) and through our website (28.7% in 2000).

        Landing fees and other rents increased $10.7 million, due to the commencement of service in February 2000.

        Depreciation and amortization increased $3.9 million, as four owned aircraft and one spare engine were delivered to us in 2000. We only owned spare parts in 1999.

        Maintenance materials and repairs increased $1.0 million, due to daily maintenance checks and consumption of expendable parts. Most component repairs during 2000 were covered by warranties.

        Other operating expenses increased $22.7 million. Variable costs associated with commencing flight operations, travel and moving expenses and increased costs of expanding our automation systems were the primary reasons for the increase.

        Other Income (Expense).     Interest expense increased $6.7 million, primarily due to the debt financing of four aircraft delivered during 2000 and higher required borrowings related to predelivery deposits on aircraft. Capitalized interest increased $3.8 million, due to higher predelivery deposits on new aircraft orders. Interest income increased $1.8 million because we had greater invested cash balances as a result of additional capital contributions.

    Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth, for each of our last five quarters, selected data from our statement of operations as well as other financial data and operating statistics. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

31


 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
  December 31,
2000

  March 31,
2001

  June 30,
2001

  September 30,
2001

  December 31,
2001

 
 
  (unaudited)

 
Statements of Operations Data (dollars in thousands):                                
Operating revenues   $ 48,905   $ 63,850   $ 78,398   $ 82,608   $ 95,558  
Operating expenses:                                
  Salaries, wages and benefits     11,847     15,917     18,863     21,680     28,302  
  Aircraft fuel     8,631     8,532     10,530     11,896     10,708  
  Aircraft rent     4,683     5,610     8,127     9,310     9,880  
  Sales and marketing     7,160     5,691     6,408     7,460     8,746  
  Landing fees and other rents     4,577     5,739     6,494     7,518     7,591  
  Depreciation and amortization     1,748     2,130     2,281     2,725     3,281  
  Maintenance materials and repairs     400     694     803     1,648     1,560  
  Other operating expenses     10,979     11,999     13,854     16,155     21,475  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     50,025     56,312     67,360     78,392     91,543  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (1,120 )   7,538     11,038     4,216     4,015  
Airline Stabilization Act compensation                 6,696     12,010  
Other income (expense)     (946 )   (789 )   (377 )   (840 )   (1,592 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (2,066 )   6,749     10,661     10,072     14,433  
Income tax expense (benefit)     (357 )               3,378  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (1,709 ) $ 6,749   $ 10,661   $ 10,072   $ 11,055  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating margin     (2.3 )%   11.8 %   14.1 %   5.1 %   4.2 %

Operating Statistics:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue passengers     523,246     644,419     753,937     791,551     926,910  
Revenue passenger miles (000)     469,293     600,343     766,350     863,855     1,051,287  
Available seat miles (000)     623,297     745,852     960,744     1,131,013     1,370,658  
Load factor     75.3%     80.5 %   79.8 %   76.4 %   76.7 %
Breakeven load factor     79.4%     73.2 %   70.6 %   74.6 %   76.2 %
Aircraft utilization (hours per day)     11.8     13.1     13.1     12.8     11.8  
Average fare   $ 90.65   $ 96.15   $ 101.01   $ 101.66   $ 99.37  
Yield per passenger mile (cents)     10.11     10.32     9.94     9.29     8.76  
Passenger revenue per available seat mile (cents)     7.61     8.31     7.93     7.10     6.72  
Operating revenue per available seat mile (cents)     7.85     8.56     8.16     7.30     6.97  
Operating expense per available seat mile (cents)     8.03     7.55     7.01     6.93     6.68  
Departures     4,620     5,283     6,332     6,936     7,783  
Average stage length (miles)     833     871     937     1,007     1,087  
Average number of operating aircraft during period     9.2     10.5     13.2     15.9     19.4  
Full-time equivalent employees at period end     1,028     1,350     1,587     1,876     2,116  
Average fuel cost per gallon (cents)     103.38     86.03     83.24     79.53     60.94  
Fuel gallons consumed (000)     8,348     9,917     12,649     14,958     17,571  
Percent of sales through jetblue.com during period     32.6%     37.6 %   39.4 %   45.1 %   51.3 %

32


        We have a relatively limited operating history and although we have recently experienced significant revenue growth, this trend may not continue. We have also incurred a significant number of fixed expenses since our inception, including, as of December 31, 2001, the purchase of nine and the lease of 12 aircraft. We expect our expenses to continue to increase significantly as we acquire additional aircraft and expand the frequency of flights in existing markets and enter into new markets. Accordingly, the comparison of the financial data for the quarterly periods presented may not be meaningful and must be considered in light of our short operating history. In addition, we expect our operating results to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter in the future as a result of various factors, many of which are outside our control and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Consequently, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not necessarily be meaningful and are not a good indication of our future performance. As a result, you should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        At December 31, 2001, we had cash and cash equivalents of $117.5 million, compared to $34.4 million at December 31, 2000. We rely primarily on operating cash flows to provide working capital. We presently have no lines of credit, other than a short-term borrowing facility for certain aircraft predelivery deposits. The facility allows for borrowings of up to $32.0 million prior to November 2004, with $28.8 million outstanding as of December 31, 2001.

        Cash flows from operating activities were $111.3 million in 2001 compared to $2.8 million in 2000. The increase in operating cash flows was primarily due to the growth of our business, and 2000 being our first year of operations. It also included the deferral of $8.3 million in excise tax payments until January 2002 as provided in the Stabilization Act. Net cash used in operating activities was $6.6 million in 1999. Net cash used in investing and financing activities was $28.2 million in 2001. Net cash provided by investing and financing activities was $13.3 million in 2000 and 1999.

        Investing activities.     Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2001 consisted of the acquisition of seven Airbus A320 aircraft, predelivery deposits for ordered aircraft, security deposits for leased aircraft, facilities improvements, ground equipment purchases, spare parts purchases and the acquisition of one spare engine.

        Investing activities in 2000 consisted of the acquisition of six Airbus A320 aircraft, predelivery deposits for ordered aircraft and spare engines, security deposits for leased aircraft, facilities improvements, ground equipment purchases, spare parts purchases and the acquisition of one spare engine.

        Investing activities in 1999 consisted of predelivery deposits for ordered aircraft and spare engines, security deposits for leased aircraft and airport terminal leases, facilities improvements, ground equipment purchases, spare parts purchases and the acquisition of one spare engine.

        Financing activities.     Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2001 consisted primarily of (i) the incurrence of $185.0 million of 10- and 12- year floating rate equipment notes secured by five aircraft and five-year floating rate equipment notes secured by two spare engines, (ii) the sale and leaseback over 18 years of two aircraft for $72.0 million, (iii) net short-term borrowings of $13.6 million and (iv) the repayment of debt of $35.3 million. All the aircraft equipment notes were issued to various European banks and the two sale and leasebacks were financed by a Japanese institution, all of whom are not affiliated with us. Our short-term borrowings are part of a floating rate facility with a group of commercial banks to finance aircraft predelivery deposits. To ensure that we had adequate liquidity following the terrorist attacks we issued 4,053,586 shares of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock in the fourth quarter of 2001 to our existing investors, including some of our directors and officers, at a purchase price of $7.387 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $29.7 million.

33



        Financing activities for 2000 consisted of (i) the incurrence of $137.8 million of 12-year floating rate equipment notes secured by four aircraft and five-year floating rate equipment notes secured by one spare engine, (ii) the sale and leaseback over 18 years of two aircraft for $70 million, (iii) short-term borrowings of $15.1 million and (iv) the repayment of debt of $18.6 million. All the aircraft equipment notes were issued to various European banks and the two sale and leasebacks were financed by the same Japanese institution, all of whom are not affiliated with us. We also received proceeds of $51.3 million from capital transactions. Of the proceeds from these capital transactions, $36.3 million was the remaining installment due from the investors who provided our initial funding, which included institutional investors and some of our directors and officers. The remaining $15.0 million was contributed in August 2000 by existing investors, including some of our directors and officers, who purchased 2,026,135 shares of Series B-1 preferred and Series B-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.387 per share.

        Financing activities for 1999 consisted primarily of the issuance of shares of Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.2745 per share to the investors that provided our initial financing.

        Capital Resources.     We have been able to generate sufficient funds from operations to meet our working capital requirements. We do not currently have any lines of credit and almost all of our non-current assets are encumbered. We typically finance our aircraft through either mortgage debt or lease financing. Of our 21 aircraft at December 31, 2001, 12 are financed under operating leases and 9 are financed under mortgages. As of December 31, 2001, financing had been arranged for four of the 13 aircraft deliveries in 2002. Although we believe that debt and/or lease financing should be available for our remaining aircraft deliveries, we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure financing on terms attractive to us, if at all. While these financings may or may not result in an increase in liabilities on our balance sheet, our fixed costs will increase significantly regardless of the financing method ultimately chosen. To the extent we cannot secure financing, we may be required to modify our aircraft acquisition plans or to incur higher than anticipated financing costs.

        We expect to continue generating positive working capital through our operations. However, we cannot predict whether current trends and conditions will continue, or how the effects of competition or other factors that are beyond our control, such as increased fuel prices, the fear of additional terrorist attacks or reduced demand due to delays from additional security measures, will affect us. As of December 31, 2001, we still needed to obtain financing for nine aircraft to be delivered in 2002 as our anticipated 2002 cash flows from operations are not expected to be adequate to cover the acquisition cost of these aircraft. Assuming that we obtain this financing and utilize the predelivery short-term borrowing facility available to us, we believe the working capital available to us will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

        We currently have approval from the FAA and DOT to operate 40 aircraft through May 2003. Our growth plans contemplate operating considerably more than 40 aircraft. As we grow towards our 40 aircraft restriction, we will need to submit an application to the DOT for authorization to increase the size of our fleet beyond 40 aircraft.

        Commitments.     Our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2001, include the following (in millions):

Long-term debt   $ 346
Operating leases     502
Aircraft purchase obligations     2,350
LiveTV     151
Short-term borrowings     29
   
  Total   $ 3,378
   

34


        Aggregated expenditures for these commitments are approximately $647 million in 2002, $597 million in 2003, $584 million in 2004, $527 million in 2005, $286 million in 2006 and $737 million thereafter.

        All of our debt has floating interest rates. Interest rates adjust quarterly or semi-annually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate. Under the financing agreements related to two of our aircraft, we are required to comply with two specific financial covenants. The first requires that our total net worth be at least 12% of our total assets. The second requires that for each quarter, our EBITDA for the prior four quarters must be at least twice our interest expense for those four quarters. Our inability to comply with the required financial maintenance covenants could result in default under these financing agreements and would result in a cross default under our other financing agreements. At December 31, 2001, we were in compliance with the covenants of all our of debt and lease agreements.

        We have significant operating lease obligations for 12 aircraft with lease terms that range from 10 to 18 years. Four of our 12 leased aircraft have variable-rate rent payments and adjust semi-annually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate. We also lease airport terminal space and other airport facilities in each of our markets, as well as office space and other equipment. We have committed to lease one additional aircraft in 2003 under a 12 year long-term operating lease with total minimum lease payments estimated to aggregate $38 million.

        At December 31, 2001, our firm aircraft orders consisted of 61 Airbus A320 aircraft scheduled for delivery as follows: 13 each year in 2002 through 2004, 12 in 2005 and five each year in 2006 and 2007. Committed expenditures for these aircraft, including estimated amounts for contractual price escalations and predelivery deposits, will be $510 million in 2002, $510 million in 2003, $500 million in 2004, $440 million in 2005, $200 million in 2006 and $190 million in 2007. We currently meet our predelivery deposit requirements by paying cash for deposits required 24 months prior to delivery and using a short-term borrowing facility for deposits required 12 months prior to delivery. Any predelivery deposits paid by the issuance of notes are fully repaid at time of delivery of the aircraft.

        We also have options to purchase 30 additional A320 aircraft for delivery from 2004 through 2009. We have purchase rights to acquire 19 additional aircraft, which allows us to purchase these additional aircraft under the same terms as the aircraft on order. We can elect to substitute Airbus A321 aircraft or A319 aircraft for the A320 aircraft until 21 months prior to the scheduled delivery date for those aircraft not on firm order.

        We have entered into a long-term agreement with LiveTV, LLC for the rental, installation and maintenance of the equipment and for the programming for the satellite TV service on each of our aircraft. Under this agreement, we have agreed to specified monthly payments, subject to escalation, based on the number of aircraft we have in service each month through 2009.

        Our convertible redeemable preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the holder at any time after November 30, 2004, unless a mandatory conversion event occurs. The contemplated offering would qualify as a mandatory conversion event. Upon closing of this offering, the 30,692,262 outstanding preferred shares will be converted into an equal number of shares of common stock, and consequently, the $210.4 million of preferred stock carrying value as of December 31, 2001 is not included in the commitment totals above. The cumulative preferred dividends of $35.8 million included in the carrying value of the preferred stock are canceled at the time of the closing of this offering.

        We also have $9.4 million of restricted cash pledged under standby letters of credit related to leases which expire at the end of the related lease terms.

        Working capital.     As is customary in the airline industry, we operate with negative working capital, which was $49.9 million at December 31, 2001. This position is primarily attributable to $70.8 million related to predelivery deposits for flight equipment financed with short-term borrowings and debt and also our air traffic liability for advance ticket sales. We expect to meet our obligations as they become due through available cash and internally generated funds, supplemented as necessary by debt financings and

35



proceeds from aircraft sale and leaseback transactions. The existence of such a deficit has not impaired and is not expected to impair our ability to meet our obligations as they become due.

New Accounting Standards

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, and SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 141 revises the guidance for business combinations and eliminates the pooling-of-interests method. SFAS No. 142 eliminates the amortization requirement for goodwill and certain other intangible assets and requires an annual impairment assessment. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. None of these standards, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 (SFAS Nos. 141 and 142) and for fiscal years beginning after June 30, 2002 (SFAS No. 143), are anticipated to have any impact on our financial condition or results from operations. In addition, in August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Asset, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This standard, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, is not anticipated to have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations at the time of adoption.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        The risk inherent in our market risk sensitive instruments and positions is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the price of fuel and interest rates as discussed below. The sensitivity analyses presented do not consider the effects that such adverse changes may have on overall economic activity, nor do they consider additional actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to such changes. Actual results may differ. See Note 11 to the financial statements for accounting policies and additional information.

        Aircraft Fuel.     Our results of operations are affected by changes in the price and availability of aircraft fuel. To manage this risk, we utilize crude oil option contracts. It is our policy to enter into derivative instruments with a maximum term of 12 months. Market risk is estimated as a hypothetical 10% increase in the December 31, 2001 cost per gallon of fuel. Based on projected 2002 fuel usage, such an increase would result in an increase to aircraft fuel expense of approximately $7 million, considering our hedging. As of February 28, 2002, we had hedged approximately 33% of our remaining 2002 fuel needs.

        Interest.     Our earnings are also affected by changes in interest rates due to the impact those changes have on interest expense from variable-rate debt instruments and on interest income from cash equivalents. At December 31, 2001, 100% of our debt had floating interest rates. If interest rates average 10% more in 2002 than they did during 2001, our interest expense would increase by approximately $1.5 million. If interest rates average 10% less in 2002 than they did during 2001, our interest income from cash equivalents would decrease by approximately $.5 million. These amounts are determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our variable-rate debt and cash equivalent balances at December 31, 2001.

Outlook for 2002

        We expect operating revenues to continue to grow as we add 13 aircraft during 2002. Capacity is expected to increase approximately 97% with a load factor comparable to 2001. Average stage length is expected to increase approximately 19% resulting in lower operating revenue per available seat mile. Unit costs are also expected to decline due to higher average stage length and lower fuel costs compared to 2001. We expect our effective income tax rate will be between 40% and 42%.

36



BUSINESS

Overview

        JetBlue is a low-fare, low-cost passenger airline that provides high-quality customer service primarily on point-to-point routes. We focus on serving underserved markets and large metropolitan areas that have high average fares, and we have a geographically diversified flight schedule that includes both short-haul and long-haul routes.

        We commenced service in February 2000 and established our primary base of operations at New York's John F. Kennedy International Airport, or JFK. As of February 28, 2002, we operated 108 flights per day, including 52 daily flights between JFK and Florida, 26 daily flights between JFK and upstate New York and 18 daily flights between JFK and the western United States. On August 28, 2001, we began service at our West Coast base of operations, Long Beach Municipal Airport, which serves the Los Angeles area. We have flown over five million passengers since commencing operations. We intend to maintain a disciplined growth strategy by increasing frequency on our existing routes and entering attractive new markets.

        To date, we have raised $175 million of equity capital, which has enabled us, among other things, to acquire a fleet of new, single-class Airbus A320 aircraft. We are scheduled to add to our operating fleet of 23 aircraft 60 new A320 aircraft by the end of 2007.

        We have low operating costs because we operate a single aircraft type with high utilization and have a highly productive and incentivized workforce. Our widely available low fares are designed to stimulate demand, and we have demonstrated our ability to increase passenger traffic in the markets we serve.

        We offer our customers a differentiated product, with new aircraft, low fares, leather seats, free LiveTV (a 24-channel satellite TV service with programming provided by DirecTV) at every seat, pre-assigned seating and reliable performance. Our entire fleet is equipped with Kevlar-reinforced bullet-resistant cockpit doors with multiple titanium deadbolt locks capable of being opened only from within the cockpit. We have an experienced management team and a strong company culture with a highly productive and incentivized workforce that strives to offer high-quality customer service, while at the same time operating efficiently and keeping costs low.

        The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 have dramatically affected the airline industry. U.S. airlines have experienced numerous difficulties in the wake of these tragic events, including but not limited to, a significant drop in demand for air travel, reduced traffic and yields, increased insurance and security costs and liquidity concerns. We, along with the rest of the industry, suffered an initial drop in demand, leading to reduced traffic and yields. Unlike many of our competitors, however, our level of operations and passenger traffic have recovered substantially to the levels we had originally anticipated before September 11, 2001, although our yields have not fully recovered. Many of our competitors have reduced their capacity, including flights in our current and potential markets. Amid these changes in industry dynamics, we intend to increase frequency on our existing routes and enter attractive new markets. Our future growth plans remain intact and we have ordered additional aircraft above and beyond our pre-September 11, 2001 plans.

        While the airline industry suffered unprecedented losses in 2001, we had net income of $38.5 million and operating income of $26.8 million on revenues of $320.4 million. Operating income excluded $18.7 million of compensation under the Stabilization Act. We generated a load factor (the percentage of aircraft seating capacity actually utilized) of 78.0%, higher than that reported by any of the major U.S. airlines, which had load factors ranging from 57.6% to 76.0%, with an average of 69.7% in 2001. We also generated an operating margin of 8.4%, higher than all but one of the major U.S. airlines in 2001. In addition, we have maintained our high level of operating performance. In the fourth quarter of 2001, we completed 99.2% of our scheduled flights and our on-time performance was 89.8%, as compared to the major U.S. airlines, which had an average completion factor of 98.8% and an average on-time performance of 83.2%, according the DOT.

37


        The airline industry is competitive and we expect competition to continue in the future. Many of our competitors have higher maintenance costs due to the age of their fleets and significantly higher labor costs than we do because, among other things, they have a unionized workforce with unproductive work rules and more complex operations which decrease employee productivity and increase costs. We expect our maintenance costs to significantly increase as our fleet ages, and we may experience greater labor costs in the future. We also have a limited operating history. As a result of these factors and other risks described in this prospectus, we may encounter difficulties in implementing our strategy and we cannot assure you that we will succeed in achieving our goals.

Our Industry

        Major, Regional and Low-Fare Airlines.     The passenger airline industry in the United States has traditionally been dominated by the major U.S. airlines, the largest of which are American Airlines, Continental Airlines, Delta Air Lines, Northwest Airlines, Southwest Airlines, United Airlines and US Airways. The DOT defines the major U.S. airlines as those airlines with annual revenues of over $1 billion, which currently consists of 11 passenger airlines. The major U.S. airlines offer scheduled flights to most large cities within the United States and abroad and also serve numerous smaller cities. Most major U.S. airlines have adopted the "hub and spoke" route system. This system concentrates most of an airline's operations at a limited number of hub cities, serving most other destinations in the system by providing one-stop or connecting service through the hub.

        Regional airlines, such as Atlantic Coast Airlines and SkyWest Airlines, typically operate smaller aircraft on lower-volume routes than major U.S. airlines. In contrast to low-fare airlines, regional airlines generally do not try to establish an independent route system to compete with the major U.S. airlines. Rather, regional airlines typically enter into relationships with one or more major U.S. airlines under which the regional airline agrees to use its smaller aircraft to carry passengers booked and ticketed by the major U.S. airline between a hub of the major airline and a smaller outlying city.

        Low-fare airlines largely developed in the wake of deregulation of the U.S. airline industry in 1978, which permitted competition on many routes for the first time. There are only two low-fare major U.S. airlines. Southwest Airlines, the largest low-fare, major U.S. airline, pioneered the low-cost model by operating a single aircraft fleet with high utilization, being highly productive in the use of its people and assets, providing a simplified fare structure and offering only a single class of seating. This enabled Southwest to offer fares that were significantly lower than those charged by other major U.S. airlines.

        Growth of the Low-Fare Airline Industry.     During the 1980s, industry consolidation, rapid increases in multi-type aircraft fleets, increases in labor costs and development of the "hub and spoke" system caused the cost structures of the major U.S. airlines to rise substantially. Although a number of low-fare airlines were created during the 1980s, most of them eventually failed, primarily due to under-capitalization or flawed business plans. In the early 1990s, the domestic airline industry suffered substantial financial losses due to adverse economic conditions and reduced demand for air travel. The turmoil in the airline industry in the early 1990s created an opportunity for a new generation of low-fare airlines. Entrepreneurs capitalized on the availability of surplus aircraft, recently unemployed, experienced aviation professionals and airports with unused capacity.

        While Southwest remains the largest low-fare airline today, other low-fare airlines have also been able to offer substantially lower fares than the major U.S. airlines. Low-fare airlines have been able to stimulate demand by attracting fare-conscious leisure and business passengers who might otherwise have used alternative forms of transportation or not traveled at all. In addition, according to the American Express Airfare Index, business fares rose 77% from January 1996 to June 2001, leading many companies to reduce their travel budgets and institute more restrictive travel policies. As a result, low-fare airlines with an acceptable level of service and frequency have seen a migration of business travelers away from the major U.S. airlines. These trends have contributed to significant growth in the low-fare airline sector, with Southwest Airlines reporting a 97% increase in revenues between 1995 and 2000. Low-fare, low-cost

38


airlines have also been successful in Europe, with Ireland-based Ryanair reporting revenue growth of 257% over the four years ended March 31, 2001.

        Customer Dissatisfaction with Airline Travel.     In recent years, airline passengers became increasingly dissatisfied with airline travel, and in 2000, when we introduced service, customer dissatisfaction reached an all-time high. Customer complaints to the DOT increased 21% between 1999 and 2000 alone, prompting an investigation of the airline industry by the DOT and the introduction of multiple passenger rights bills in Congress. Customer dissatisfaction has resulted from a number of factors, including;

        The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the resulting responses from the government and airline industry have led to an improvement in most of these statistics, including a reduction in flight delays, cancellations and denied boardings. However, some of the enhanced security measures resulting from the attacks have led to increased customer dissatisfaction with airline travel as a result of longer lines at check-in counters and more thorough security screening procedures.

        The potential to stimulate demand through low fares coupled with the high level of dissatisfaction among airline customers provides an opportunity for JetBlue. We seek to provide a high-quality flying experience, emphasizing safety, security, reliability, customer service and low fares.

Our Competitive Strengths

        Our principal competitive strengths are:

        Low Operating Costs.     For the year ended December 31, 2001, our cost per available seat mile of 6.98 cents was lower than any of the major U.S. airlines, which reported an average cost per available seat mile of 10.08 cents, excluding compensation from the Stabilization Act. As adjusted for the average number of miles flown per flight, we believe our cost per available seat mile was lower than that of all but one of the major U.S. airlines, excluding compensation from the Stabilization Act. Low unit costs allow us to offer fares low enough to stimulate new demand and to attract customers away from higher-priced competitors.

39



        The key to our low unit costs is the high productivity of our assets and our employees. Some of the factors that contribute to our low unit costs are:

        New All Airbus A320 Fleet.     With over $175 million of equity capital, we have been able to acquire a fleet of new aircraft. Many new entrants in the airline industry during the last 10 years began flying with a fleet

40



of used aircraft. By using our strong capital base to acquire a fleet of new aircraft, we have set JetBlue apart from most other low-fare airlines, both new and established. We currently operate 23 Airbus A320 aircraft, all of which were delivered to us new. Each aircraft is equipped with 162 leather seats in a comfortable single class layout. The A320 has a wider cabin than the Boeing 737, a comparable type of aircraft operated by many of our competitors.

        The A320 is fuel-efficient and very reliable. We completed our first 1,100 flights without a single cancellation and completed 99.5% of our scheduled flights during the year ended December 31, 2001, a higher completion factor than that reported by the DOT for any major U.S. airline. Our on-time performance during this period was 84.5%, also higher than that reported by the DOT for any major U.S. airline. These statistics illustrate the dedication of our employees and the reliability of the A320 aircraft.

        The A320 is also a versatile aircraft. We efficiently fly the A320 in short-haul markets, such as between JFK and upstate New York and Vermont, as well as in long-haul markets, such as between JFK and California. We continually search for ways to improve our operating performance. For example, we have equipped our fleet with life rafts, life vests and high frequency radios, which enables us to avoid weather-related congestion on the East Coast by flying further out over the Atlantic Ocean between New York and Florida.

        Strong Brand.     We believe that we have made significant progress in establishing a strong brand that helps to distinguish us from our competitors by identifying us as a safe, reliable, low-fare airline that is highly focused on customer service and that provides an enjoyable flying experience. In the 2001 Zagat Airline Survey, which covered 22 U.S. airlines, we were voted the number two airline in the United States in the "overall," "comfort" and "service" categories for coach travel, behind Midwest Express. We were also voted the number two domestic airline in the Conde Nast Traveler 2001 Readers' Choice Awards out of all U.S. airlines and received the highest score of any airline in the Conde Nast Traveler 2001 Business Traveler Awards in the "coach-only" category. We believe we have also benefited from positive word-of-mouth. To further enhance our brand loyalty, we intend to implement a frequent flyer program in 2002.

        Strong Company Culture.     We have created a strong and vibrant service-oriented company culture, which is built around our five key values: safety, caring, integrity, fun and passion. The first step is hiring people who are friendly, helpful, team-oriented and customer-focused. We reinforce our culture through an extensive orientation program for new employees and by explaining to our employees the importance of customer service and the need to remain productive and keep our costs low. We communicate actively on a regular basis with all of our employees, keep them informed about events at the company and solicit feedback for ways to improve teamwork and their working environment. We also provide extensive training for our employees that emphasizes the importance of safety. Following September 11, 2001, we reinforced our commitment to our employees by not furloughing or terminating any of our employees.

        Well-Positioned in New York, the Nation's Largest Travel Market.     Our primary base of operations at New York's JFK airport provides us access to a market of approximately 21 million potential customers in the New York metropolitan area and approximately 6 million potential customers within 15 miles of the airport. Our location at JFK allows us to provide reliable service to our customers. While LaGuardia and Newark were congested throughout the day prior to September 11, 2001, JFK generally only experiences congestion from the late afternoon to the early evening when international traffic and the domestic traffic that feeds it are heaviest. This period, from 3:00 p.m. to 7:59 p.m., is regulated by the FAA's High Density Rule, which requires a slot for every landing and takeoff. While we have 75 daily slot exemptions at JFK that allow us to fly during this congested period, we schedule almost two-thirds of our flights outside of this period.

        JFK's infrastructure and location also afford us a competitive advantage over airlines that operate through LaGuardia and Newark Airports, both of which have fewer runways, smaller facilities and greater domestic passenger traffic than JFK. JFK occupies over seven times the space of LaGuardia and over twice

41



the space of Newark. JFK has four runways, compared with LaGuardia's two intersecting runways and Newark's three runways, permitting more flight departures and arrivals per day at JFK than at Newark or LaGuardia. Nonetheless, in 1999 there were fewer departures and arrivals at JFK than at either Newark or LaGuardia, indicating that JFK was underutilized relative to these other airports. In addition, the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey is in the process of a $10 billion JFK redevelopment project, which includes new terminals, improved roadways and construction of the AirTrain, a direct, light-rail link between JFK and the New York subway system and Long Island Rail Road. The AirTrain will allow passengers to travel from JFK to Manhattan in 45 minutes and is scheduled to be fully operational in 2003. We believe that these improvements will make JFK more appealing to passengers and lead to more domestic passenger traffic at JFK.

        Proven Management Team.     We are led by a management team with significant airline industry experience, including experience at successful low-cost, customer-focused airlines, such as Southwest Airlines. Our top four executive officers have an average of 19 years of experience in the airline industry. Our Chief Executive Officer, David Neeleman, was the president and one of the founders of Morris Air, a successful low-fare start-up airline that was acquired by Southwest Airlines in 1993. Mr. Neeleman was also instrumental in developing the Open Skies reservation system and in founding WestJet, a leading low-fare airline in Canada. David Barger, our President and Chief Operating Officer, was vice president in charge of Continental Airlines' Newark hub from 1994 to 1998, and has extensive experience managing airline operations in the New York area. He also has substantial experience working closely with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, which operates all three major New York airports. Our Chief Financial Officer, John Owen, was treasurer of Southwest Airlines from 1984 to 1998, where he gained extensive experience in aircraft purchase, lease and financing transactions. Thomas Kelly, our Executive Vice President and General Counsel, has worked with David Neeleman for over 17 years and served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of both Morris Air and Open Skies.

        Advanced Technology.     As a new airline, we have made use of advanced technology in many ways. For instance, all of our pilots use laptop computers in the cockpit to calculate the weight and balance of the aircraft prior to departure and takeoff performance. These laptops also allow our pilots to access manuals in an electronic format during the flight. We believe that no other airline in the world has this pilot laptop capability. In addition, all of our travel is ticketless and we strongly emphasize bookings through our website. We believe that the capabilities incorporated in our reservation system provide us with more timely internal management information than is often the case for other airlines. These management information systems enable us to monitor our loads, yields and sales on a daily basis, allowing us to respond rapidly to changing customer preferences and industry trends. By contrast, established airlines often struggle with the expensive and cumbersome process of integrating new technologies with outdated legacy systems. In response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, we recently commenced installation of four cabin security cameras on each of our aircraft with a live feed to the cockpit crew, and when on ground, to our central operations center at JFK.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to establish JetBlue as a leading low-fare passenger airline by offering customers a differentiated product and high-quality customer service. We strive to offer low fares that stimulate market demand while maintaining a continuous focus on cost-containment and operating efficiencies. We intend to follow a controlled growth plan designed to take advantage of our competitive strengths. Our growth has occurred, and will continue to occur, by adding additional flights on existing routes and entering new markets often served by higher-cost, higher-fare airlines. The key elements of our strategy are:

        Stimulate Demand with Low Fares.     Our widely available low fares and superior product offering are designed to stimulate demand, particularly from fare-conscious leisure and business travelers who might otherwise have used alternative forms of transportation or would not have traveled at all. The following

42



table shows the year-over-year change in the average number of passengers per day and average fare for each of the markets we entered prior to the fourth quarter of 2000:

 
  Average passengers per day each way
 
   
   
   
   
  Three Months Ended
December 31, 2000

 
  Three Months Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
  Increase in Passengers
LaGuardia, Newark and JFK to

  Passengers Traveling on
JetBlue to/from JFK

  1999
  2000
  Percentage
  Number
Buffalo   584   1,020   75 % 436   441
Rochester   429   664   55   235   312
Burlington   103   238   131   135   113
Ft. Lauderdale   3,248   4,180   29   932   556
Tampa   1,626   1,957   20   331   268
Orlando   3,425   3,845   12   420   258
 
  Average One-Way Fare Paid
 
  Three Months Ended December 31,
 
  1999
  2000
  2000
LaGuardia, Newark and JFK to

  Overall Market
  JetBlue
Buffalo   $ 127   $ 84   $ 63
Rochester     122     88     62
Burlington     147     78     59
Ft. Lauderdale     115     112     109
Tampa     123     113     96
Orlando     103     105     96

Source:  Department of Transportation "Survey of Origin & Destination Passengers"

        We will continue to pursue our core strategy of stimulating demand for travel by bringing low fares and new service to carefully selected markets.

        Emphasize Low Operating Costs.     We are committed to keeping unit costs low. We have achieved our low unit costs primarily by operating a single aircraft type with a single class of service, maintaining high aircraft utilization, using advanced technologies and employing a highly incentivized and productive workforce. We are focused on using technology to improve efficiency, and we believe that our ticketless reservation system, high percentage of bookings on our website and other initiatives will help us continue to reduce our costs. We plan to grow from our current fleet of 23 aircraft to 83 aircraft by the end of 2007. As we grow, we expect to benefit from economies of scale by leveraging our current infrastructure over an expanded operation.

        Offer Point-to-Point Flights to Overpriced or Underserved Large Markets.     In considering new markets, we focus on point-to-point service to large metropolitan areas with high average fares or highly-traveled markets that are underserved. In determining which markets to select, we analyze publicly available data from the DOT showing the historical number of passengers, capacity and average fares over time in all U.S. city-pair markets. Using this data, combined with our knowledge and experience about how the same or comparable markets have behaved in the past when prices increased or decreased, we forecast the level of demand in a particular market that will result from the introduction of our service and lower prices, as well as the anticipated reaction of existing airlines in that market. Consistent with these criteria, we chose New York City as our principal base of operations. Although the New York area is the nation's largest travel market, prior to our entry it lacked significant low-fare domestic service. In addition, JFK Airport offered relatively limited domestic service and was comparatively underutilized during large portions of the day. Without low fares to stimulate traffic, New York passenger traffic levels had remained stagnant while overall nationwide traffic levels grew dramatically. According to DOT statistics, from 1985 to 1999, the number of origin and destination passengers rose 77% nationally, but rose only 6% in the New York market.

43


        We have a geographically diversified flight schedule from JFK that includes both short-haul and long-haul markets. Providing service on a diverse set of routes allows us to select the best possible markets and adjust our schedule to accommodate seasonal fluctuations in demand in certain markets. For example, we offer increased service on our New York-Florida routes in the winter when demand is higher. This diversified and flexible approach makes us less vulnerable to competition from any single competitor. We intend to continue this flexible scheduling strategy in the future.

        Our West Coast base of operations, Long Beach Municipal Airport, shares many of the same characteristics as New York. Los Angeles is the second-largest metropolitan area in the U.S. with more than 16 million inhabitants, of which over 6 million live within 20 miles of Long Beach. Average airfares from the Los Angeles area are generally high, other than fares to markets served by Southwest Airlines, which are primarily short-haul or long-haul connecting flights. In addition, Long Beach Municipal Airport has historically been underutilized for scheduled flights. We have 27 out of Long Beach Municipal Airport's 41 daily non-commuter departure slots, leaving only 14 slots for other airlines. Of these, only nine are held by passenger airlines.

        We further intend to penetrate our key markets by increasing the number of flights per day. We believe that this is important to customers who choose airlines based on low fares and schedule. We intend to continue to emphasize point-to-point travel while also offering convenient connections to our customers where we have the opportunity to do so. An emphasis on point-to-point travel allows us to utilize both our employees and facilities more efficiently. It also enables more customers to enjoy the convenience of non-stop travel and limits connecting flight delays and lost baggage.

        Differentiate Our Product and Service.     We believe that a key to our initial and long-term success is the fact that we offer customers a better alternative for airline travel. We offer our passengers a unique flying experience by providing new aircraft, leather seats, simple and low fares, free LiveTV at every seat, pre-assigned seating and reliable performance. We place a very high emphasis on customer service, especially when weather or mechanical problems disrupt service. We strive to communicate openly and honestly with customers about delays and provide free soft drinks and snacks to delayed customers. Unlike most other airlines, we have a policy of not overbooking our flights. Based on customer feedback, we believe that passengers prefer our customer service to that of our competitors and that this preference is an important reason why they choose us over other airlines. Since September 11, 2001, we have reinforced our commitment to safety by implementing additional security measures, including reinforcing all cockpit doors with bullet-resistant Kevlar and multiple titanium deadbolt locks capable of being opened only from within the cockpit, and commencing installation of four cabin security cameras on each aircraft with a live feed to the cockpit crew, and when on the ground, to our central operations center at JFK. We have also constructed and opened new security screening check points at our JFK terminal and increased the number of skycaps outside of our terminals to reduce the time it takes to check in and generally improve our customers' overall flying experience. In February 2002, Air Transport World awarded us their 2002 Market Development Award in recognition of our convention-breaking approach to the airline business.

44


Routes and Schedules

        As of February 28, 2002, we provided non-stop service from JFK to 16 cities in eight states. The following table sets forth our weekday flight schedule from JFK as of February 28, 2002:

Destination

  Round Trip Flights
Scheduled Per Day

  Service Commenced
Fort Lauderdale, Florida   10   February 2000
Buffalo, New York   5   February 2000
Tampa, Florida   3   March 2000
Orlando, Florida   5   June 2000
Ontario, California   1   July 2000
Oakland, California   2   August 2000
Rochester, New York   5   August 2000
Burlington, Vermont   2   September 2000
West Palm Beach, Florida   5   October 2000
Salt Lake City, Utah   1   November 2000
Fort Myers, Florida   3   November 2000
Seattle, Washington   1   May 2001
Syracuse, New York   3   May 2001
Denver, Colorado   1   May 2001
New Orleans, Louisiana   2   July 2001
Long Beach, California   3   August 2001

        We believe we are one of the top two carriers in number of flights flown per day between the New York metropolitan area and Fort Lauderdale, the most-traveled route in the nation. In November, we initiated twice-daily non-stop service from Dulles International Airport, near Washington D.C., to Fort Lauderdale. Since February 28, 2002, we have added a fourth daily round-trip flight to Tampa and a third daily round-trip flight between Oakland from JFK. In the second quarter of 2002, we will initiate twice-daily non-stop service from Dulles International Airport near Washington, D.C. to both Long Beach and Oakland, add a fourth daily round-trip flight between JFK and Long Beach, and add our fourth round-trip flight between JFK and Oakland. We will also initiate twice-daily non-stop service from JFK to San Juan, Puerto Rico on May 30, 2002.

        Our objective is to schedule a sufficient number of flights per day on each route to satisfy demand for our low-fare service. Since inception, we have flown over four million passengers and have become JFK's second-largest domestic airline measured by passenger boardings. In selecting future markets, we intend to continue to follow this strategy of providing service primarily to large underserved markets with high average fares. In addition, we will seek opportunities to offer point-to-point service between our existing markets.

High Quality Customer Service

        We devote a great deal of time and attention to hiring employees who will treat customers in a friendly and respectful manner. The importance of providing caring customer service is also emphasized in training. Low fares may bring customers to JetBlue initially, but we believe great service will keep them coming back. We believe it will also motivate them to tell others about JetBlue and thereby enhance our brand awareness and high-quality service reputation. Our policies and procedures are designed to be customer-friendly. For example:

45


        Our focus on customers is evidenced by our fleet of all-new aircraft with roomy leather seats, each equipped with free LiveTV and comfortable leg room with 32 inches between rows of seats.

        Our customer commitment is also demonstrated by our exceptional operational performance. For the year ended December 31, 2001:

        Customers are responding favorably to our customer-oriented policies, friendly service and reliable operations. In the 2001 Zagat Airline Survey, which covered 22 U.S. airlines, we were voted the number two airline in the United States in the "overall," "comfort" and "service" categories for coach travel, behind Midwest Express. We were also voted the number two domestic airline in the Conde Nast Traveler 2001 Readers' Choice Awards out of all U.S. airlines and received the highest score of any airline in the Conde Nast Traveler 2001 Business Travel Awards in the "coach-only" category. In addition, we were named the best new airline by Money in October 2001. In January 2002, we were recognized as the Best Overall Airline for onboard service by Onboard Magazine. We also were awarded first prize in the Best Inflight/Onboard Service and Best Onboard Entertainment categories, and second prize in the Best Uniforms category.

Safety and Security

        We are dedicated to ensuring the safety and security of our customers and employees. We have taken numerous measures, voluntarily and as required by regulatory authorities, to increase both the safety and security of our operations in the wake of the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

        Since September 11, 2001, we have voluntarily implemented security enhancements, including the following:

46


        In addition to these voluntary measures, we have complied fully with all new FAA security requirements designed to enhance passenger security and will continue to abide by all future security enhancement requirements. Immediately following September 11, 2001, the FAA began to issue many new security requirements which airlines have been required to implement, including passenger and baggage screening.

        Further, under the new Aviation Security Act, numerous new responsibilities and procedures have been or will be put in place to ensure civil aviation security, including:

Marketing and Distribution

        Our primary marketing strategy is to attract new customers by widely communicating our value proposition that low fares and quality air travel need not be mutually exclusive. We market our services through advertising and promotions in newspapers, magazines, television and radio and through targeted public relations and promotional efforts. We have also relied on word-of-mouth to promote our brand.

        We generally run special promotions in coordination with the inauguration of service into new markets. Starting approximately five weeks before the launch of a new route, we undertake a major advertising campaign in the target market and local media attention frequently focuses on the introduction of our low fares.

        In order to attract customers to our website, we run promotions that provide discounts to customers who book reservations on www.jetblue.com. The percentage of our total sales booked on our website increased significantly throughout the year and averaged 44.1% for the entire year. Of our total sales, 92.6% were booked on our website or through our reservations department for the year ended December 31, 2001, which we believe is significantly higher than the average for the major U.S. airlines. Of our total sales, approximately 14% were booked by travel agents to whom we paid a commission. This distribution mix creates significant cost savings for us and enables us to continue to build loyalty with our customers through increased interaction with them. We plan to continue to increase the percentage of sales booked directly with us.

47



Pricing

        Our low cost structure allows us to offer simplified, everyday low fares to our customers. We offer a range of fares, including 14-day, 7-day and 3-day advance purchase fares and a "walkup" fare in each of our markets. Our fares increase as the number of days prior to travel decreases, with our highest "walkup" fare generally at approximately twice the amount of our lowest 14-day advance purchase fare. Most major U.S. airlines have numerous fares carrying multiple, complex restrictions in any given market, most of which require a non-refundable advance purchase and a Saturday night stay in order to get lower fares. In contrast, we have only six basic fares. All of our fares are one-way and never require a Saturday night stay. Our fares must be purchased at the time of reservation and are non-refundable, but any booking can be changed or cancelled prior to departure for only a $25 change fee. Based on published fares at our time of entry, our advance purchase fares are often 30%-40% below those existing in markets prior to our entry, while our "walk-up" fares are generally 60%-70% below major U.S. airlines' unrestricted "full coach" fares. Our low-fare service in the initial markets served from JFK is designed to stimulate demand and has demonstrated our ability to increase passenger traffic.

Yield Management

        Yield management is an integrated set of business processes that provides us with the ability to understand markets, anticipate customer behavior and respond quickly to opportunities. We use yield management in an effort to maximize passenger revenues by flight, by market and across the entire system.

        The number of seats offered at each fare is established through a continual process of forecasting, optimization and competitive analysis. Generally, past booking history and seasonal trends are used to forecast anticipated demand. These historical forecasts are combined with current bookings, upcoming events, competitive pressures and other factors to establish a mix of fares that is designed to maximize revenue. We employ a yield management system with sophisticated forecasting and optimization models to rapidly perform the economic tradeoffs required to determine our prices. This ability to accurately adjust prices based on fluctuating demand patterns allows us to balance loads and capture more revenue from existing capacity.

        Our load factor of 78.0% for the year ended December 31, 2001 was higher than that of any major U.S. airline even though we have a policy of not overbooking our flights. We believe effective yield management has contributed to our strong financial operating performance and is a key to our continued success.

Competition

        The airline industry is highly competitive. Airline profit levels are sensitive to adverse changes in fuel costs, average fare levels and passenger demand. Passenger demand and fare levels have historically been influenced by, among other things, the general state of the economy, international events, industry capacity and pricing actions taken by other airlines.

        The principal competitive factors in the airline industry are:

    fare pricing;

    customer service;

    routes served;

    flight schedules;

    types of aircraft;

    safety record and reputation;

48


    code-sharing relationships; and

    frequent flyer programs.

        We believe we compete favorably on many of these factors. Our principal competitive strengths are:

    low operating costs;

    new all Airbus A320 fleet;

    strong brand;

    strong company culture;

    well-positioned in the New York metropolitan area;

    proven management team; and

    advanced technologies.

        Our low operating costs enable us to offer fares that are low enough to stimulate demand. Factors that contribute to our low operating costs include low distribution costs, our highly productive workforce and our new all Airbus A320 fleet. The A320's fuel-efficiency, reliability and versatility have contributed to our low operating costs and strong operating peformance. We also believe that having a new fleet of aircraft sets us apart from most other low-fare airlines. Our location at JFK also affords us a competitive advantage over airlines that operate through LaGuardia and Newark Airports, both of which have fewer runways, smaller facilities and greater domestic passenger traffic than JFK. In addition, as a new airline, we have made use of advanced technology in many ways, including ticketless travel and the use of laptop computers by our pilots in the cockpits to calculate the weight and balance of the aircraft prior to departure and takeoff performance.

        Our competitors and potential competitors include major U.S. airlines, low-fare airlines, regional airlines and new entrant airlines. Many of these airlines are larger, have significantly greater financial resources and serve more routes than we do. Some of these competitors have chosen to add service, reduce their fares or both, in some of our markets following our entry.

        Since deregulation of the airline industry in 1978, there has been continuing consolidation in the domestic airline industry. Further consolidation in the industry could result in a greater concentration of assets and resources among the major U.S. airlines. Another trend in the airline industry is the formation of marketing alliances. These alliances generally provide for code-sharing, frequent flyer program reciprocity, coordinated flight schedules that provide for convenient connections and other joint marketing activities. These alliances also permit an airline to market flights operated by other alliance airlines as its own. We do not participate in any marketing alliances, nor do we currently have a frequent flyer or other loyalty program. We intend to implement a frequent flyer program in 2002.

        As a result of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, almost all U.S. airlines have reduced their flight schedules and furloughed employees. According to the Air Transportation Association, domestic industry capacity in the fourth quarter of 2001 decreased 14% as compared to the fourth quarter of 2000. As of mid-November, U.S. airlines had announced over 80,000 employee layoffs due to these industry capacity reductions. Since September 11, 2001, U.S. airlines have grounded or announced the grounding or the early removal from service of over 300 aircraft and several airlines have requested deferrals in new aircraft deliveries. The airline industry suffered unprecedented financial losses in 2001 and many of our competitors are increasingly focused on liquidity issues resulting from the change in the airline environment since September 11, 2001. In addition, the credit ratings of all U.S. major airlines have been downgraded since September 11th.

        As a result of these capacity reductions, several of our East Coast competitors have exited our markets. US Airways has eliminated its MetroJet operation, which was its product to compete with

49



low-cost, low-fare airlines, such as Southwest and us. Delta Air Lines significantly reduced capacity of its Delta Express service, which is its low-fare, leisure-oriented service provider in the Northeast and Midwest to Florida. This has provided opportunities for us to introduce new service and increase our number of flights between existing destinations.

People

        We believe that one of the factors differentiating us from our competitors is the high-quality service provided to our customers by our employees, whom we refer to as crewmembers. Experience indicates that our customers return not only because we offer low fares, but also because we provide them with a more enjoyable air travel experience. JetBlue was launched with the goal of bringing humanity back to air travel. Hiring the best people and treating them as we expect our customers to be treated are essential to achieving this goal.

        Full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2001, consisted of 252 pilots, 430 flight attendants, 636 customer service and ramp operations personnel, 87 technicians, whom others refer to as mechanics, 422 reservation agents and 289 management and other personnel. At December 31, 2001 we employed 1,700 full-time and 661 part-time employees. Our employees are not unionized.

        We enter into an individual employment agreement with each of our FAA-licensed employees, which include pilots, dispatchers and technicians. Each employment agreement is for a term of five years and automatically renews for an additional five-year term unless either the employee or we elect not to renew it by giving notice at least 90 days before the end of the initial term. Pursuant to these agreements, these employees can only be terminated for cause. In the event of a downturn in our business, we are obligated to pay these employees a guaranteed level of employment income and to continue the benefits of these employees if they do not obtain other aviation employment. In addition, in the event we are sold to or consolidate with another company, we must request that the successor company place these employees on a preferential hiring list. If such employees are not hired by the successor company, in some cases they will be entitled to a severance payment of up to one year's salary.

        We believe that we carefully select, train and maintain a highly productive workforce of caring, passionate, fun and friendly people who want to provide our customers with the best flying experience possible. Creating a great place for our people to work motivates them to treat our customers beyond their expectations. We assist our employees by offering them flexible work hours, job sharing, initial paid training, free uniforms and benefits that begin on the date they start work. We also provide extensive training for our pilots, flight attendants, technicians, customer service agents, dispatchers and reservation agents which emphasizes the importance of safety. Following September 11, 2001, we reinforced our commitment to our employees by not furloughing or terminating any of our employees.

        Part of our business plan is to reward our people by allowing them to share in our success and align personal successes with those of JetBlue. Our compensation packages include competitive salaries, wages and benefits and profit sharing and will include an employee stock purchase plan. In addition, a significant number of our employees, including FAA-licensed employees, participate in our stock option plan. We review our compensation packages on a regular basis in an effort to ensure that we remain competitive and are able to hire and retain the best people possible.

Aircraft

        As of December 31, 2001, we operated a fleet consisting of 21 Airbus A320 aircraft, each powered by two IAE International Aero Engines V2527-A5 engines as follows:

Aircraft

  Seating
Capacity

  Owned
  Operating
Leased

  Total
  Average Age
in Months

Airbus A320   162   9   12   21   12

50


        One of our aircraft leases expires in 2009, one in 2010, two in 2012, four in 2013, two in 2018 and two in 2019. All nine owned aircraft are subject to mortgage financing. We have taken delivery of two owned aircraft in 2002, subject to mortgage financing. We have arranged mortgage financing for two of the remaining 11 aircraft to be delivered in 2002.

        As of December 31, 2001, we had firm purchase orders with AVSA, S.A.R.L., an affiliate of Airbus Industrie, for 61 Airbus A320 aircraft and options to acquire 30 additional aircraft, which are scheduled for delivery (on a relatively even basis during each year) through 2009 as follows:

Year

  Firm
  Option
  End of Year
Cumulative Total
Fleet(1)

2002   13     34
2003   13     48
2004   13   1   62
2005   12     74
2006   5   7   86
2007   5   7   98
2008     10   108
2009     5   113
   
 
   
  Total   61   30    
   
 
   

(1)
Assumes all options are exercised and includes one aircraft we have committed to lease in February 2003.

        In addition, we have purchase rights to acquire 19 additional aircraft when we exercise our options, which would allow us to purchase these additional aircraft under the same terms as the exercised options. If we exercise all of our current options and purchase rights, we would have a fleet of 132 aircraft. In conjunction with our purchase agreement, AVSA has provided financing to us for certain predelivery deposits.

Maintenance

        We have an FAA-approved maintenance program, which is administered by our technical operations department. Consistent with our core value of safety, we hire qualified maintenance personnel, provide them with comprehensive training and maintain our aircraft and associated maintenance records in accordance with FAA regulations.

        The maintenance performed on our aircraft can be divided into three general categories: line maintenance, maintenance checks and component overhaul and repair. Line maintenance consists of routine daily and weekly scheduled maintenance checks on our aircraft, including pre-flight, daily, weekly and overnight checks and any diagnostics and routine repairs. Although the majority of our line maintenance is performed by our own technicians, in certain circumstances we subcontract our line maintenance to outside organizations.

        We contract with Air Canada, an experienced Airbus A320 operator, to perform airframe maintenance checks for us under the oversight of our personnel. Effective July 2002, we will utilize EADS Aeroframe Services, an affiliate of Airbus, to perform our checks. Maintenance checks consist of more complex inspections and servicing of the aircraft that cannot be accomplished during an overnight visit. These checks occur at least every 15 months and can range in duration from a few days to approximately a month, depending on the magnitude of the work prescribed in the particular check. Because all of our aircraft are new, our first scheduled heavy airframe structural inspection is not expected until 2004.

        Component overhaul and repair involves sending certain parts, such as engines, landing gear and avionics, to third party FAA-approved maintenance repair stations for repair or overhaul. We contract with Pratt and Whitney, one of the IAE joint venture partners who build our engines, for overhaul and repair of our engines. Because all of our aircraft are relatively new, our first heavy engine overhaul is not anticipated until 2003.

51


Facilities

        We lease all of our facilities at each of the airports we serve. Our leases for our terminal passenger service facilities, which include ticket counter and gate space, operations support area and baggage service offices, generally have a term ranging from less than one year to ten years, and contain provisions for periodic adjustments of lease rates. We also are responsible for maintenance, insurance and other facility-related expenses and services. We have also entered into use agreements at each of the airports we serve that provide for the non-exclusive use of runways, taxiways and other facilities. Landing fees under these agreements are based on the number of landings and weight of the aircraft.

        Our principal base of operations is Terminal 6 at JFK. Prior to November 2001, we shared the terminal with United Airlines and America West Airlines, both of whom have relocated to different terminals at JFK. We now have operational control of Terminal 6 under a one-year permit with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, which can be terminated at any time upon 30 days' notice. We expect to enter into a three-year lease with the Port Authority in 2002, under which the Port Authority and we intend to further upgrade the facilities, including the concessions. We have use of up to 10 of the 13 gates at Terminal 6, which will allow us to operate up to 90 round-trip flights per day through JFK. In time, we anticipate using the remaining three gates.

        In connection with the commencement of our operations at Long Beach Municipal Airport, we are making a significant investment, along with the City of Long Beach, to improve roadways, parking, ticket counters, gate facilities, concessions and support space. We believe this investment will further support our expansion into Southern California.

        Our primary corporate offices are located in Queens, New York, where we lease space under a lease that expires in 2006. Our operations staff is based primarily at JFK and our finance and scheduling departments are based in Darien, Connecticut. In addition, we lease two buildings at JFK where we store aircraft spare parts and passenger supplies. We also rent, on a month-to-month permit, a hangar at JFK to perform overnight maintenance on our aircraft. We are in discussions with the Port Authority to construct new hangar space.

        Our office in Salt Lake City, Utah contains a core team of employees who are responsible for group sales, customer service and at-home reservation agent supervision. In keeping with our commitment to innovation, the majority of our part-time reservation agents work out of their homes and are linked to our reservations system through personal computers.

Aircraft Fuel

        Fuel costs are our second-largest operating expense. We contract with a third party to provide fuel management services and negotiate with suppliers to provide fuel at the many locations we serve. The following chart summarizes our fuel consumption and costs:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2000
  2001
 
Gallons consumed, in thousands     18,340     55,095  
Total cost, in thousands   $ 17,634   $ 41,666  
Average price per gallon (cents)     96.15     75.63  
Percent of operating expenses     14.0 %   14.2 %

Total cost and average price per gallon each exclude taxes and into-plane fees.

        Fuel costs are extremely volatile, as they are subject to many global economic and geopolitical factors that we can neither control nor accurately predict. In 2001, we implemented a fuel hedging program under which we enter into crude oil option contracts to partially protect against significant increases in fuel prices. We cannot provide any assurance that our fuel hedging program is sufficient to protect us against significant increases in the price of fuel. Significant increases in fuel costs would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

52


Government Regulation

        General.     We are subject to regulation by the DOT, the FAA and other governmental agencies. The DOT primarily regulates economic issues affecting air service such as certification and fitness, insurance, consumer protection and competitive practices. The DOT has the authority to investigate and institute proceedings to enforce its economic regulations and may assess civil penalties, revoke operating authority and seek criminal sanctions. In February 2000, we were granted by the DOT a certificate of public convenience and necessity authorizing us to engage in air transportation within the United States, its territories and possessions.

        The FAA primarily regulates flight operations, in particular matters affecting air safety, such as airworthiness requirements for aircraft and pilot, mechanic, dispatcher and flight attendant certification. The civil aviation security functions of the FAA are being transferred to the TSA under the Aviation and Transportation Security Act, or Aviation Security Act. The FAA requires each airline to obtain an operating certificate authorizing the airline to operate at specific airports using specified equipment. We have and maintain FAA certificates of airworthiness for all of our aircraft, and we have the necessary FAA authority to fly to all of the cities we currently serve. Like all U.S. certified carriers, we cannot fly to new destinations without the authorization of the FAA. The FAA has the authority to modify, suspend temporarily or revoke permanently our authority to provide air transportation or that of our licensed personnel, after notice and hearing, for failure to comply with FAA regulations. The FAA can assess civil penalties for such failures or institute proceedings for the imposition and collection of monetary fines for the violation of certain FAA regulations. The FAA can revoke our authority to provide air transportation on an emergency basis, without notice and hearing, where significant safety issues are involved. The FAA monitors our compliance with maintenance, flight operations and safety regulations, maintains onsite representatives and performs frequent spot inspections of our aircraft, employees and records.

        The FAA also has the authority to issue maintenance directives and other mandatory orders relating to, among other things, inspection of aircraft and engines, fire retardant and smoke detection devices, increased security precautions, collision and windshear avoidance systems, noise abatement and the mandatory removal and replacement of aircraft parts that have failed or may fail in the future.

        We believe that we are operating in material compliance with DOT and FAA regulations and hold all necessary operating and airworthiness authorizations and certificates. In March 2002, we successfully completed our second annual DOT financial and managerial fitness review and safety compliance and are scheduled for our third DOT fitness and safety review in April 2003. A modification, suspension or revocation of any of our DOT or FAA authorizations or certificates could materially adversely affect our business.

        Led by a new Under Secretary of Transportation, the TSA will assume all civil aviation security responsibilities from the FAA, including passenger and baggage screening, cargo security measures, airport security, assessment and distribution of intelligence and security research and development. The TSA will also have law enforcement powers and the authority to issue regulations, including in cases of national emergency, without a notice or comment period. As set out in the legislation establishing the TSA, this administration is currently in the transition process of assuming its many functions.

        Environmental.     We are subject to various federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, including the discharge or disposal of materials and chemicals and the regulation of aircraft noise, which laws are administered by numerous state and federal agencies. Prior to our governmental certification, our projected operations, particularly at JFK, were studied in an FAA environmental assessment. The assessment was conducted for the FAA as part of the issuance of our operating and airworthiness authorizations and certificates, as well as for the DOT in conjunction with the granting of our slot exemption request at JFK. The finding of the assessment was that the environmental impact of our proposed operations would be de minimis .

        The Airport Noise and Capacity Act of 1990 recognizes the right of airport operators with special noise problems to implement local noise abatement procedures as long as those procedures do not

53


interfere unreasonably with the interstate and foreign commerce of the national air transportation system. These restrictions can include limiting nighttime operations, directing specific operational procedures during takeoff and limiting the overall number of aircraft flights at an airport. Long Beach Municipal Airport in Southern California has established an airport noise curfew prohibiting scheduled commercial operations between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. This limitation serves to protect the local noise-sensitive communities surrounding the airport. Our scheduled flights at Long Beach Municipal Airport are in full compliance with the noise curfew limits. We do not believe this local ordinance will have a negative effect on our operations.

        Airport Access.     JFK is one of four airports in the United States subject to the High Density Rule established by the FAA in 1968. The other airports subject to this rule are LaGuardia Airport, Chicago O'Hare International Airport and Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport. This rule limits the number of scheduled flights at each of the subject airports during specified periods of time. At JFK, there is a limit on the number of scheduled flights from 3:00 p.m. to 7:59 p.m. During this period, all scheduled commercial aircraft, domestic and international, must possess an FAA-assigned slot or slot exemption in order to either arrive at or depart from JFK. Slots were created as a means of managing congestion at specified airports. A slot is an authorization to take off or land at a designated airport within a specified time period. Slot exemptions were created under the 1994 Federal Aviation Administration Authorization Act to enable qualified air carriers to fill voids in underserved markets and generate needed price competition in specific markets by obtaining access to otherwise slot-restricted airports.

        We are able to operate at JFK throughout the day, including during the restricted slot controlled period, as a result of the DOT granting our request for 75 daily slot exemptions in September 1999, under the 1994 Federal Aviation Administration Authorization Act. These slot exemptions are to be phased in over a three-year period from the commencement of our operations at a rate of no more than 25 daily slot exemptions per year. Unlike the FAA-assigned slots held by other airlines at JFK, our slot exemptions, while functioning identically to an FAA-assigned slot, may not be sold, leased, rented or pledged. However, if our slot exemptions are not used within the prescribed period of time, then, like slots held by other airlines, they may be subject to forfeiture.

        The only domestic growth that can occur at JFK during the slot period is in the form of regional jet service to small and medium, non-hub airports, which were legislatively exempt from the High Density Rule, or in the form of airlines currently using fewer than 20 slots. These airlines are eligible to receive, as we did, slot exemptions under the 1994 Federal Aviation Administration Authorization Act, as modified by the Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century, signed into law in April 2000. The DOT and/or Congress could take action, administratively or legislatively, that could adversely impact our ability to operate at JFK. Federal slot restrictions will be eliminated at both New York City airports, LaGuardia and JFK, on January 1, 2007.

        Long Beach Municipal Airport is also a slot-controlled airport. However, the slot regime at Long Beach Municipal Airport is not federally mandated, but rather is a result of a 1995 court settlement. Under the settlement, there are a total of 41 daily non-commuter departure slots and a single slot is required for every commercial departure. Unlike several of the airports subject to the federal High Density Rule, there are no plans to eliminate slot restrictions at the Long Beach Municipal Airport. In May 2001, we applied for, and were granted, the 27 daily departure slots then unallocated at Long Beach Municipal Airport. For each slot, we were required to provide the airport with a $10,000 security deposit and we must also pay an additional $5,000 per slot for each 90-day period after November 28, 2001, for each unused slot or those slots will be forfeited. All deposits for a given slot are refundable after six continuous months of slot utilization. Under the terms of our slot allocation from the city of Long Beach, we have until June 1, 2003 to utilize all 27 slots or each unused slot and the deposits associated with them are subject to forfeiture. Currently, we operate three daily roundtrip flights from Long Beach Municipal Airport to JFK and pay refundable security deposits on the remaining 24 unused slots. Beginning in the second quarter of 2002, we intend to commence service to Washington Dulles International Airport from Long Beach Municipal Airport. Of the 14 remaining non-commuter slots not assigned to us, nine are used for domestic passenger service to two cities and five are used by air cargo operators. Until such time as we use slots that were allocated to us, our slots remain available for other carriers to use on a temporary basis. Recently,

54


American Airlines indicated that it would like to obtain four additional slots at Long Beach Municipal Airport.

        Our slot exemptions at JFK and our departure slots at Long Beach offer us advantageous access to otherwise restricted facilities. At JFK, there are a finite number of slots held by incumbent airlines. If a carrier does not hold a slot, slot access to JFK can only be had through an agreement with a willing incumbent carrier holding unused slots and on terms the incumbent carrier dictates. During our formation, we found there were in fact no slots available at JFK on commercially reasonable terms. Further, while slot exemption access remains available for carriers meeting specific criteria, we believe this is not a likely way for a competitor to gain meaningful access to JFK. Consequently, through both our grant of JFK slot exemptions and our obtaining all of the unused slots at Long Beach, we have gained critical access to restricted airports centrally located in the nation's two largest metropolitan areas.

        Other than the restrictions placed on us through slots and noise curfews, we are constrained from serving some airports due to the lack of available airport infrastructure, particularly gates.

        Foreign Ownership.     Under federal law and the DOT regulations, we must be controlled by United States citizens. In this regard, our president and at least two-thirds of our board of directors must be United States citizens and not more than 25% of our voting stock may be owned by non-U.S. citizens (although subject to DOT approval, the percent of foreign economic ownership may be as high as 49%). We are currently in compliance with these ownership provisions. For a discussion of the procedures we instituted to ensure compliance with these foreign ownership rules, see "Description of Capital Stock—Limited Voting by Foreign Owners."

        Other Regulations.     All air carriers are also subject to certain provisions of the Communications Act of 1934 because of their extensive use of radio and other communication facilities, and are required to obtain an aeronautical radio license from the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC. To the extent we are subject to FCC requirements, we will take all necessary steps to comply with those requirements.

        Our operations may become subject to additional federal requirements in the future under certain circumstances. For example, our labor relations are covered under Title II of the Railway Labor Act of 1926 and are subject to the jurisdiction of the National Mediation Board. During a period of past fuel scarcity, air carrier access to jet fuel was subject to allocation regulations promulgated by the Department of Energy. We are also subject to state and local laws and regulations at locations where we operate and the regulations of various local authorities that operate airports we serve.

        Future Regulation.     Congress, the DOT, the FAA and other governmental agencies have under consideration, and in the future may consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, our operations, ownership and profitability. We cannot predict what other matters might be considered in the future by the FAA, the DOT or Congress, nor can we judge what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes might have on our business.

        Civil Reserve Air Fleet.     We are a participant in the Civil Reserve Air Fleet Program which permits the United States Department of Defense to utilize our aircraft during national emergencies when the need for military airlift exceeds the capability of military aircraft. Only during the Persian Gulf War in 1990-1991 have commercial air carriers that have participated in this program been required to permit the military to use their aircraft. By participating in this program, we are eligible to bid on and be awarded peacetime airlift contracts with the military.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of our business, we are party to various legal actions, which we believe are incidental to the operation of our business. We believe that the outcome of the proceedings to which we are currently a party will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

55



MANAGEMENT AND STOCK OWNERSHIP INFORMATION

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of February 28, 2002.

Name

  Age
  Position
David Neeleman   41   Chief Executive Officer and Director
David Barger   44   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Thomas Kelly   49   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
John Owen   46   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Ann Rhoades   57   Executive Vice President and Director
Holly Nelson   44   Vice President and Controller
David Checketts   46   Director
David Ferguson   46   Director
Michael Lazarus   46   Director
Neal Moszkowski   36   Director
Thomas Patterson   36   Director
Joel Peterson   54   Director
Frank Sica   50   Director

         David Neeleman is our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. He has served in both capacities since August 1998. Mr. Neeleman was a co-founder of WestJet and from 1996 to 1999 served as a member of WestJet's board of directors. From October 1995 to October 1998, Mr. Neeleman served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Open Skies, a company that develops and implements airline reservation systems and which was acquired by the Hewlett Packard Company. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Neeleman served as President and was a member of the board of directors of Morris Air Corporation, a low-fare airline that was acquired by Southwest Airlines. For a brief period, in connection with the acquisition, he served on the Executive Planning Committee at Southwest Airlines. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Neeleman was an Executive Vice President of Morris Air. Mr. Neeleman attended the University of Utah.

         David Barger joined our board of directors in September 2001. Mr. Barger is our President and Chief Operating Officer and has served in this capacity since August 1998. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Barger served in various management positions with Continental Airlines, including Vice President, Newark hub. He held various director level positions at Continental Airlines from 1988 to 1995. From 1982 to 1988, Mr. Barger served in various positions with New York Air, including Director of Stations. Mr. Barger attended the University of Michigan.

         Thomas Kelly is our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and has served in this capacity since August 1998. From December 1995 to October 1998, Mr. Kelly served as the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a member of the board of directors of Open Skies. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Kelly served as the Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Morris Air Corporation and served as a member of the board of directors of Morris Air from 1991 to 1993. Mr. Kelly received his Bachelor of Arts degree in University Studies from Brigham Young University and a Juris Doctorate degree from Harvard Law School.

         John Owen is our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has served in this capacity since January 1999. From August 1998 to December 1998, Mr. Owen served as the Vice President for Operations Planning and Analysis for Southwest Airlines. From October 1984 to August 1998, Mr. Owen served as the Treasurer for Southwest Airlines. Mr. Owen received his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Southern Methodist University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

56



         Ann Rhoades joined our board of directors in September 2001. Ms. Rhoades is Executive Vice President and has served in this capacity since October 2001. From April 1999 through October 2001, Ms. Rhoades served as our Executive Vice President, People. Ms. Rhoades intends to resign from her position as Executive Vice President as of April 30, 2002, at which time we anticipate she will continue her service with us in a consulting capacity. From January 1995 to March 1999, Ms. Rhoades was the Executive Vice President, Team Services for Promus Hotel/DoubleTree Hotels Corporation. From June 1989 to January 1995, Ms. Rhoades was the Vice President, People for Southwest Airlines. Ms. Rhoades received her Bachelor of Arts degree in business administration from the College of Santa Fe and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of New Mexico.

         Holly Nelson is our Vice President and Controller and has served in this capacity since February 2001. From 1984 to 2001, Ms. Nelson held senior financial management positions with Northwest Airlines, including Director, Corporate Accounting and Reporting from August 1992 to February 2001. Ms. Nelson is a certified public accountant and received her Bachelor of Business Administration degree in comprehensive public accounting from the University of Wisconsin.

         David Checketts has been a member of our board of directors since January 2000. From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Checketts was President and Chief Executive Officer of Madison Square Garden. From March 1991 to September 1994, Mr. Checketts was the President of the New York Knicks basketball team. From September 1990 to March 1991, he was Vice President of Development for the National Basketball Association. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Checketts was President of the Utah Jazz basketball team. Mr. Checketts currently serves on the board of directors of Spalding Holdings Corp., an athletic equipment manufacturer. Mr. Checketts received his Master of Business Administration degree from Brigham Young University.

         David Ferguson has been a member of our board of directors since December 1998. Mr. Ferguson is a general partner of J.P. Morgan Capital Partners and has served in this position since September 1989. From February 1987 to May 1989, Mr. Ferguson was a member of the mergers and acquisitions group at Prudential Securities. Mr. Ferguson currently serves on the boards of directors of Wild Oats Market, Inc. and Guitar Center, Inc. Mr. Ferguson received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Loyola College and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Michael Lazarus has been the chairman of our board of directors since December 1998. Mr. Lazarus co-founded Weston Presidio, a private equity firm, and has served as a managing member of Weston Presidio since July 1991. From 1986 to 1991, Mr. Lazarus was a managing director of, and director of the Private Placement Department of, Montgomery Securities. Mr. Lazarus received his Bachelor of Arts degree in accounting from Grove City College.

         Neal Moszkowski has been a member of our board of directors since December 1998. Mr. Moszkowski has been a partner of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC since August 1998. From August 1993 to August 1998, Mr. Moszkowski worked for Goldman Sachs & Co., where he served as a Vice President and Executive Director of the Principal Investment Area. Mr. Moszkowski currently serves as an alternate director of Banco Hipotecario, S.A. and a director of Bluefly Inc., Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation and MedicaLogic/Medscape Inc. Mr. Moszkowski received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Amherst College and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Graduate School of Business at Stanford University.

         Thomas Patterson has been a member of our board of directors since December 1998. Mr. Patterson is a general partner of Weston Presidio and has served in this position since December 1999. From October 1995 to December 1999, he was a principal at Weston Presidio. Mr. Patterson received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Harvard College and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

         Joel Peterson has been a member of our board of directors since June 1999. Mr. Peterson is the founding partner of Peterson Capital, Inc., a private equity and venture capital firm that he founded in 1995. From 1973 to 1991, Mr. Peterson served in several positions at Trammell Crow Company, a

57



commercial real estate service company, including Chief Executive Officer from 1988 to 1991 and Chief Financial Officer from 1977 to 1985. Mr. Peterson serves as a director of Franklin Covey Co., an international learning and performing solutions company. Mr. Peterson received a Bachelor of Science degree from Brigham Young University in 1971 and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

         Frank Sica has been a member of our board of directors since December 1998. Mr. Sica is the managing partner of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC and has served in this position since May 1998. From August 1981 to March 1998, Mr. Sica worked for Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Discover & Co. where he served as a Managing Director of the Merchant Banking Division and was responsible for Morgan Stanley Capital Partners and Morgan Stanley Venture Partners. Mr. Sica received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Wesleyan University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Sica currently serves as a director of Banco Hipotecario, S.A., CSG Systems International, Inc., Emmis Communications Corp., Kohl's Corporation and Outboard Marine Corporation.

Director Upon Completion of this Offering

        Dr. Kim Clark will be appointed to our board of directors upon completion of this offering. Dr. Clark has been the Dean of the Faculty at Harvard Business School since 1995, member of Harvard faculty since 1978 and George F. Baker Professor of Administration since 1999. Dr. Clark currently serves on the board of directors of FleetBoston Financial Corporation and Handspring, Inc. Dr. Clark received his Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts and Doctorate degrees in economics from Harvard.

Stock Ownership

        Set forth below is information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2002, by each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock of each class, each of our directors, our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other highest paid executive officers, together "the Named Executive Officers," and all directors and executive officers as a group. Please see "Description of Capital Stock—Limited Voting by Foreign Owners" regarding the restrictions on voting by non-U.S. citizens of shares of our common stock.

        Each stockholder's percentage ownership in the following table is based on 35,078,829 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2002, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering and treating as outstanding all options held by that stockholder and exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2002.

        Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each officer, director and 5% stockholder listed below is c/o JetBlue Airways Corporation, 80-02 Kew Gardens Road, Kew Gardens, New York 11415.

58


 
   
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

 
Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned

  Prior to Offering
  After this Offering
 
5% Stockholders:              
BancBoston Ventures, Inc.(1)   2,196,774   6.3 % 5.4 %
Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC(2)   4,678,225   13.3 % 11.5 %
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company(3)   2,376,151   6.8 % 5.9 %
NMS Capital, L.P.(4)   2,332,230   6.7 % 5.7 %
Quantum Industrial Partners LDC(5)(6)   6,357,438   18.1 % 15.7 %
SFM Domestic Investments LLC(5)(6)   3,176,233   9.1 % 7.8 %
Weston Presidio(7)   7,128,454   20.3 % 17.6 %
Executive Officers and Directors:              
David Neeleman(8)   3,289,920   9.4 % 8.1 %
David Barger(9)   494,850   1.4 % 1.2 %
Thomas Kelly(10)   345,362   1.0 % *  
John Owen(11)   494,850   1.4 % 1.2 %
Ann Rhoades(12)   200,000   *   *  
David Checketts(13)   246,011   *   *  
David Ferguson(14)   25,230   *   *  
Michael Lazarus(15)   27,230   *   *  
Neal Moszkowski(16)        
Thomas Patterson(17)   27,230   *   *  
Joel Peterson(18)   237,615   *   *  
Frank Sica(19)   2,298   *   *  
All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(20)   5,422,246   15.2 % 13.2 %

*
Represents ownership of less than one percent.

(1)
The address of BancBoston Ventures, Inc. is 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(2)
The address of Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC is c/o JP Morgan Partners, 108 South Frontage Road West, Suite 307, Vail, Colorado 81657.

(3)
Includes (a) 1,663,306 shares of common stock held by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, (b) 237,615 shares of common stock held by MassMutual Corporate Value Partners Limited and (c) 475,230 shares of common stock held by MassMutual High Yield Partners II, LLC. The address of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company is 1295 State Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01111.

(4)
Includes (a) 1,895,914 shares of common stock held by NMS Capital, L.P. and (b) 436,316 shares of common stock held by BAS Capital Funding Corporation. The sole limited partner in NMS Capital, L.P. is BAS Capital Funding Corporation and the sole general partner is NMS Capital Management, LLC, which is wholly-owned by former Bank of America Corporation associates. BAS Capital Funding Corporation is wholly owned by Bank of America Corporation. Edward J. McCaffery is the sole managing member of NMS Capital Management, LLC and is a Managing Director and the Chief Investment Officer of BAS Capital Funding Corporation and, as such, has the power to direct the disposition and/or voting of the shares held by NMS Capital, L.P. and BAS Capital Funding Corporation. Mr. McCaffery has no direct or indirect interest in the shares held by NMS Capital, L.P. or BAS Capital Funding Corporation. Bank of America Corporation may have an indirect economic interest in certain of our shares as a limited partner in investment funds that hold our shares. Bank of America does not have any disposition or voting power over such shares, and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of NMS Capital, L.P. is c/o Bank of America Corporation, 231 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60697.

(5)
The principal business address of Quantum Industrial Partners LDC ("QIP") is Kaya Flamboyan 9, Willemsted, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles. QIH Management Investor, L.P. ("QIHMI") is the managing member of QIP and QIH Management, Inc. ("QIH Management") is the sole general partner of QIHMI. QIHMI, by reason of its investment discretion over the shares owned by QIP, and QIH Management, as the sole general partner of

59


(6)
The principal business address of SFM Domestic Investments LLC ("SFMD") is 888 Seventh Avenue, 31 st Floor, New York, New York 10106. George Soros is the sole managing member of SFMD and may be deemed beneficial owner of the shares held for the account of SFMD.

(7)
Includes (a) 1,782,113 shares of common stock held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., (b) 5,093,127 shares of common stock held by Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and (c) 253,214 shares of common stock held by WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. The address of Weston Presidio is Pier 1, Bay 2, San Francisco, California 94111. Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and the WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. have been deemed to be non-U.S. citizens and may not be able to vote all of their shares. See "Description of Capital Stock—Limited Voting by Foreign Owners."

(8)
Includes 3,289,920 shares of common stock held by Neeleman Holdings L.C., 1,062,120 of which are subject to our right of repurchase, which right lapses with respect to 531,060 shares per year. Mr. Neeleman, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, is the managing member of Neeleman Holdings, L.C.

(9)
Includes (a) 399,900 shares of common stock, 159,960 of which are subject to our right of repurchase, which lapses with respect to 79,980 shares per year and (b) options to purchase 94,950 shares of common stock, which options are immediately exercisable pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, but are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us with respect to 40,950 shares, which right lapses with respect to 18,990 shares per year. Mr. Barger is a member of our board of directors.

(10)
Includes (a) 250,412 shares of common stock held by Kelly Holdings L.C., of which 82,560 are subject to our right or repurchase, which right lapses with respect to 41,280 shares per year and (b) options to purchase 94,950 shares of common stock, which options are immediately exercisable pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan but are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us with respect to 40,950 shares, which right lapses with respect to 18,990 shares per year. Mr. Kelly, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, is the manager of Kelly Holdings L.C.

(11)
Includes (a) 399,900 shares of common stock, 159,960 of which are subject to our right of repurchase which lapses with respect to 79,980 shares per year and (b) options to purchase 94,950 shares of common stock, which options are immediately exercisable pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan but are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us with respect to 40,950 shares, which right lapses with respect to 18,990 shares per year.

(12)
Includes options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock, which options are immediately exercisable pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan but are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us with respect to 66,667 shares, which right lapses in April 2002. Ms. Rhoades is a member of our board of directors.

(13)
Includes (a) 212,318 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Checketts and (b) 33,693 shares of common stock held by L&C Developments, L.P. Mr. Checketts, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of L&C Developments, L.P.

(14)
Includes 25,230 shares held by the 1993 Ferguson Children's Trust. Excludes all securities held by Chase New Air Investors (GC) LLC. Mr. Ferguson, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of J.P. Morgan Capital Partners, the general partner of Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC. Mr. Ferguson disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(15)
Excludes all securities held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. Mr. Lazarus, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the general partner of the Weston Presidio funds. Mr. Lazarus disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

60


(16)
Excludes all securities held by QIP and SFMD. Mr. Moszkowski, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC. Mr. Moszkowski disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by QIP and SFMD, each of which may be deemed an affiliate of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC.

(17)
Excludes all securities held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. Mr. Patterson, a member of our board of directors, is a member of the general partner of the Weston Presidio funds. Mr. Patterson disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P. and WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(18)
Includes 189,591 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Peterson and 48,024 shares of common stock held by Peterson Capital, LLC. Mr. Peterson is a member of Peterson Capital, LLC.

(19)
Includes 2,298 shares held by Mr. Sica's three children, all of whom are minors. Excludes all securities held by QIP and SFMD. Mr. Sica, a member of our board of directors, is the managing partner of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC. Mr. Sica disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by QIP and SFMD, each of which may be deemed an affiliate of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC.

(20)
Includes options to purchase 516,500 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2002.

        The holdings are reported in accordance with the SEC's regulations requiring disclosure of shares as to which directors and "Named Executive Officers" hold voting or dispositive power, notwithstanding that they are held in a fiduciary rather than personal capacity, and that such power is shared among a number of fiduciaries.

Classified Board of Directors

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The term of office of directors assigned to Class I will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2003 and at each third succeeding year thereafter. The term of office of directors assigned to Class II will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2004 and at each third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. The term of office of directors assigned to Class III will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2005 and at each third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. Our board has resolved that David Ferguson, Joel Peterson and Ann Rhoades will serve as Class I directors, David Barger, David Checketts, Neal Moszkowski and Thomas Patterson will serve as Class II directors and Michael Lazarus, David Neeleman and Frank Sica will serve as Class III directors. Dr. Kim Clark's Class will be determined when he joins the board of directors upon completion of this offering.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a special stock option committee. The audit committee provides assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent auditors and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the auditors are independent of management. The audit committee currently consists of David Ferguson (chairman), Neal Moszkowski and Joel Peterson.

        The compensation committee determines our compensation policies and forms of compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines stock-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan and profit-sharing plan. The current members of the compensation committee are David Neeleman (chairman), Thomas Patterson and Neal Moszkowski. Upon completion of this offering, David Checketts will replace David Neeleman.

        The special stock option committee has separate, but concurrent jurisdiction with the compensation committee, to make discretionary stock option grants under our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The special stock option committee has full power and authority, subject to any limitations the compensation committee may

61



impose from time to time, to make discretionary option grants under the 2002 Plan to eligible individuals other than officers and non-employee board members that are subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as it deems appropriate and to determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each grant, the exercise or vesting schedule in effect for such grant and the maximum term for which each such option is to remain outstanding. David Neeleman is the sole member of the special stock option committee.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Other Information

        The following table shows the cash compensation paid or to be paid by us, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of the four other Named Executive Officers, in all capacities in which they served.


Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
   
 
Name and Principal
Position

  Salary
  Bonus
  Other Annual
Compensation

  All Other
Compensation

 
David Neeleman   $ 200,000   $ 100,000   $   $ 5,280(1 )
  Chief Executive Officer                          
David Barger   $ 200,000   $ 100,000   $   $ 5,280(2 )
  President and Chief Operating Officer                          
Thomas Kelly   $ 200,000   $ 100,000       $ 5,370(3 )
  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary                          
John Owen   $ 200,000   $ 100,000   $   $ 5,370(4 )
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                          
Ann Rhoades   $ 252,500       $ 57,887(5 ) $ 5,152(6 )
  Executive Vice President                          

(1)
Consists of $5,100 matching contributions made by us pursuant to our 401(k) plan and payment of $180 of life insurance premiums.
(2)
Consists of $5,100 matching contributions made by us pursuant to our 401(k) plan and payment of $180 of life insurance premiums.
(3)
Consists of $5,100 matching contributions made by us pursuant to our 401(k) plan and payment of $270 of life insurance premiums.
(4)
Consists of $5,100 matching contributions made by us pursuant to our 401(k) plan and payment of $270 of life insurance premiums.
(5)
Reimbursement of rent for Ms. Rhoades' apartment located in Queens, New York.
(6)
Consists of $5,100 matching contributions made by us pursuant to our 401(k) plan and payment of $52 of life insurance premiums.

        There were no restricted shares issued to the Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 2001. However, the following restricted shares were held by our Named Executive Officers as of the close of that year. Neeleman Holdings, L.C., of which Mr. Neeleman is the managing member, held 1,062,120 unvested shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $24,428,760, Mr. Barger held 159,960 unvested shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $3,679,080, Mr. Owen held 159,960 unvested shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $3,679,080, and Kelly Holdings L.C., of which Mr. Kelly is the manager, held 82,560 unvested shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $1,898,880. The value of these unvested shares held as of December 31, 2001, is calculated based on a value of $23.00 per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus.

62


Stock Option Grants

        None of our Named Executive Officers were granted stock options in fiscal year 2001.

Stock Option Exercises and Holdings

        None of our Named Executive Officers exercised any options in fiscal year 2001.

        The value of unexercised in-the-money options at December 31, 2001, is calculated based on a value of $23.00 per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, less the per share exercise price multiplied by the number of shares issued upon exercise of the options.

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Options at
Fiscal Year End(1)

  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at Fiscal Year End

Name

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
David Neeleman          
David Barger   90,000     $ 1,971,000  
Thomas Kelly   90,000       1,971,000  
John Owen   90,000       1,971,000  
Ann Rhoades   200,000       4,380,000  

(1)
All unexercised options are exercisable immediately, but the shares underlying such options are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us, which rights lapses in a series of annual installments measured from the vesting commencement date. The number of shares subject to such repurchase right as of December 31, 2001 is as follows: 36,000 shares each for Messrs. Barger and Kelly, 54,000 shares for Mr. Owen and 66,667 shares for Ms. Rhoades.

Employee Benefit Plans

    2002 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to serve as the successor equity incentive program to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. Our 2002 plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by the stockholders in February 2002. Our 2002 plan will become effective on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is signed. At that time, all outstanding options under the predecessor 1999 plan will be transferred to our 2002 plan, and no further option grants will be made under that predecessor plan. The transferred options will continue to be governed by their existing terms, unless our compensation committee elects to extend one or more features of our 2002 plan to those options. Except as otherwise noted below, the transferred options have substantially the same terms as will be in effect for grants made under the discretionary option grant program of our 2002 plan.

        6,629,968 shares of our common stock have initially been reserved for issuance under our 2002 plan. Such share reserve consists of the number of shares that will be carried over from our 1999 plan, including the shares subject to outstanding options thereunder. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2002 plan will automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year, beginning in calendar year 2003, by an amount equal to 4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the preceding calendar year, but in no event will any such annual increase exceed 3,600,000 shares. In addition, no participant in our 2002 plan may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances for more than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock per calendar year.

63


        Our 2002 plan is divided into five separate components:

    the discretionary option grant program, under which eligible individuals in our employ or service may be granted options to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the grant date;
    the stock issuance program, under which such individuals may be issued shares of common stock directly, through the purchase of such shares at a price not less than 100% of their fair market value at the time of issuance or as a bonus tied to the attainment of performance milestones or the completion of a specified period of service;
    the salary investment option grant program, under which our executive officers and other highly compensated employees may be given the opportunity to apply a portion of their base salary to the acquisition of special below-market stock option grants;
    the automatic option grant program, under which option grants will automatically be made at periodic intervals to our non-employee board members to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the grant date; and
    the director fee option grant program, under which our non-employee board members may be given the opportunity to apply a portion of the annual retainer fee otherwise payable to them in cash each year to the acquisition of special below-market option grants.

The individuals eligible to participate in our 2002 plan include our officers and other employees, our non-employee board members and any consultants we engage.

        Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs.     The discretionary option grant program and the stock issuance program will be administered by the compensation committee. This committee will determine which eligible individuals are to receive option grants or stock issuances under those programs, the time or times when such option grants or stock issuances are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such grant or issuance, the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option under the federal tax laws, and the terms and conditions of each award including, without limitation, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock issuance and the maximum term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding, provided that no option term may exceed ten years measured from the date of grant.

        Vesting of any option grant or stock issuance is contingent on continued service with us. Upon the cessation of an optionee's service, any unvested options granted under the discretionary option grant program will terminate and will be forfeited. Any vested, but unexercised options (i) will terminate immediately if the optionee is terminated for misconduct, or (ii) if the cessation of service is other than for misconduct, will remain exercisable for such period of time as determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. The compensation committee has the discretion, however, at any time while the option remains outstanding to (i) extend the period of time that the option may be exercisable following the cessation of an optionee's service (but not beyond the term of the option) and (ii) permit the optionee to exercise following a cessation of service options that were not vested at the time of the cessation of service.

        If a participant's service with us ceases while shares issued under the stock issuance program remain unvested, or if any performance objectives are not met, then those shares will be surrendered immediately to us, and cancelled. If any consideration was paid by the participant for such shares, we will repay the participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares, or (ii) the fair market value of the surrendered shares at the time of cancellation. The compensation committee has the discretion, however, to waive any surrender and cancellation that otherwise would occur upon the cessation of the participant's service or the non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives. This will result in the immediate vesting of those shares to which the waiver applies. Such a waiver may occur at any time before or after the cessation of the participant's service, or the attainment or non-attainment of

64


the applicable performance objectives. The compensation committee has similar discretion with respect to outstanding share rights awards.

        The exercise price for the shares of the common stock subject to option grants made under our 2002 plan may be paid in cash or in shares of common stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date. The option may also be exercised through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the optionee. In addition, the plan administrator may provide financial assistance to one or more optionees in the exercise of their outstanding options or the purchase of their unvested shares by allowing such individuals to deliver a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note in payment of the exercise price and any associated withholding taxes incurred in connection with such exercise or purchase.

        The compensation committee will have the authority to cancel outstanding options under the discretionary option grant program, including options transferred from the 1999 plan, in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of option shares with an exercise price per share based upon the fair market value of our common stock on the new grant date.

        Stock appreciation rights are authorized for issuance under the discretionary option grant program. Such rights will provide the holders with the election to surrender their outstanding options for an appreciation distribution from us equal to the fair market value of the vested shares of common stock subject to the surrendered option, less the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares. Such appreciation distribution may be made in cash or in shares of common stock. None of the outstanding options under our 1999 plan contain any stock appreciation rights.

        In the event that we are acquired by a merger, a sale by our shareholders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option under the discretionary option grant program which (i) will not to be assumed by the successor corporation or otherwise continued in effect, (ii) will not be replaced with a cash incentive program of a successor corporation of the type described in the 2002 plan, or (iii) will not otherwise be precluded based on other limitations imposed at the time such option was granted, will automatically accelerate in full, and all unvested shares under the discretionary option grant and stock issuance programs will immediately vest, except to the extent (i) our repurchase rights with respect to those shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation or otherwise continue in effect, or (ii) accelerated vesting otherwise is precluded by other limitations imposed at the time of grant. However, the compensation committee will have complete discretion to structure any or all of the options under the discretionary option grant program so those options will immediately vest in the event we are acquired, whether or not those options are assumed by the successor corporation or otherwise continued in effect. Alternatively, the compensation committee may condition such accelerated vesting upon the subsequent termination of the optionee's service with us or the acquiring entity. The vesting of outstanding shares or share rights under the stock issuance program may also be accelerated upon similar terms and conditions.

        The compensation committee may grant options and structure repurchase rights so that the shares subject to those options or repurchase rights will vest in connection with a hostile takeover, whether accomplished through a tender offer for more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock or a change in the majority of our board through one or more contested elections for board membership. Such accelerated vesting may occur either at the time of such hostile takeover or upon the subsequent termination of the individual's service. The vesting of outstanding shares or share rights under the stock issuance program may also be accelerated upon similar terms and conditions.

        All of the options and unvested shares currently outstanding under our 1999 plan will immediately vest in the event we are acquired by a merger or a sale of substantially all our assets or more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock.

        We intend that any compensation deemed paid by us in connection with the exercise of options granted under the discretionary option grant program for the disposition of the shares purchased under those options will be regarded as "performance-based," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and that such compensation will not be subject to the annual $1 million limitation

65


on the deductibility of compensation paid to covered executive officers which otherwise would be imposed pursuant to Section 162(m).

        Salary Investment Option Grant Program.     The compensation committee will have the exclusive authority to select the executive officers and other highly compensated employees who may participate in the salary investment option grant program in the event that program is activated for one or more calendar years. In the event the compensation committee elects to activate the salary investment option grant program for one or more calendar years, each of our executive officers and other highly compensated employees selected for participation may elect, prior to the start of the calendar year, to reduce his or her base salary for that calendar year by a specified dollar amount not less than $10,000 nor more than $50,000. Each selected individual who files such a timely election will automatically be granted, on the first trading day in January of the calendar year for which his or her salary reduction is to be in effect, an option to purchase that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the salary reduction amount by two-thirds of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. The option will be exercisable at a price per share equal to one-third of the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date. As a result, the option will be structured so that the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date less the exercise price payable for those shares will be equal to the amount by which the optionee's salary is reduced under the program. The option will become exercisable in a series of 12 equal monthly installments over the calendar year for which the salary reduction is to be in effect, contingent on continued service with us. If a participant ceases service with us for any reason, any vested, but unexercised option will be exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten year option term, or (ii) three years measured from the date of cessation of service.

        Automatic Option Grant Program.     Under the automatic option grant program, each individual who is serving as a non-employee board member on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is signed will be granted an option for 16,000 shares of our common stock, and each individual who first becomes a non-employee board member at any time after the signing of the underwriting agreement will also receive an automatic option grant for 16,000 shares on the date such individual joins the board, provided such individual has not been in our prior employ. In addition, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting held after the completion of this offering, each non-employee board member who is to continue to serve as a non-employee board member will automatically be granted an option to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock, provided such individual has served on our board for at least six months.

        The automatic grants made on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is signed will have an exercise price per share equal to the price per share at which our common stock will be sold to the public pursuant to the underwriting agreement. Each subsequent automatic option grant will have an exercise price per share equal to the closing selling price per share of our common stock on the grant date. Each automatic grant will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of board service. The option will be immediately exercisable for all of the option shares; however, we may repurchase, at the lower of the exercise price paid per share and the fair market value of the shares at the time of repurchase, any shares purchased under the option which are not vested at the time of the optionee's cessation of board service. The shares subject to each initial 16,000-share automatic option grant will vest in a series of 4 successive annual installments upon the optionee's completion of each year of board service over the 4-year period measured from the grant date. The shares subject to each annual 4,000-share automatic option grant will vest upon the optionee's completion of one year of board service measured from the grant date. Any vested, but unexercised option will be exercisable for a period of twelve months following the cessation of the optionee's board service. However, the shares subject to each automatic option grant will immediately vest in full upon certain changes in control or ownership or upon the optionee's death or disability while a board member.

        Director Fee Option Grant Program.     Should the director fee option grant program be activated in the future, each non-employee board member will have the opportunity to apply all or a portion of any cash

66



retainer fee for the year to the acquisition of a below-market option grant. The option grant will automatically be made on the first trading day in January in the year for which the retainer fee would otherwise be payable in cash. The option will have an exercise price per share equal to one-third of the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date, and the number of shares subject to the option will be determined by dividing the amount of the retainer fee applied to the program by two-thirds of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. As a result, the option will be structured so that the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date less the exercise price payable for those shares will be equal to the portion of the retainer fee applied to that option. The option will become exercisable in a series of 12 equal monthly installments over the calendar year for which the fee election is to be in effect, contingent on continued board service. If an optionee ceases board service for any reason, any vested, but unexercised option will be exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten year option term, or (ii) three years measured from the date board service ceased. However, any unvested option will become immediately exercisable for all the option shares upon the optionee's death or disability while serving as a board member.

        Our 2002 plan will also have the following features:

    Outstanding options under the salary investment, automatic option and director fee option grant programs will immediately vest if we are acquired by a merger, a sale by our shareholders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock or a sale of substantially all our assets, or if more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock is acquired through a hostile tender offer or a change in the majority of our board occurs as a result of one or more contested elections.
    Limited stock appreciation rights will automatically be included as part of each grant made under the salary investment option grant program and the automatic and director fee option grant programs, and these rights may also be granted to one or more officers as part of their option grants under the discretionary option grant program. Options with this feature may be surrendered to us upon the successful completion of a hostile tender offer for more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock. In return for the surrendered option, the optionee will be entitled to a cash distribution from us in an amount per surrendered option share based upon the highest price per share of our common stock paid in that tender offer.
    The board may amend or modify the 2002 plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval, or participant consent. The 2002 plan will terminate no later than December 31, 2011.

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by the board and approved by the stockholders in February 2002. The plan will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, and is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating affiliates to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. However, an employee who would own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common stock is not eligible to participate in the plan.

        1,500,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance. The reserve will automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year, beginning in calendar year 2003, by an amount equal to 3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last trading day in December in the prior calendar year. In no event will any such annual increase exceed 2,700,000 shares.

        The plan will have a series of successive overlapping offering periods, with a new offering period beginning on the first business day of May and November each year. Each offering period will have a duration of 24 months, unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee. However, the initial offering period may have a duration in excess of 24 months and will start on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is signed and will end on the last business day in April 2004. The subsequent

67



offering periods will start on the first business day of May and November of each year, with the first subsequent offering period commencing on the first business day in November 2002.

        All employees may join an offering period on the start date of that period. However, employees may participate in only one offering period at a time.

        A participant may contribute up to 10% of his or her total earnings through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. The purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase date. The initial purchase date will occur on the last business day of October 2002. Semi-annual purchase dates after the initial purchase date will occur on the last business day of April and October each year. However, a participant may not purchase more than 1,000 shares on any purchase date, and not more than 400,000 shares may be purchased in total by all participants on any purchase date. Our compensation committee will have the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period. No participant may purchase shares under the employee stock purchase plan at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock valued based on the fair market value per share on the date or dates the right to purchase such shares was granted for each year his or her purchase rights are at any time outstanding.

        If the fair market value per share of our common stock on any semi-annual purchase date within a particular offering period is less than the fair market value per share on the start date of that offering period, then the participants in that offering period will automatically be transferred and enrolled in the new two-year offering period which will begin on the next business day following such purchase date.

        Should we be acquired by merger or sale of substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities, then all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised immediately prior to the effective date of the acquisition. The purchase price in effect for each participant will be equal to 85% of the market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled at the time the acquisition occurs or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share immediately prior to the acquisition.

        The following provisions will also be in effect under the plan:

    The plan will terminate no later than the last business day of April 2012.
    The board may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue the plan. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval.

Director Compensation

        Members of our board of directors do not receive compensation for their service on our board of directors or any committee of our board, but are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses. Also, members of our board of directors and their immediate families are entitled to travel without charge on our flights as is typical in the airline industry. The total value of such air travel in 2001 did not exceed $2,000 per director. Upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, each of our continuing non-employee board members will receive an option to purchase 16,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the automatic option grant program under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The options will have an exercise price per share equal to the price per share at which our common stock will be sold to the public pursuant to the underwriting agreement, and will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of board service. The option will be immediately exercisable for all of the option shares; however, we may repurchase, at the lower of the exercise price paid per share and the fair market value of the shares at the time of repurchase, any shares purchased under the option that are not vested at the time of the director's cessation of board service. The shares will vest in a series of four successive annual installments upon the director's completion of each year of board service over the four-year period measured from the grant date. Any new non-employee director who has not been in our

68



prior employ will receive an initial option to purchase 16,000 shares of our common stock on the date such individual joins the board. In addition, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting held after the completion of this offering, each non-employee board member who is to continue to serve as a non-employee board member will automatically be granted an option to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock, provided such individual has served on our board for at least six months. The shares subject to each annual 4,000 share automatic option grant will vest upon the optionee's completion of one year of board service measured from the grant date. See "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Employee Benefit Plans—2002 Stock Incentive Plan."

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        No member of our compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as members of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Employment Arrangements, Termination of Employment Arrangements and Change in Control Arrangements

        In October 1998, we entered into an employment agreement with David Barger, our President, Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors. The employment agreement terminates on the earlier of December 1, 2003 or upon the triggering of the termination provisions in the agreement; provided, however, that unless we otherwise notify Mr. Barger, the term of the employment agreement is automatically extended by successive one-year terms. Under the agreement, Mr. Barger is entitled to an annual salary of $200,000, subject to periodic review by our board of directors. Mr. Barger also received an initial signing bonus of $65,000. In addition, Mr. Barger is entitled to an annual minimum guaranteed bonus of $75,000 subject to increase based on the achievement of performance based milestones. If Mr. Barger is terminated without cause, then he will be entitled to his then existing base salary and bonus for the entire period remaining on the term of his employment agreement. Mr. Barger is subject to (i) a confidentiality covenant of unlimited duration, (ii) a covenant not to solicit any employee to leave our employ during the term of the agreement and for one year thereafter, and (iii) a covenant not to compete with us during the term of the agreement. We also sold and issued to Mr. Barger 399,900 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.0865 per share under a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in September 1998. We have a right to repurchase any of these shares that are unvested at the time Mr. Barger's employment is terminated at the original purchase price. Mr. Barger used slightly over half of his signing bonus to pay for these shares. The shares vest and our right of repurchase lapses in a series of five successive equal annual installments upon Mr. Barger's completion of each year of service with JetBlue over the five-year period measured from September 18, 1998. Upon the consummation of a merger, change in control or a sale of substantially all of our assets or if Mr. Barger is terminated without cause, then all of his unvested shares and options will immediately vest in full.

        In November 1998, we entered into an employment agreement with David Neeleman, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. The employment agreement terminates on the earlier of December 1, 2003 or upon the triggering of the termination provisions in the agreement; provided, however, that unless we otherwise notify Mr. Neeleman, the term of the employment agreement is automatically extended by successive one-year terms. Under the agreement, Mr. Neeleman is entitled to an annual salary of $200,000, subject to periodic review by our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Neeleman is entitled to an annual minimum guaranteed bonus of $75,000 subject to increase based on the achievement of performance based milestones. If Mr. Neeleman is terminated without cause, then he will be entitled to his then existing base salary and bonus for the entire period remaining on the term of his employment agreement. We also sold and issued to Mr. Neeleman an aggregate of 2,655,300 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.0865 per share under Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements in September and November 1998. We have a right to repurchase any of these shares that are unvested at the time Mr. Neeleman's employment is terminated at the original purchase price. The shares vest and our

69



right of repurchase lapses in a series of five successive equal annual installments upon Mr. Neeleman's completion of each year of service with JetBlue over the five-year period measured from the respective date of each purchase agreement. Upon the consummation of a merger, change in control or a sale of substantially all of our assets or if Mr. Neeleman is terminated without cause, then all of his unvested shares will immediately vest in full. Mr. Neeleman has also entered into a Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation agreement that, like his employment agreement, precludes him from (i) soliciting any employee to leave our employ or (ii) owning, managing, controlling or engaging in any business competitive with any business we are conducting or propose to conduct for as long as his restricted shares continue to vest, and for a one-year period following the accelerated vesting of such restricted shares, in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements.

        In November 1998, we entered into an employment agreement with John Owen, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement has an initial term of five years, unless terminated earlier upon the triggering of the termination provisions in the agreement; provided, however, that each December 1, beginning on December 1, 1999, the term of the agreement will be extended automatically by an additional year, unless either Mr. Owen or the company provides written notice prior to December 1st of any particular year that they are electing out of the automatic extension. Under the agreement, Mr. Owen is entitled to an annual salary of $200,000, subject to periodic review by our board of directors. Mr. Owen also received a signing bonus of $65,000. In addition, Mr. Owen is entitled to an annual minimum guaranteed bonus of $75,000 subject to increase based on the achievement of certain performance based milestones. If Mr. Owen is terminated without cause, then he will be entitled to his then existing base salary and bonus for the entire period remaining on the term of his employment agreement. Mr. Owen is subject to (i) a confidentiality covenant of unlimited duration, (ii) a covenant not to solicit any employee to leave our employ during the term of the agreement and for one year thereafter, and (iii) a covenant not to compete with us during the term of the agreement. We also sold and issued to Mr. Owen 399,900 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.0865 per share under a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in November 1998. We have a right to repurchase any of these shares that are unvested at the time Mr. Owen's employment is terminated at the original purchase price. Mr. Owen used slightly over half of his signing bonus to pay for these shares. The shares vest and our right of repurchase lapses in a series of five successive equal annual installments upon Mr. Owen's completion of each year of service with JetBlue over the five-year period measured from November 2, 1998. Upon the consummation of a merger, change in control or a sale of substantially all of our assets or if Mr. Owen is terminated without cause, then all of his unvested shares and options will immediately vest in full.

        We sold and issued to Thomas Kelly, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, 206,400 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.0865 per share under a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in September 1998. We have a right to repurchase any of these shares that are unvested at the time Mr. Kelly's employment is terminated at the original purchase price. The shares vest and our right of repurchase lapses in a series of five successive equal annual installments upon Mr. Kelly's completion of each year of service with JetBlue over the five-year period measured from September 18, 1998. Upon consummation of a merger, change in control or a sale of substantially all of our assets or if Mr. Kelly is terminated without cause, then all of his unvested shares and options will immediately vest in full. We have not entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Kelly.

        In April 1999, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Ann Rhoades, our Executive Vice President and a member of our board of directors. Under the agreement, Ms. Rhoades is entitled to an annual salary of $300,000 and an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.10. The option shares vest in a series of three successive equal annual installments upon Ms. Rhoades' completion of each year of service with us over the three-year period measured from April 1999. Ms. Rhoades intends to resign from her position as Executive Vice President as of April 30, 2002, at which time we anticipate she will continue her service with us in a consulting capacity.

70



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Sales of Securities

        Since January 1, 1999, we have been a party to several transactions in which the amount involved exceeded $60,000 and in which any of our directors or Named Executive Officers, any holder of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate families had a direct or indirect material interest. Other than the indemnification, employment and consulting agreements described herein, all of these transactions involved the sale of our securities. The following table summarizes the shares of common stock and each series of preferred stock purchased by our Named Executive Officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and persons associated with them, referred to herein as related parties. We sold shares of Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred stock in December 1998 and in March, June, September and December of 1999 at a purchase price of $5.2745 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $128 million to, among others, the related parties set forth below. In August 2000, we sold shares of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.387 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $15 million to most of the purchasers of the Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred stock. The purchasers of these shares agreed to provide us with a call for an additional $15 million through December 31, 2001. In October 2001, we exercised the call and sold additional shares of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock to all but one of the August 2000 purchasers. The one prior purchaser who did not participate was not a related party. Separately, in October and November 2001, we sold shares of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.387 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $15 million to most of the purchasers in the August 2000 financing. The number of total shares on an as-converted basis reflects a one-to-one conversion to common stock ratio for each share of Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock.

Investor

  Common Stock
  Series A-1
Preferred
Stock

  Series A-2
Preferred
Stock

  Series B-1
Preferred
Stock

  Series B-2
Preferred
Stock

  Total Shares
on an As-
Converted
Basis

BancBoston Ventures, Inc.     1,895,914     300,860     2,196,774
Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC(1)     3,791,829     652,295   234,102   4,678,225
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company(2)     1,895,914     480,237     2,376,151
NMS Capital, L.P.(3)     1,895,914     436,316     2,332,230
Quantum Industrial Partners LDC(4)   13,850   2,327,959   2,730,745   419,030   865,854   6,357,438
SFM Domestic Investments LLC(5)   4,627   2,529,352     642,254     3,176,233
Weston Presidio(6)     2,612,851   3,074,892   467,529   973,182   7,128,454
David Neeleman(7)   2,502,113   542,842     244,965     3,289,920
David Checketts(8)   22,727   189,591     33,693     246,011
Joel Peterson(9)     189,591     48,024     237,615
Thomas Kelly(10)   206,400   44,012         250,412

(1)
David Ferguson, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of J.P. Morgan Capital Partners, the general partner of Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC.
(2)
Consists of (a) 1,327,140 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 336,166 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company; (b) 189,591 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 48,024 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by MassMutual Corporate Value Partners Limited; and (c) 379,183 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 96,047 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by MassMutual High Yield Partners II, LLC.
(3)
Includes 436,316 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by BAS Capital Funding Corporation. The sole limited partner in NMS Capital, L.P. is BAS Capital Funding Corporation and the sole general partner is NMS Capital Management, LLC, which is wholly owned by former Bank of America Corporation associates. BAS Capital Funding Corporation is wholly owned by Bank of America Corporation.
(4)
Includes 2,932 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock purchased from Neeleman Holdings, L.C. by Quantum Industrial Partners LDC on July 31, 1999 at a purchase price of $5.2745 per share. Frank

71


(5)
Includes 1,466 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock purchased from Neeleman Holdings, L.C. by SFM Domestic Investments LLC on July 31, 1999 at a purchase price of $5.2745 per share. Frank Sica is the managing partner and Neal Moszkowski is a partner of Soros Private Equity Partners LLC., which may be deemed to be an affiliate of SFM Domestic Investments LLC. Mr. Sica and Mr. Moszkowski are members of our board of directors.
(6)
Consists of (a) 653,213 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, 768,723 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock, 116,882 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock and 243,295 shares of Series B-2 preferred stock purchased and held by Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P.; (b) 1,866,718 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, 2,196,815 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock, 334,104 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock and 695,490 shares of Series B-2 preferred stock purchased and held by Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P.; and (c) 92,920 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, 109,354 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock, 16,543 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock and 34,397 shares of Series B-2 preferred stock purchased and held by WPC Entrepreneur Fund L.P. Mr. Lazarus, Chairman of our board of directors, is a managing member of the general partner of the Weston Presidio funds. Mr. Patterson, a member of our board of directors, is a member of the general partner of the Weston Presidio Funds.
(7)
All shares are held by Neeleman Holdings, L.C., of which Mr. Neeleman is the managing member. Neeleman Holdings, L.C. originally purchased a total of 561,486 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock. On July 31, 1999, August 31, 1999 and September 2, 1999, Neeleman Holdings, L.C. sold an aggregate of 18,644 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock to certain third parties.
(8)
Consists of (a) 189,591 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held directly by Mr. Checketts and (b) 33,693 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by L&C Developments, L.P. Mr. Checketts is a partner of L&C Development L.P.
(9)
Consists of (a) 189,591 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held directly by Mr. Peterson and (b) 48,024 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock held by Peterson Capital, LLC. Mr. Peterson is a member of Peterson Capital, LLC.
(10)
All shares are held by Kelly Holdings L.C. Mr. Kelly is the manager of Kelly Holdings L.C.

        Each holder of shares of our preferred stock and our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof is entitled to registration rights, including David Checketts, Thomas Kelly, David Neeleman and Joel Peterson. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Other Relationships and Transactions

        We use PeopleInk to conduct background checks, employee training and provide employee benefits consulting services to us. Ms. Rhoades is the President and sole shareholder of PeopleInk, Inc. The total amount paid by us to PeopleInk was $62,047 in 1999, $93,292 in 2000 and $35,807 in 2001.

        We have entered into employment agreements with some of our executive officers, granted options under our stock option plan and issued common stock to some of our executive officers under Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. See "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Director Compensation" and "—Employment Arrangements, Termination of Employment Arrangements and Change in Control Arrangements" and "Description of Capital Stock—Indemnification Arrangements."

        We believe that all of the transactions set forth above were made on terms no less favorable to us than could have been otherwise obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including loans, if any, between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates and any transactions between us and any entity with which our officers, directors or five percent stockholders are affiliated, will be approved by a majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested outside directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

72



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized Capitalization

        At the closing of this offering, our capital structure will consist of 500,000,000 authorized shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. Immediately following the completion of this offering, an aggregate of 40,578,829 shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Description of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

        This section describes other key provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Common Stock

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our board of directors may declare from time to time from legally available funds subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders, subject to the restrictions described below under the caption "Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws—Limited Voting by Foreign Owners."

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, directors will be elected by a plurality of the shares voting once a quorum is present. No holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock issued in the future.

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share, on a pro rata basis, all assets remaining after payment to creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        As of the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock, along with any limitations or restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each class or series of preferred stock. The preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect, under certain circumstances, of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the holders of our preferred stock and some of the holders of our common stock. After this offering, based on our capitalization as of February 28, 2002, the holders of 30,692,262 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding preferred stock will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares. Any group of holders of at least 60% of the securities with registration rights can require us to register all or part of their shares at any time following six months after this offering, so long as the thresholds in the registration rights agreement are met with respect to the amount of securities to be sold. After we have completed two such registrations

73



we are no longer subject to these demand registration rights. In addition, holders of at least 60% of the securities with registration rights may also require us to include their shares in future registration statements that we file, subject to cutback at the option of the underwriters of such an offering. Subject to our eligibility to do so, holders of registrable securities may also require us, twice in any 12 month period and a total of three times, to register their shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-3. Upon any of these registrations, these shares will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Effect of Delaware Anti-takeover Statute.     We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

Section 203 defines "business combination" to include the following:

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

        Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might

74



consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.

        Classified Board of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for our board to be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered, three year terms. The classification of the board has the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings, instead of one, to replace a majority of the members of the board of directors.

        Supermajority Voting.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our combined voting power to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws may be amended by either a majority of the board of directors, or the holders of 66 2 / 3 % of our voting stock.

        Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock.     At the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No preferred stock will be designated upon consummation of this offering. After this offering, we will have outstanding 40,578,829 shares of common stock. The authorized but unissued (and in the case of preferred stock, undesignated) stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants the board of directors' broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of director's authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

        Special Meetings of Stockholders.     Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, by our Chairman of the board of directors or by our Chief Executive Officer.

        No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that an action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may only be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. This provision prevents stockholders from initiating or effecting any action by written consent, and thereby taking actions opposed by the board.

        Notice Procedures.     Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to all stockholder proposals to be brought before meetings of our stockholders, including proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, the removal of directors and amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our Secretary prior to the meeting. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received by our Secretary not less than 120 days prior to the meeting. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.

        Other Anti-Takeover Provisions.     See "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Employee Benefit Plans" for a discussion of certain provisions of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan which may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or unsolicited acquisition proposals.

        Limitation of Director Liability.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to us or our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

75



        Indemnification Arrangements.     Our bylaws provide that our directors and officers shall be indemnified and provide for the advancement to them of expenses in connection with actual or threatened proceedings and claims arising out of their status as such to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide them with rights to indemnification and expense advancement to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Limited Voting by Foreign Owners.     To comply with restrictions imposed by federal law on foreign ownership of U.S. airlines, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws restrict foreign ownership of shares of our capital stock. The restrictions imposed by federal law currently require that no more than 25% or our voting stock be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not U.S. citizens, and that our president and at least two-thirds of the members of our board of directors be U.S. citizens. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no shares of our capital stock may be voted by or at the direction of non-U.S. citizens unless such shares are registered on a separate stock record, which we refer to as the foreign stock record. Our bylaws further provide that no shares of our capital stock will be registered on the foreign stock record if the amount so registered would exceed the foreign ownership restrictions imposed by federal law. Registration on the foreign stock record is made in chronological order based on the date we receive a written request for registration. Two of our significant stockholders, Quantum Industrial Partners and the Weston Presidio funds, which have been deemed to be non-U.S. citizens, have agreed that in the event we determine that more than 25% of our voting stock is owned or controlled by non-U.S. citizens by virtue of their ownership of shares of our capital stock, a pro rata portion of each of their shares that is necessary to stay below the 25% threshold will not be entitled to vote.

Stockholder Rights Agreement

        On February 11, 2002 our board of directors authorized us to enter into a stockholder rights agreement. The following is a summary of the material terms of this agreement. The statements below are only a summary, and we refer you to the stockholder rights agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Each statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

        Under the stockholder rights agreement, one stockholder right is attached to each share of common stock. The stockholder rights are transferable only with the common stock until they become exercisable, are redeemed or expire.

        Each right initially entitles the holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A participating preferred stock at an exercise price of $            , subject to adjustment. The rights will separate from the common stock upon the earlier of:

76


        The term "acquiring person" expressly excludes Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC, Quantum Industrial Partner LDC, SFM Domestic Investments LLC and the Weston Presidio funds and their respective affiliates, unless any such investor and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate more than 30% of our outstanding common stock.

        If any person or group becomes an acquiring person, instead of thousandths of shares of preferred stock, each stockholder right will then represent the right to receive upon exercise an amount of common stock having a market value equal to twice the exercise price, subject to certain exceptions.

        If after a person or group becomes an acquiring person, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination or 50% or more of our consolidated assets or earnings power are sold or transferred, each stockholder right will then represent the right to receive upon exercise an amount of common stock of the acquiring person having a value equal to twice the exercise price.

        In addition, at any time after any person or group becomes an acquiring person, but before that person or group becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the outstanding common stock, our board of directors may at its option exchange the stockholder rights, in whole or in part, for common stock at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock per right.

        The exercise price payable, the number of thousandths of shares of preferred stock and the amount of common stock, cash or securities or assets issuable upon exercise of, or exchange for, stockholder rights and the number of outstanding rights are subject to adjustment to prevent dilution if certain events occur.

        Our board of directors may redeem the stockholder rights in whole, but not in part, for one cent ($.01) per right at any time until the tenth business day after the first date of public announcement that a person or group have become an acquiring person. Unless earlier redeemed by us, the stockholder rights will expire on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the agreement.

        Our transfer agent, EquiServe Trust Company, will be the rights agent under the stockholder rights agreement.

        The stockholder rights will not prevent a takeover of us. However, the rights may render an unsolicited takeover of us more difficult or less likely to occur, even though such takeover may offer stockholders opportunity to sell their shares at a price above the prevailing market and/or may be favored by a majority of the stockholders.

Listing

        We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "JBLU."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is EquiServe Trust Company.

77



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 40,578,829 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 28, 2002, and excludes:

        Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining                  shares of common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined under Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for a resale under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of Shares

  Date

                

 

After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, the 180-day lock-up is released and these shares are saleable under Rule 144 (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations) or Rule 144(k)

          

 

After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, the 180-day lock-up will be released and these shares are saleable under Rule 701 (subject to repurchase by the Company)

  

 

After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, these restricted securities will have been held for less than one year and will not yet be saleable under Rule 144

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares. Persons who have owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

78


Rule 144(k)

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our "affiliates" at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, generally including the holding period of any prior owner other than an "affiliate," is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, notice filing, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

        The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of those options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 may be sold by "affiliates" under Rule 144 without compliance with its one year minimum holding period requirement.

Stock Options

        As of February 28, 2002, options to purchase a total of 4,328,380 shares of common stock were outstanding, all of which are currently exercisable but 3,379,719 of which are subject to our repurchase rights which lapse over time. We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issuable under our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, shares of common stock underlying these options will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up agreements described below. See "Management and Stock Ownership Information—Employee Benefit Plans."

Lock-up Agreements

        We have agreed, and each of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and preferred stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or options to acquire shares of our common stock or take any action to do any of the foregoing during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Morgan Stanley may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. See "Underwriting."

        Following this offering, under specified circumstances and subject to customary conditions, holders of 30,692,262 shares of our outstanding common stock will have demand registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and rights to participate in any future registrations of securities. If the holders of these registrable securities request that we register their shares, and if the registration is effected, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

79



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. In general, a "non-U.S. holder" is any holder other than:

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change. Any change, which may or may not be retroactive, could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers, dealers in securities, partnerships, owners of more than 5% of our common stock and certain U.S. expatriates). Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

        As previously discussed, we have not declared or paid distributions on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy." In the event we do pay distributions on our common stock, however, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the holder's investment, up to the holder's basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders on our common stock that are not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate or, if a tax treaty applies, a lower rate specified by the treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, non-U.S. holders must furnish to us or our paying agent a duly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form certifying the holder's qualification for the reduced rate. Where dividends are paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a partnership or other pass-through entity, persons holding an interest in the entity may also be required to provide the certification.

80



Gain On Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

Income or Gain Effectively Connected With a U.S. Trade or Business

        If a non-U.S. holder of our common stock is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and if dividends on the common stock or gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of such trade or business (and, if an applicable tax treaty requires, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), the non-U.S. holder, although exempt from U.S. withholding tax (provided that the certification requirements discussed in the next sentence are met), will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. The non-U.S. holder will be required, under currently effective Treasury regulations, to provide a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or successor form in order to claim an exemption from U.S. withholding tax. In addition, if such non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year.

Estate Tax

        Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding, Information Reporting And Other Reporting Requirements

        A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person in order to avoid backup withholding with respect to our payments of dividends on the common stock. We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of any dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information also may be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

        The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder, under penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) will

81



apply to the payment of proceeds from a disposition of shares of our common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker if the broker is:

unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary).

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

         The foregoing discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

82



UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and UBS Warburg are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Underwriters:

  Number of Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated.
   
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.    
UBS Warburg    

 

 

 
     
   
  Total   5,500,000

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        The per share price of any shares sold by the underwriters will be the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the concession to dealers described below.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                  a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $                  a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 825,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters' option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $                  , the total underwriters' discounts and commissions would be $                  and total proceeds to us would be $              .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered by them.

83


        Each of us, our directors, executive officers and certain other stockholders of ours has agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters, it will not during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of the common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

        In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is "covered" if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

        It is anticipated that Morgan Stanley DW Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, through Morgan Stanley Online, its online service, may be a member of the syndicate and engage in electronic offers, sales and distribution of the shares being offered. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the lead manager to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

84


        From time to time, certain of the underwriters have provided, and continue to provide, investment banking and other services to us and certain existing stockholders for which they receive customary fees and commissions.

        Kevin Murphy, a research analyst at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering, was one of our original investors and continues to hold shares of our stock. Mr. Murphy holds 20,700 shares of our common stock and 22,063 shares of our preferred stock that he acquired from September 1998 through August 2000 at an aggregate cost of $124,806. Upon conversion of the preferred shares to common shares on a one-for-one basis at the completion of this offering, Mr. Murphy will own a total of 42,763 shares of our common stock. Mr. Murphy is expected to be one of two Morgan Stanley analysts who will provide research regarding our stock. Under Morgan Stanley policy, Mr. Murphy will be prohibited from selling or hedging our stock for a period of three years following this offering, maintaining a long-term investment position.

        The underwriters and we have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial offering price, up to      shares offered by this prospectus to our employees, officers, directors, customers, business associates and related persons selected by us. We will pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the underwriters in connection with offering the shares to such persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares, which are not so purchased, will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings, and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated public offering price range listed on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus may change as a result of market conditions and other factors.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock offered will be passed upon for us by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation at December 31, 2001, and for the year then ended, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement on Form S-1 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, and at December 31, 2000, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2000, by KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, as set forth in their respective reports thereon appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the Securities Act, a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares we are offering pursuant

85


to this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the copy of that contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read or obtain a copy of the registration statement at the commission's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The commission maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the commission. The address of this web site is http://www.sec.gov.

        We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual reports containing, among other information, audited financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We intend to furnish other reports as we may determine or as may be required by law.


CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        On December 7, 2001, we dismissed KPMG LLP as our independent accountants. The reports of KPMG LLP on our financial statements for the past two fiscal years contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. There have been no disagreements with KPMG LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG LLP would have caused them to make reference thereto in their report on the financial statements for such years. The decision to change firms was approved by the audit committee of our board of directors. We engaged Ernst & Young LLP as our new independent accountants as of December 7, 2001. We have provided KPMG LLP with a copy of the disclosure contained in this section of this prospectus.

        We have requested that KPMG LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the commission stating whether or not they agree with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated February 12, 2002, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to our registration statement on Form S-1.

86



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page


 

 

 

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

Reports of Independent Auditors

 

F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000

 

F-4

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

 

F-6

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

 

F-7

Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

 

F-8

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-9

F-1



Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
JetBlue Airways Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2001, and the related statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all materials respects, the financial position of JetBlue Airways Corporation at December 31, 2001, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
January 25, 2002, except Note 15, as to
    which the date is March 18, 2002

F-2



Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
JetBlue Airways Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2000, and the related statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2000. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all materials respects, the financial position of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2000, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ KPMG LLP
Stamford, CT
June 27, 2001

F-3


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 
  December 31,
 
  2001
  2000
ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 117,522   $ 34,403
  Receivables, less allowance (2001–$801; 2000–$234)     20,791     21,633
  Inventories, less allowance (2001–$60; 2000–$15)     2,210     1,133
  Prepaid expenses and other     3,742     2,744
   
 
    Total current assets     144,265     59,913

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Flight equipment     364,681     163,060
  Predelivery deposits for flight equipment     125,010     91,620
   
 
      489,691     254,680
  Less accumulated depreciation     9,523     2,334
   
 
      480,168     252,346
 
Other property and equipment

 

 

29,023

 

 

18,290
  Less accumulated depreciation     4,313     1,632
   
 
      24,710     16,658
   
 
    Total property and equipment     504,878     269,004

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

24,630

 

 

15,211
   
 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

673,773

 

$

344,128
   
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2000
 

LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Accounts payable   $ 24,549   $ 12,867  
  Air traffic liability     51,566     27,365  
  Accrued salaries, wages and benefits     18,265     5,599  
  Other accrued liabilities     15,980     5,255  
  Short-term borrowings     28,781     15,138  
  Current maturities of long-term debt     54,985     24,800  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     194,126     91,024  

LONG-TERM DEBT

 

 

290,665

 

 

137,110

 

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deferred income taxes     3,373      
  Other     7,335     6,595  
   
 
 
      10,708     6,595  

CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
$.01 par value; 40,500,000 and 30,000,000 shares authorized in 2001 and 2000, respectively; 30,692,262 and 26,638,676 shares issued and outstanding in 2001 and 2000, respectively

 

 

210,441

 

 

163,552

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 58,300,000 and 50,300,000 shares authorized in 2001 and 2000, respectively; 4,363,967 and 4,340,767 shares issued and outstanding in 2001 and 2000, respectively     44     44  
  Additional paid-in capital     3,889     487  
  Accumulated deficit     (33,117 )   (54,684 )
  Unearned compensation     (2,983 )    
   
 
 
   
Total common stockholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

(32,167

)

 

(54,153

)
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY (DEFICIT)
  $ 673,773   $ 344,128  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
OPERATING REVENUES                    
  Passenger   $ 310,498   $ 101,665   $  
  Other     9,916     2,953      
   
 
 
 
    Total operating revenues     320,414     104,618      

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Salaries, wages and benefits     84,762     32,912     6,000  
  Aircraft fuel     41,666     17,634     4  
  Aircraft rent     32,927     13,027     324  
  Sales and marketing     28,305     16,978     887  
  Landing fees and other rents     27,342     11,112     447  
  Depreciation and amortization     10,417     3,995     111  
  Maintenance materials and repairs     4,705     1,052     38  
  Other operating expenses     63,483     29,096     6,405  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     293,607     125,806     14,216  
   
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)     26,807     (21,188 )   (14,216 )

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Airline Stabililization Act compensation     18,706          
  Interest expense     (14,132 )   (7,395 )   (705 )
  Capitalized interest     8,043     4,487     705  
  Interest income and other     2,491     2,527     685  
   
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense)     15,108     (381 )   685  
   
 
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES     41,915     (21,569 )   (13,531 )
  Income tax expense (benefit)     3,378     (239 )   233  
   
 
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)     38,537     (21,330 )   (13,764 )
  Preferred stock dividends     (16,970 )   (14,092 )   (4,656 )
   
 
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS   $ 21,567   $ (35,422 ) $ (18,420 )
   
 
 
 
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:                    
  Basic   $ 9.88   $ (26.66 ) $ (36.81 )
   
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ 1.14   $ (26.66 ) $ (36.81 )
   
 
 
 
  Pro forma basic (unaudited)   $ 1.30              
   
             

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                    
  Net income (loss)   $ 38,537   $ (21,330 ) $ (13,764 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                    
      Depreciation     9,972     3,889     111  
      Amortization     445     106      
      Deferred income taxes     3,373          
      Other, net     5,960     3,892     619  
      Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities:                    
        Decrease (increase) in receivables     430     (21,622 )    
        Increase in inventories, prepaid expenses and other     (2,120 )   (3,354 )   (340 )
        Increase in air traffic liability     23,788     26,173      
        Increase in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities     30,894     15,070     6,818  
   
 
 
 
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     111,279     2,824     (6,556 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                    
  Capital expenditures     (233,775 )   (205,759 )   (12,463 )
  Predelivery deposits for flight equipment, net     (54,128 )   (27,881 )   (50,713 )
  Increase in security deposits     (1,952 )   (7,939 )   (5,302 )
  Purchases of short-term investments         (20,923 )    
  Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments         21,392      
  Other, net         (20 )   1,026  
   
 
 
 
          Net cash used in investing activities     (289,855 )   (241,130 )   (67,452 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                    
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred
stock
    29,731     51,322     80,671  
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock     25     130     69  
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     185,000     137,750      
  Proceeds from short-term borrowings     28,781     15,138      
  Proceeds from aircraft sale and leaseback transactions     72,000     70,000      
  Repayment of long-term debt     (35,254 )   (18,577 )    
  Repayment of short-term borrowings     (15,138 )        
  Other, net     (3,450 )   (1,300 )    
   
 
 
 
          Net cash provided by financing activities     261,695     254,463     80,740  
   
 
 
 
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     83,119     16,157     6,732  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     34,403     18,246     11,514  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 117,522   $ 34,403   $ 18,246  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-7


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands, except share data)

 
   
   
  Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
 
 
  Convertible
Redeemable
Preferred Stock

 
 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Unearned Compensation
   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 1998   2,392,022   $ 12,669   4,266,600   $ 43   $ 326   $ (842 ) $   $ (473 )
Net loss                     (13,764 )       (13,764 )
Issuance of Series A Preferred stock, $5.2745 per share   22,021,616     116,153                        
Accrued undeclared dividends on preferred stock       4,656               (4,656 )       (4,656 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 1999   24,413,638     133,478   4,266,600     43     326     (19,262 )       (18,893 )
Net loss                     (21,330 )       (21,330 )
Issuance of Series A Preferred stock, $5.2745 per share   198,903     1,049                        
Exercise of common stock options         74,167     1     137             138  
Issuance of Series B Preferred stock, $7.387 per share   2,026,135     14,967                        
Accrued undeclared dividends on preferred stock       14,092               (14,092 )       (14,092 )
Other       (34 )         24             24  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000   26,638,676     163,552   4,340,767     44     487     (54,684 )       (54,153 )
Net income                     38,537         38,537  
Exercise of common stock options         23,200         25             25  
Issuance of Series B Preferred stock, $7.387 per share   2,022,991     14,944                        
Issuance of Series B Preferred stock, $7.387 per share   2,030,595     14,975                        
Accrued undeclared dividends on preferred stock       16,970               (16,970 )       (16,970 )
Unearned compensation on common stock options                 3,183         (3,183 )    
Other                 194         200     394  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   30,692,262   $ 210,441   4,363,967   $ 44   $ 3,889   $ (33,117 ) $ (2,983 ) $ (32,167 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-8


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2001

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Basis of Preparation and Description of Business:     JetBlue Airways Corporation ("we" or the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware on August 24, 1998. Based out of New York's John F. Kennedy International Airport, we offer low-fare, innovative, quality passenger air transportation service to and from a growing number of United States locations. As of December 31, 2001, we operated 102 flights a day providing daily service to 18 cities.

        During its development stage from inception to December 31, 1999, the Company was involved in recruiting and training personnel, raising capital, obtaining aircraft and spare engines, developing and analyzing markets, obtaining slot exemptions at John F. Kennedy International Airport and building our business strategy. We commenced flight operations on February 11, 2000. We are managed as a single business unit.

        We are required to make estimates and assumptions when preparing our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents:     Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

        Inventories:     Inventories consist of expendable aircraft spare parts, supplies and aircraft fuel. These items are stated at average cost and charged to expense when used. An allowance for obsolescence on aircraft spare parts is provided over the remaining useful life of the related aircraft.

        Property and Equipment:     We record our property and equipment at cost and depreciate these assets on a straight-line basis to their estimated residual values over their estimated useful lives. Additions, modifications that enhance the operating performance of our assets and interest related to predelivery deposits to acquire new aircraft are capitalized.

        Estimated useful lives and residual values for our property and equipment are as follows:

 
  Estimated Useful Life

  Residual Value
 
Aircraft   25 years   20 %
Aircraft parts   Fleet life   10 %
Flight equipment leasehold improvements   Lease term   0 %
Ground property and equipment   3-10 years   0 %
Leasehold improvements   15 years or lease term   0 %

        The Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired and the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by these assets are less than the assets' net book value. If an impairment occurs, the loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount.

        Passenger Revenues:     Passenger revenue is recognized when the transportation is provided or after the ticket expires. Tickets sold but not yet used are included in air traffic liability.

F-9



        Aircraft Maintenance and Repairs:     Routine maintenance and engine overhauls for owned and leased flight equipment are charged to expense as incurred. Airframe structural overhauls will be capitalized and amortized over the least of ten years, the remaining lease term or the period until the next structural overhaul.

        Advertising Costs:     Advertising costs, which are included in sales and marketing, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense in 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $15.6 million, $12.7 million and $.9 million, respectively.

        Income Taxes:     We account for income taxes utilizing the liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax and financial statement reporting bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets is provided unless realizability is judged by us to be more likely than not.

        Stock Options:     We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. Compensation expense for a stock option grant is recognized if the exercise price is less than the fair value of our common stock on the grant date.

        Comprehensive Income (Loss):     Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) plus other comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2001 and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 consisted solely of our net income (loss) as there were no other comprehensive income (loss) components.

Note 2—Long-term Debt and Short-term Borrowings

        Long-term debt at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands, with interest rates as of December 31, 2001):

 
  2001
  2000
Floating rate equipment notes due through 2013,
4.2% weighted average rate
  $ 303,620   $ 133,750
Aircraft manufacturer floating rate predelivery notes due in
2002 and 2003, 3.8% weighted average rate
    42,030     28,160
   
 
Total debt     345,650     161,910
  Less: current maturities     54,985     24,800
   
 
Long-term debt   $ 290,665   $ 137,110
   
 

        Interest rates on floating rate notes adjust quarterly or semi-annually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate. At December 31, 2001, we were in compliance with the covenants of all our debt and lease agreements, which include, among other things, a requirement to maintain certain financial ratios. Aircraft, engines and predelivery deposits, having a net book value of $452 million at December 31, 2001, were pledged as security under various loan agreements.

F-10


        Maturities of long-term debt for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):

2002   $ 54,985
2003     30,052
2004     22,822
2005     23,815
2006     21,983

        Cash payments of interest, net of capitalized interest, aggregated $4.8 million, $1.5 million and zero in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

        Non-cash predelivery financing obtained in connection with the acquisition of new aircraft was $34.0 million, $28.2 million and $14.6 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

        In November 2000, we entered into a floating rate, short-term borrowing facility with a group of commercial banks to finance aircraft predelivery deposits. The facility, as amended in December 2001, allows for borrowings up to $32.0 million through November 2004. Commitment fees are .35% per annum on the average unused portion of the facility. At December 31, 2001, $3.2 million was available under this facility. The weighted average interest rate on these outstanding short-term borrowings at December 31, 2001 was 3.6%.

Note 3—Leases

        We lease aircraft, as well as airport terminal space, other airport facilities, office space and other equipment, which expire in various years through 2024. At December 31, 2001, 12 of the 21 aircraft we operated were leased under operating leases, with initial lease term expiration dates ranging from 2009 to 2019. The aircraft leases generally can be renewed at rates based on fair market value at the end of the lease term for two or four years. Certain aircraft leases have purchase options after five years or at the end of the lease term at fair market value and have variable-rate rent payments based on the London Interbank Offered Rate. Total rental expense for all operating leases in 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $49.7 million, $20.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2001, are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Aircraft
  Other
2002   $ 40,780   $ 4,571
2003     40,780     4,066
2004     40,780     3,921
2005     40,780     2,569
2006     40,780     1,065
Thereafter     280,417     1,336
   
 
  Total minimum lease payments   $ 484,317   $ 17,528
   
 

        We have $9.4 million of restricted cash pledged under standby letters of credit related to these leases, which is included in other assets. We have committed to lease one additional aircraft in 2003 under a

F-11



12 year long-term operating lease with total minimum estimated lease payments of $38 million, which are not included above.

Note 4—Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

        On October 24, 2001, we amended our articles of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of capital stock to 98,800,000 shares, consisting of 58,300,000 shares of common stock, of which 50,000,000 shares were designated as Class A-1 Common Stock and 8,300,000 shares were designated as Class A-2 Common Stock, and 40,500,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 25,000,000 shares were designated as Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, 6,000,000 shares were designated as Series A-2 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and 7,300,000 shares were designated as Series B-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and 2,200,000 shares were designated as Series B-2 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock.

        Series A-1 Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred and Class A-1 Common stockholders are required to vote as one class on all matters which require a vote by the Company's stockholders as outlined in the articles of incorporation and the by-laws. Each share of Series A-1 Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which it is convertible. Series A-2 Preferred, Series B-2 Preferred and Class A-2 Common stockholders are not entitled to vote on any matters which require a vote by the Company's stockholders with the exception of votes for merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization for which such shares will be considered to be the equivalent of Series A-1 Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred and Class A-1 Common shares, respectively. Under certain conditions, the preferred stockholders vote first as a separate class on such matters.

        Any or all shares of all series of the preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the holder at any time after November 30, 2004, unless a mandatory conversion event (as defined) occurs, one of which would be the initial public offering by the Company for more than $75 million in proceeds. Redemption will occur in 16 equal installments over a minimum of three years but not more than four years.

        The Class A-1 Common, Series A-1 Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred stockholders may convert their shares into Class A-2 Common, Series A-2 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred, respectively, at any time. The Class A-2 Common, Series A-2 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred stockholders may convert their shares into Class A-1 Common, Series A-1 Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, respectively, under certain conditions as defined in the articles of incorporation and bylaws.

        Stockholders of all series of the preferred stock may convert such shares into Class A-1 Common and Class A-2 Common stock, based on the conversion rate generally equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the original cost of the preferred stock by the Conversion Price, which is initially equal to the original cost of the preferred shares (i.e. a 1:1 ratio) but which is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances (mainly issuance of common stock after the initial issuance at a price below the then calculated Conversion Price).

        Holders of the preferred stock are entitled to cash dividends, which are accrued and accumulated if not paid in full, before any dividends are declared and paid or set aside for the common stock. In addition, whenever the Company declares or pays dividends on its common stock, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably based on the Common Stock Equivalents

F-12



represented by the preferred stock, as defined. No dividends have been declared to date and the Company's obligation to pay accrued dividends is canceled upon conversion of the preferred stock into common stock. Cumulative unpaid preferred dividends at December 31, 2001 were $35.8 million ($1.17 cents per share).

        Holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive from the net assets of the Company legally available for distribution an amount equal to the original cost of each preferred share and any accrued and unpaid dividends, before any payment is made to the holders of the common stock, which is considered subordinate to the preferred stock for liquidation purposes.

        In 1998, the Company sold 4,266,600 shares of Series A-1 Common to management and other individuals for $369,203 in cash. On December 16, 1998, the Company and a group of investors (collectively, "the Investors") entered into a stock purchase agreement in which the Investors agreed to invest $126 million in cash in five installments through 2000 and in return receive 23,879,341 shares of Series A-1 Preferred and Series A-2 Preferred Stock and attached contingent warrants to purchase common stock of the Company. The contingent warrants expired unexercised in March 2000. Management and other individuals purchased the remaining 733,200 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. On August 10, 2000, the Investors and management agreed to invest $15 million in cash for 2,026,135 shares of Series B-1 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred Stock and provided the Company with a call for an additional $15 million through December 31, 2001. In October 2001, the Company exercised its call and issued 2,022,991 shares of Series B-1 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred Stock. Separately, in October and November 2001, the Company sold 2,030,595 shares of Series B-1 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred Stock for $15 million in cash to certain of its preferred stockholders.

        The following amounts of each class of Common and Convertible Redeemable Preferred stock were outstanding as of December 31:

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
Common Stock:            
  Class A-1   4,363,967   4,340,767   4,266,600
  Class A-2      
   
 
 
    4,363,967   4,340,767   4,266,600
   
 
 

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Series A-1   18,806,904   18,806,904   16,712,088
  Series A-2   5,805,637   5,805,637   7,701,550
  Series B-1   4,006,583   1,493,246  
  Series B-2   2,073,138   532,889  
   
 
 
    30,692,262   26,638,676   24,413,638
   
 
 

        Under separate agreements signed in 1998, 3,966,900 shares of the common stock purchased by certain management owners are subject to repurchase by the Company of any unvested shares upon the termination of service by these employees at the holder's original purchase price. The shares vest in equal annual installments upon completion of each year of service generally over a five-year period or upon the occurrence of a change in control. The Company also has a right of first refusal to purchase any vested

F-13



shares upon notice of any proposed transfer. At December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, 2,396,700, 1,597,800 and 798,900 shares were vested under these agreements, respectively.

Note 5—Stock Options

        The 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan") provides for incentive stock options to be granted to certain employees. Stock options upon issuance are 100% exercisable and generally become vested in annual installments over five or seven years or upon the occurrence of a change in control, and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Our policy is generally to grant options with the exercise price equal to the market price of the common stock on the date of grant.

        Following is a summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31:

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at beginning of year   2,335,780   $ 1.52   1,434,280   $ 1.10        
Granted   1,593,000     5.15   1,272,500     2.07   1,434,280   $ 1.10
Exercised   (23,200 )   1.10   (74,167 )   1.86        
Forfeited   (107,900 )   3.25   (296,833 )   1.77        
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at end of year   3,797,680     2.99   2,335,780     1.52   1,434,280     1.10
   
       
       
     

Vested at end of year

 

831,645

 

 

1.29

 

516,023

 

 

1.37

 

62,000

 

 

1.10

Reserved for issuance

 

5,129,968

 

 

 

 

3,079,968

 

 

 

 

3,079,968

 

 

 
Available for future grants   1,234,921         670,021         1,645,688      

At December 31, 2001:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Vested
 
  Shares
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Range of exercise prices                        
$1.10 to $1.64   1,440,680   7.9 years   $ 1.10   695,045   $ 1.10
$1.65 to $3.55   1,186,500   8.8     2.65   136,600     2.25
$3.56 to $5.75   1,170,500   9.6     5.68      

F-14


        Certain options granted during 2001 have exercise prices that are less than their deemed market value. Unearned compensation expense associated with these transactions is being amortized over the vesting periods of five or seven years. The following table discloses the number of options granted and certain weighted-average information:

 
  Number of Options
  Fair Value
  Exercise Price
Exercise price equals market price   451,000   $ 3.62   $ 3.62
Exercise price less than market price   1,142,000   $ 8.60   $ 5.75

        Pro forma information has been included as required under the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation . The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted during 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $3.41, $.61 and $.26, respectively. The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model assuming a weighted-average risk-free interest rate of 4.9%, 5.8% and 5.4% for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, and volatility of zero percent, dividend yields of zero percent and an expected life of seven years for all years presented. Had we recorded compensation expense using the fair value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, JetBlue's net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
Net income (loss) (in thousands)   $ 21,357   $ (21,505 ) $ (13,834 )
Earnings (loss) per share:                    
  Basic   $ 9.78   $ (26.79 ) $ (36.95 )
  Diluted   $ 1.14   $ (26.79 ) $ (36.95 )

        Because the Company's stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its stock options.

F-15


Note 6—Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        The following table shows how we computed basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31 (in thousands, except share data):

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
Numerator:                    
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders for basic earnings (loss) per share   $ 21,567   $ (35,422 ) $ (18,420 )
Effect of dilutive securities-preferred                    
  stock dividends     16,970          
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders after assumed conversions for diluted earnings (loss) per share   $ 38,537   $ (35,422 ) $ (18,420 )
   
 
 
 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per share     2,182,753     1,328,666     500,360  
Effect of dilutive securities:                    
  Convertible preferred stock     27,470,043          
  Unvested common stock     2,170,076          
  Employee stock options     1,920,286          
   
 
 
 
Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding and assumed conversions for diluted earnings (loss) per share     33,743,158     1,328,666     500,360  
   
 
 
 

        Convertible redeemable preferred stock, unvested common stock outstanding and employee stock options are not included in the calculation of loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 due to their anti-dilutive impact. Outstanding unvested common stock purchased by certain of the Company's management is subject to repurchase by the Company and therefore is not included in calculation of the weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per share.

F-16


JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7—Income Taxes

        Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
Current:                  
  Federal   $ 5   $ (237 ) $ 233
  State         (2 )  

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Federal     2,349        
  State     1,024        
   
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)   $ 3,378   $ (239 ) $ 233
   
 
 

        The effective tax rate on income (loss) before income taxes differed from the federal income tax statutory rate for the years ended December 31 for the following reasons (in thousands):

 
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate   $ 14,251   $ (7,333 ) $ (4,600 )
Increase (reduction) resulting from:                    
  Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance     (14,659 )   8,431     5,891  
  State income tax (benefit) net of federal benefit     3,297     (1,492 )   (1,066 )
  Other, net     489     155     8  
   
 
 
 
  Total income tax expense (benefit)   $ 3,378   $ (239 ) $ 233  
   
 
 
 

        Cash payments for income taxes were $55 thousand, $239 thousand and zero in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

        For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance had been recorded at December 31, 2000 and 1999 to reduce the net deferred tax assets to zero. During 2001, we recognized the benefit from the future use of operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets because our evaluation of all the available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will be realized, as the Company is in a net deferred tax liability position.

F-17



        The components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2001
  2000
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Organization and start-up costs   $ 5,841   $ 5,072  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     22,467     17,901  
  Employee benefits     1,144     462  
  Gains from sale and leaseback of aircraft     301     186  
  Other     452     202  
   
 
 
    Gross deferred tax assets     30,205     23,823  
Valuation allowance         (14,659 )
   
 
 
    Net deferred tax assets     30,205     9,164  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Accelerated depreciation     (33,578 )   (9,164 )
   
 
 
    Net deferred taxes   $ (3,373 ) $  
   
 
 

        At December 31, 2001, the Company has regular tax net operating loss carryforwards of $53.8 million available for carryforward to reduce the tax liabilities of future years. These carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and between 2005 and 2020 for state purposes.

Note 8—Employee Retirement Plan

        The Company has a retirement savings 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all its employees. We match 100 percent of our employee contributions up to three percent of their compensation in cash, which then vests over five years. Participants are immediately vested in their voluntary contributions. During 2001, we also established a profit sharing plan for all of our employees, under which an award pool consisting of 15% of the Company's pre-tax earnings, subject to Board of Director approval, is distributed on a pro rata basis based on employee compensation. These contributions vest immediately. Company contributions expensed in 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $8,561 thousand, $442 thousand and $25 thousand, respectively for these plans.

Note 9—Commitments

        At December 31, 2001, our firm aircraft orders consisted of 61 Airbus A320 aircraft scheduled for delivery through 2007. Committed expenditures for these aircraft and related equipment, including estimated amounts for contractual price escalations and predelivery deposits, will be approximately $510 million in 2002, $510 million in 2003, $500 million in 2004, $440 million in 2005, $200 million in 2006 and $190 million in 2007. Financing has been arranged for four of the thirteen 2002 deliveries. Although we believe that financing should be available for our remaining 57 firm aircraft deliveries, we cannot assure you that we will obtain such financing, which may require us to modify our aircraft acquisition plans.

        We also have options to purchase 30 A320 aircraft and related equipment scheduled for delivery from 2004 through 2009 and have purchase rights to acquire 19 additional aircraft, which allow us to purchase these additional aircraft under the same terms as the aircraft on order.

F-18



        The Company has entered into a long-term agreement for the rental, installation and maintenance of the equipment and for the programming for the satellite TV service on each of its aircraft. Amounts paid under this agreement were $4.5 million, $1.3 million and zero in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Under this agreement, the Company must make specified monthly payments, subject to escalation, based on the number of aircraft it has in service through 2009. The aggregate amount of such required payments for our projected fleet of 83 aircraft will be approximately $8 million in 2002, $12 million in 2003, $16 million in 2004, $20 million in 2005, $23 million in 2006 and $72 million thereafter.

Note 10—Contingencies

        The Company is party to legal proceedings and claims that arise during the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with us.

        As of December 31, 2001, we had approval from the Federal Aviation Administration and the Department of Transportation ("DOT") to operate up to 24 aircraft. We intend to file a request with the DOT to increase the size of our fleet beyond 24 aircraft. Although we expect our request to be approved, we cannot assure you that such authorization will be granted to us.

Note 11—Financial Instruments and Risk Management

        We maintain cash and cash equivalents with various high-quality financial institutions or in short-term duration high-quality debt securities. Investments in highly-liquid debt securities are stated at fair value, which approximates cost. The majority of our receivables result from the sale of tickets to individuals, mostly through the use of major credit cards. These receivables are short-term, generally being settled shortly after the sale. As of December 31, 2001, the fair value of our long-term debt, which approximated its carrying value, was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on our current incremental borrowing rates for instruments with similar terms. The fair value of our convertible redeemable preferred stock was $434 million, based on the estimated fair value of the common stock at December 31, 2001, compared to a carrying value of $210 million. The carrying values of all other financial instruments approximated their fair value.

        The Company is exposed to the effect of changes in the price and availability of aircraft fuel. In 2001, we executed crude oil option contracts covering 516,000 barrels, representing approximately 40 percent of our total fuel consumed in 2001, to provide some short-term protection against a sharp increase in aircraft fuel prices. Losses, primarily representing premiums paid on these instruments, totaled $397,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001. These derivative instruments are not designated as hedges for financial accounting purposes and we record the fair market value of these derivatives on our balance sheet and recognize changes in fair value in the statement of operations. It is our policy to enter into derivative instruments with a maximum term of 12 months. At December 31, 2001, we had hedged approximately 19 percent of our projected 2002 fuel needs and have an agreement whereby additional cash deposits are required if market risk exposure exceeds a specified threshold amount.

        Any outstanding financial derivative instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements, but we do not expect any of the counterparties to fail to meet their obligations. The amount of such credit exposure is generally the unrealized gains, if any, in such contracts. To manage credit risks, we select counterparties based on credit assessments, limit

F-19



overall exposure to any single counterparty and monitor the market position with each counterparty. We do not use derivative instruments for trading purposes.

Note 12—Airline Stabilization Act Compensation

        On September 22, 2001, the President signed into law the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act (the "Airline Stabilization Act"), which provided, among other things, for compensation to U.S. passenger and cargo airlines for direct and incremental losses incurred from September 11, 2001 to December 31, 2001 as a result of the September 11 th terrorist attacks. We are entitled to receive the lesser of (i) our direct and incremental pre-tax losses for the period of September 11, 2001 to December 31, 2001 or (ii) our available seat mile share of the $5 billion compensation ($4.5 billion for passenger airlines) available under the Airline Stabilization Act. We received $15.9 million in compensation under the Airline Stabilization Act in 2001. Based upon our August 2001 available seat miles compared to the current estimate of the total passenger airline available seat miles in August 2001 as projected by the DOT, we expect to receive an additional $2.8 million of compensation in 2002. The total of $18.7 million is our best estimate of the total compensation we expect to receive under the Airline Stabilization Act and is included in other income (expense). This amount is subject to change as the total passenger airline available seat miles projected by the DOT may decrease, which could result in additional compensation to us. Also, the calculation of our direct and incremental losses is subject to audit by the DOT, which could reduce the compensation to be received by us if material items were excluded from our direct and incremental losses for the period September 11, 2001 to December 31, 2001.

Note 13—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        Quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31 are summarized below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  First
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Fourth
Quarter

 
2001                          
Operating revenues   $ 63,850   $ 78,398   $ 82,608   $ 95,558  
Operating income(1)     7,538     11,038     4,216     4,015  
Net income     6,749     10,661     10,072     11,055  
Basic earnings per share   $ 1.43   $ 3.36   $ 2.88   $ 2.27  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.21   $ 0.33   $ 0.30   $ 0.30  

2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating revenues   $ 6,425   $ 16,105   $ 33,183   $ 48,905  
Operating loss     (8,775 )   (8,488 )   (2,805 )   (1,120 )
Net loss     (8,178 )   (7,958 )   (3,485 )   (1,709 )
Basic and diluted loss per share   $ (10.40 ) $ (10.25 ) $ (5.84 ) $ (2.96 )

(1)
Excludes Airline Stabilization Act compensation of $6,696 and $12,009 in the third and fourth quarters, respectively.

F-20


The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts does not equal the annual amount reported since per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and for the full year based on respective weighted-average common shares outstanding and other dilutive potential common shares.

Note 14—Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

        The Company's historical capital structure prior to the completion of the initial public offering of its common stock is not indicative of its ongoing capital structure due to the automatic conversion of all of the convertible redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of its initial public offering. Accordingly, unaudited pro forma basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2001, is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the historical weighted-average shares outstanding of 2,182,753 shares and the automatic conversion of 27,470,043 shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred at January 1, 2001 or the date of issuance.

Note 15—Subsequent Events

        Subsequent to December 31, 2001, our Board of Directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of our common stock. Additionally, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of a stockholder rights plan and increased the authorized shares of the Company's capital stock to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, all of which will be effective upon completion of the Company's initial public offering. In addition, the Board of Directors adopted and the stockholders approved an employee stock purchase plan and the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, both of which will be effective upon completion of our initial public offering. The employee stock purchase plan will be available to all employees and 1,500,000 shares of common stock will initially be reserved for issuance. Employees will be able to purchase shares at a price equal to 85 percent of the lower of fair market value at the start date of the offering period or fair market value on the semi-annual purchase date through periodic payroll deductions. The 2002 Stock Incentive Plan will be the successor equity incentive program to our current stock option plan and will increase the shares reserved for issuance by 1,500,000 shares. Both plans have provisions for annual automatic increases to the shares reserved for issuance based on a specific percentage of the total number of shares outstanding at each year end.

Subsequent to December 31, 2001, we took delivery of two aircraft and issued $69 million in floating rate equipment notes due through 2014.

F-21


Inside Back Cover Art

        Graphic (background): JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft in-flight with blue sky background

        Large photo in center of page: JetBlue pilot, flight attendant, technician and ramp representative in front of JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft

        Photo collage—seven photo spokes surrounding large photo in center: 1) Pilots in cockpit of JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft, 2) Flight attendants in interior of JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft, 3) Technicians working under JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft, 4) Customer service agents at JetBlue JFK ticket counter, 5) Crewmembers handling baggage beside JetBlue Airbus A320 aircraft, 6) JetBlue reservations agents in Salt Lake City reservations center, 7) Dispatch team in JetBlue system operations center


LOGO



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.

SEC registration fee   $ 11,500
NASD filing fee     13,000
Listing fee     100,000
Printing and engraving expenses     400,000
Legal fees and expenses     600,000
Accounting fees and expenses     300,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses     10,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees     10,000
Miscellaneous fees and expenses     55,500
   
  Total   $ 1,500,000
   

*
To be filed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporation's board of directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Article VIII, Section 6, of the Registrant's Bylaws provides for mandatory indemnification of its directors and officers and permissible indemnification of employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty as directors to the Company or its stockholders. This provision in the Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors' fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. The Registrant has entered into Indemnity Agreements with its officers and directors, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.20 hereto and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The Indemnification Agreements provide the Registrant's officers and directors with further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant maintains directors and officers liabilities insurance. Reference is made to Sections 7 and 8 of the Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors of the Registrant against certain liabilities.

II-1


Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following is a summary of our sales of our securities during the past three years involving sales of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

        In December 1998, we entered into an agreement with Ashwood Capital Pension Plan, BancBoston Ventures, Inc., Chase New Air Investors (GC), LLC, Jamestics Ltd., Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, MassMutual Corporate Value Partners Limited, MassMutual High Yield Partners II, LLC, NMS Capital, L.P., Quantum Industrial Partners LDC, SFM Domestic Investments LLC, Weston Presidio Capital II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital III, L.P., WPC Entrepreneur Fund, L.P., Wilcox Holdings, LLC, Amy Curtis, Daniel and Judith Hersh, David Chalmers, David Ulmer, Thomas Kelly, Kenneth Woolley, Kevin Murphy, Mark Hill, David Neeleman, Robert Land, Martin Hart, and Usto Schulz (the "December 1998 Investors") to sell, in a private placement, an aggregate of 24,233,359 shares of our Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred stock at a price of $5.2745 per share. The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $127,817,271. The shares of Series A-1 and Series A-2 Preferred Stock were purchased in installments in December 1998 and in March, June, September and December 1999.

        In June 1999, we entered into an agreement with Joel Peterson to sell, in a private placement, an aggregate of 189,591 shares of our Series A-1 preferred stock at a price of $5.2745 per share. The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $1,000,000.

        From October 1999 through February 2002, we issued stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,870,689 shares of our common stock. The exercise prices for these options ranged from $1.10 per share to $13.50 per share.

        In January 2000, we entered into an agreement with David Checketts to sell, in a private placement, an aggregate of 189,591 shares of our Series A-1 preferred stock at a price of $5.2745 per share. The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $1,000,000.

        In August 2000, we entered into an agreement with BAS Capital Funding Corporation, Joel Peterson, David Checketts, and the December 1998 Investors, excluding NMS Capital, Amy Curtis, David Ulmer, Thomas Kelly and Mark Hill, to sell, in a private placement, an aggregate of 2,026,135 shares of our Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock at a price of $7.387 per share. The participants in the August 2000 financing are referred to as the "August 2000 Investors." The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $14,967,060. Pursuant to the terms of the August 2000 agreement, in October 2001, we sold an aggregate of 2,022,991 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock and Series B-2 preferred stock at a price of $7.387 per share to all of the August 2000 Investors, except Kevin Murphy. The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $14,943,838.

        From October 2001 to November 2001, we entered into an agreement with all of the August 2000 Investors, except for BancBoston Ventures, Inc., Wilcox Holdings, LLC, David Chalmers, David Checketts, Kevin Murphy, David Neeleman and Usto Schulz, to sell, in a private placement, an aggregate of 2,030,595 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock and Series B-2 preferred stock at a price of $7.387 per share. In addition, the following individuals purchased shares in that offering: Michael Lazarus, Thomas Patterson, David Ferguson and Ronald Ferrin. The total aggregate offering price for this sale was $15,000,000.

        All of the above-described issuances were exempt from registration (i) pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D or Rule 144A promulgated thereunder, as transactions not involving a public offering or (ii) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or (iii) as transactions not involving a sale of securities. With respect to each transaction listed above, no general solicitation was made by either the Registrant or any person acting on its behalf; the securities sold are subject to transfer restrictions, and the certificates for the shares contained an appropriate legend stating such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. No underwriters were involved in connection with the sales of securities referred to in this Item 15.

II-2


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Exhibit Description

1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JetBlue Airways Corporation.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation.
4.1   Specimen Stock Certificate.
4.2*   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein.
4.3   Form of Stockholder Rights Agreement.
5.1   Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.
10.1*†   Airbus A320 Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, between AVSA, S.A.R.L. and JetBlue Airways Corporation, including Amendments No. 1 through No. 11 and Letter Agreements No. 1 through No. 10.
10.2*†   V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, including Side Letters No. 1 through No. 3 and No. 5 through No. 9.
10.3*†   Open Skies Reservation Services Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1999, between Open Skies, Inc. and JetBlue Airways Corporation.
10.4*†   Amendment and Restated Agreement between JetBlue Airways Corporation and LiveTV, LLC, dated as of December 17, 2001, including Amendments No. 1, No. 2 and 3.
10.5*†   Agreement between JetBlue Airways and EADS Aeroframe Services, LLC, issued October 22, 2001 and revised November 20, 2001.
10.6*   Employment Agreement, dated November 23, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Neeleman.
10.7*   Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger.
10.8*   Employment Agreement, dated November 20, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and John Owen.
10.9*   Employment Offer Letter, dated April 12, 1999, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Ann Rhoades.
10.10*   Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Neeleman Holdings, L.C.
10.11*   Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger.
10.12*   Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998 by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Kelly Holdings L.C.
10.13*   Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Neeleman Holdings, L.C.
10.14*   Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and John Owen.
10.15*   Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1998, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Neeleman.
10.16*   1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
10.17   2002 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.18   2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.19   JetBlue Airways Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan.
10.20*   Form of Director/Officer Indemnification Agreement.
16.1*   Letter dated February 12, 2002 from KPMG LLP.
23.1   Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.3   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

II-3


23.4**   Consent of Kim Clark.
24.1*   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).
99.1*   Order Granting Slot Exemptions at John F. Kennedy International Airport issued by the United States Department of Transportation on September 16, 1999.
99.2*   Letter of Approval from the City of Long Beach Department of Public Works, dated May 22, 2001, approving City Council Resolution C-27843 regarding Flight Slot Allocation at Long Beach Municipal Airport.

*
Previously filed
**
To be filed by amendment
Confidential Treatment Requested

(b)
The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Reports of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule   S-1
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves   S-3

Item 17. Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on March 19, 2002.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
*
David Neeleman
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 19, 2002

/s/  
JOHN OWEN       
John Owen

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

March 19, 2002

*

Holly Nelson

 

Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 19, 2002

*

David Barger

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

David Checketts

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

David Ferguson

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

Michael Lazarus

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

II-5



*

Neal Moszkowski

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

Thomas Patterson

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

Ann Rhoades

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

Joel Peterson

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*

Frank Sica

 

Director

 

March 19, 2002

*By:

 

/s/  
JOHN OWEN       
John Owen
Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

II-6



Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
JetBlue Airways Corporation

We have audited the financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2001 and for the year then ended, and have issued our report thereon dated January 25, 2001, except Note 15, as to which the date is March 18, 2002 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audit also included the information as of December 31, 2001, and for the year then ended, included in the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audit.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
January 25, 2002

S-1



Independent Auditors' Report on Supplementary Information

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
JetBlue Airways Corporation:

We have audited and reported separately herein on the financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2000 and for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2000.

Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation taken as a whole. The supplementary information included in Schedule II— Valuation of Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2000 is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
June 27, 2001

S-2



JetBlue Airways Corporation


SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(In thousands)

Col. A
  Col. B
  Col. C
  Col. D
  Col. E
 
   
  Additions
   
   
Description

  Balance at
Beginning of
Period

  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

  Charged to
Other
Accounts
—Describe

  Deductions
—Describe

  Balance at
End
of Period

Year Ended December 31, 2001                              
  Allowances deducted from asset accounts:                              
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 234   $ 2,760   $   $ 2,193 (1) $ 801
    Accumulated allowance for obsolescence of aircraft spare parts     15     45             60

Year Ended December 31, 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowances deducted from asset accounts:                              
    Allowance for doubtful accounts         484         250 (1)   234
    Accumulated allowance for obsolescence of aircraft spare parts         15             15

Year Ended December 31, 1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowances deducted from asset accounts:                              
    Allowance for doubtful accounts                    
    Accumulated allowance for obsolescence of aircraft spare parts                    
(1)
Uncollectible accounts written off net of recoveries.

S-3



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Exhibit Description


1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JetBlue Airways Corporation.

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation.

4.1

 

Specimen Stock Certificate.

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein.

4.3

 

Form of Stockholder Rights Agreement.

5.1

 

Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.

10.1*†

 

Airbus A320 Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, between AVSA, S.A.R.L. and JetBlue Airways Corporation, including Amendments No. 1 through No. 11 and Letter Agreements No. 1 through No. 10.

10.2*†

 

V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, including Side Letters No. 1 through No. 3 and No. 5 through No. 9.

10.3*†

 

Open Skies Reservation Services Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1999, between Open Skies, Inc. and JetBlue Airways Corporation.

10.4*†

 

Amended and Restated Agreement between JetBlue Airways Corporation and LiveTV, LLC, dated as of December 17, 2001, including Amendments No. 1, 2 and 3.

10.5*†

 

Agreement between JetBlue Airways and EADS Aeroframe Services, LLC, issued October 22, 2001 and revised November 20, 2001.

10.6*

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 23, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Neeleman.

10.7*

 

Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger.

10.8*

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 20, 1998, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and John Owen.

10.9*

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated April 12, 1999, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Ann Rhoades.

10.10*

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Neeleman Holdings, L.C.

10.11*

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger.

10.12*

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998 by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Kelly Holdings L.C.

10.13*

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Neeleman Holdings, L.C.

10.14*

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1998, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and John Owen.

 

 

 


10.15*

 

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1998, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Neeleman.

10.16*

 

1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

10.17

 

2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.18

 

2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.19

 

JetBlue Airways Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan.

10.20*

 

Form of Director/Officer Indemnification Agreement.

16.1*

 

Letter dated February 12, 2002 from KPMG LLP

23.1

 

Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

23.3

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.4**

 

Consent of Kim Clark.

24.1*

 

Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).

99.1*

 

Order Granting Slot Exemptions at John F. Kennedy International Airport issued by the United States Department of Transportation on September 16, 1999.

99.2*

 

Letter of Approval from the City of Long Beach Department of Public Works, dated May 22, 2001, approving City Council Resolution C-27843 regarding Flight Slot Allocation at Long Beach Municipal Airport.

*
Previously filed

**
To be filed by amendment

Confidential Treatment Requested



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
JETBLUE AIRWAYS
THE OFFERING
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
RISK FACTORS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT AND STOCK OWNERSHIP INFORMATION
Summary Compensation Table
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITERS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors
Independent Auditors' Report
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands)
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In thousands, except per share amounts)
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands)
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (In thousands, except share data)
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2001
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
Report of Independent Auditors
Independent Auditors' Report on Supplementary Information
JetBlue Airways Corporation
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES (In thousands)
EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT 1.1

[ ] Shares

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

Common Stock (par value $.01 per share)

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2002


[ ], 2002

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
UBS Warburg LLC

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "UNDERWRITERS") [ ] shares of its Common Stock, par value $.01 (the "FIRM STOCK"). The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ] shares of its Common Stock (the "ADDITIONAL Shares") if and to the extent that you, as Managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "SHARES." The shares of Common Stock, par value $.01, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the "COMMON STOCK".

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), is hereinafter referred to as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the "PROSPECTUS." If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the "RULE 462 REGISTRATION STATEMENT"), then any reference herein to the term "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated ("MORGAN STANLEY") has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company's directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, "PARTICIPANTS"), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading "UNDERWRITERS" (the "DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM"). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the "DIRECTED SHARES." Any Directed Shares not confirmed for purchase by any Participants by the end of the business


day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented (if applicable) based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(e) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock."

(f) The Company has no subsidiaries.

(g) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

2

(h) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been waived.

(i) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company that is material to the Company, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(j) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development reasonably likely to involve a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company from that set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement).

(k) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

(l) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(m) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(n) The Company (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business, (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where any such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required

3

permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(o) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(p) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company (except as disclosed in the Registration Statement) or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement (except those rights that have been waived).

(q) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction, in each case, not in the ordinary course of business or as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus (including, without limitation, aircraft financing and equity incentive plan grants so described in or contemplated by the Prospectus); (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock (other than repurchases of unvested shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to its equity incentive plans); and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company except in each case as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus (including, without limitation, aircraft financing and equity incentive plan grants so described in or contemplated by the Prospectus); and (iv) there has been no prohibition or suspension of the operation of the Company's aircraft, including as a result of action taken by the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Transportation.

(r) The Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it which is material to the business of the Company, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property or do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company are held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company, in each case except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

4

(s) (i) The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively "GOVERNMENT LICENSES") issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies, including the Department of Transportation and the Federal Aviation Administration, necessary to conduct the business now operated by it; (ii) the Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company; (iii) all of the Government Licenses are valid and in full force, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a material adverse effect on the Company; and (iv) the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(t) Except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus, no material labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware, but without any independent investigation or inquiry, of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could result in any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company.

(u) The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied other than in connection with instances where the Company was seeking to obtain insurance coverage at more attractive rates; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(v) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations in all material respects and (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability.

(w) The Company (i) is an "air carrier" within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. Section 40102(a); (ii) holds an air carrier operating certificate issued by the Secretary of Transportation pursuant to Chapter 447 of Title 49 of the United States Code for aircraft capable of carrying 10 or more individuals or 6,000 pounds or more of cargo; and (iii) is a "citizen of the United States" as defined in 49 U.S.C. Section 401102.

(x) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or its affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the intent to

5

unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer's or supplier's level or type of business with the Company (it being understood that Shares will be offered to certain passengers of the Company pursuant to the Directed Share Program), or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

2. AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $[ ] a share (the "PURCHASE PRICE").

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a one-time right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [ ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. If you, on behalf of the Underwriters, elect to exercise such option, you shall so notify the Company in writing not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement, which notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Such date may be the same as the Closing Date (as defined below) but not earlier than the Closing Date nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. If any Additional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and as described in the Prospectus or (C) the issuance by the Company of any shares of Common Stock or options to employees of the Company after the date hereof pursuant to the Company's equity incentive plans as described in the Prospectus and the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such options.

6

3. TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING. The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[ ] a share (the "PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE") and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4. PAYMENT AND DELIVERY. Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2002, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ], 2002 as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "CLOSING DATE."

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [ ], 2002 as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "OPTION CLOSING DATE."

Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates evidencing the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

5. CONDITIONS TO THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Company's securities by any "nationally

7

recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development reasonably likely to involve a change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company from that set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all of the agreements and satisfied in all material respects all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and (based solely on an examination of certificates of government officials and agencies) is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction set forth in Exhibit A to such opinion;

(ii) the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

(iii) the shares of capital stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, and to the knowledge of such counsel, fully paid and non-assessable;

(iv) the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been waived;

8

(v) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(vi) the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will not, conflict with or violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, any agreement or other instrument set forth in Schedule II to this Agreement, any judgment, order or decree of any U.S. Federal or New York or California State governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company known to such counsel and applicable to the Company or its properties, or any applicable U.S. Federal or New York or California State law, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;

(vii) the statements (A) in the Prospectus under the captions "Description of Capital Stock," "Shares Eligible For Future Sale," "Material U.S. Federal Tax Consideration for Non-US Holders of our Common Stock" and "Underwriters" and (B) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein;

(viii) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(ix) (A) such counsel is of the opinion that the Registration Statement and Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein as to which such counsel need not express any opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (B) nothing has come to the attention of such counsel to lead such counsel to believe that (i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein at the time the Registration Statement became effective (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data as to which such counsel need not express any belief) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) the Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data as to which such counsel need not express any belief) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements

9

therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Thomas E. Kelly, general counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required;

(ii) to such counsel's knowledge, the Company possesses the Government Licenses necessary to conduct its commercial airline operations as described in the Prospectus and the Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Government Licenses, except where the failure to so comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company, and all of the Government Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Government Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a material adverse effect on the Company;

(iii) the statements in the Prospectus under the caption "Business -- Government Regulation," insofar as such statements constitute summaries of legal or regulatory matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein are accurate in all material respects and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein;

(iv) the Company is an "air carrier" and a "citizen of the United States" within the meaning of that portion of the United States Code comprising those provisions formerly referred to as the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, and now primarily codified in Title 49 of the United States Code, as amended, and holds an "air carrier operating certificate issued by the Secretary of Transportation" within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. ss. 1110. The statements in the Prospectus as to the routes relating to its services which the Company presently operates or is authorized to operate are correct in all material respects and such routes presently operated are being operated pursuant to valid certificates or authorizations issued by the Federal Aviation Authority.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, (or a letter in the case of Section 5(c)(ix)) covering the matters referred to in Sections 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v), 5(c)(vii) (but only as to the statements in the Prospectus under "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters") and 5(c)(ix) above.

10

With respect to Section 5(c)(ix) above, Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP and Shearman & Sterling may state that their opinion and belief are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinions of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP described in Section 5(c) above and Thomas E. Kelly described in Section 5(d) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not earlier than the date hereof.

(g) The "lock-up" agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(h) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Shares and other matters related to the issuance of the Shares.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the Option Closing Date of each of the documents referred to above dated as of the Option Closing Date (except that insofar as any documents relate to Shares, they may be limited to covering only Additional Shares).

6. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, [ ] [one for Morgan Stanley and each Co-Manager] signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00
a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

11

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

(d) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.

(e) To make generally available to the Company's security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering the twelve-month period ending [ ], 2003 that satisfies the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(f) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and the Company's accountants, in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) all filing fees incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on ________, (v) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or

12

depositary, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (it being understood that the Underwriters shall be responsible for paying travel and lodging expenses of the representatives of the Underwriters, one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and for any ground transportation used by representatives of the Company or the Underwriters in connection with the road show) and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 7 entitled "Indemnity and Contribution", and the last paragraph of Section 10 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(g) To place stop transfer orders on any Directed Shares that have been sold to Participants subject to the three month restriction on sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation imposed by NASD Regulation, Inc. under its Interpretative Material 2110-1 on free-riding and withholding to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the three month restrictions.

(h) To comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

13

7. INDEMNITY AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b), such person (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co.

14

Incorporated, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section
7(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 7(a) or 7(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 7(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 7(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

15

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this
Section 7 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

8. DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM INDEMNIFICATION. (a) (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and its affiliates and each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley or its affiliates within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act ("MORGAN STANLEY ENTITIES"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant has agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity shall

16

promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceedings and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expenses of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same

17

respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable is contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even in the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Morgan Stanley Entity at law or in equity.

(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this
Section 8 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

18

9. TERMINATION. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which singly or together with any other such event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

10. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on the Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase Additional Shares or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

19

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

11. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

12. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

13. HEADINGS. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

20

Very truly yours,

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

By:____________________________
Name:
Title:

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
UBS Warburg LLC

Acting severally on behalf
of themselves and the
several Underwriters named
in Schedule I hereto.

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

By:__________________________
Name:
Title:

21

SCHEDULE I

                                                      NUMBER OF
                                                      FIRM SHARES
UNDERWRITER                                           TO BE PURCHASED

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

UBS Warburg LLC





                                                      --------------

                                 Total ........

                                                      ==============


SCHEDULE II

List of Material Contracts
(including contracts in the ordinary course)


EXHIBIT 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

The undersigned, David Neeleman and Thomas Kelly, hereby certify that:

ONE: They are the duly elected, qualified and acting Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, respectively, of JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

TWO: The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation was originally filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 24, 1998 under the name New Air Corporation.

THREE: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is JetBlue Airways Corporation (the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "GCL").

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Hundred Twenty Five Million (525,000,000). Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and Twenty Five Million (25,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, each one (1) share of the Corporation's Class A-1 Common Stock, Class A-2 Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2


Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred and Series B-2 Preferred shall be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock.

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, without further stockholder approval. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. The rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series may be subordinated to, PARI PASSU with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. The Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition, the Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE VI

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of any other business to be brought before any meeting of the stockholders shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of this Corporation.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders' meeting called and held in accordance with the GCL.

The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. For the purposes hereof, the initial Class I, Class II and Class III directors shall be those directors so designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the initial public offering of the Corporation's Common Stock, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3)

2

years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the initial public offering of the Corporation's Common Stock, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering of the Corporation's Common Stock, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the Class of which such director is a member until the expiration of such director's current term and any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable.

Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, even if less than a quorum, at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. A director may be removed from office only if such removal is (i) for cause and (ii) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors. Directors may not be removed without cause.

ARTICLE VII

Stockholders of the Corporation shall take action by meetings held pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws and shall have no right to take any action by written consent without a meeting. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may only be called by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits this Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to action for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

3

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director shall be liable under Section 174 of the GCL or any amendment thereto or shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, such director (1) shall have breached the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (2) shall have acted in manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (3) shall have derived an improper personal benefit. If the GCL is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL, as so amended.

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is in any way involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), including any appeal therefrom, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another entity or enterprise, or was a director or officer of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another entity or enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation, and the Corporation shall advance all expenses incurred by any such person in defense of any such proceeding prior to its final determination, to the fullest extent authorized by the GCL. In any proceeding against the Corporation to enforce these rights, such person shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that such person has not met the standards of conduct for permissible indemnification set forth in the GCL. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall be presumed to have been relied upon by the directors and officers of the Corporation in serving or continuing to serve the Corporation and shall be enforceable as contract rights. Said rights shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled. The Corporation may, upon written demand presented by a director or officer of the Corporation or of a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or by a person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another entity or enterprise, enter into contracts to provide such persons with specified rights to indemnification, which contracts may confer rights and protections to the maximum extent permitted by the GCL, as amended and in effect from time to time.

If a claim under this Article VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce the right to be advanced expenses incurred in defending any proceeding prior to its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the GCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the Corporation shall have the burden of proving

4

that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct for permissible indemnification set forth in the GCL.

If the GCL is hereafter amended to permit the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment, the indemnification rights conferred by this Article VIII shall be broadened to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL, as so amended.

ARTICLE IX

At no time shall more than 25% of the voting interest of the Corporation be owned or controlled by persons who are not "citizens of the United States" (as such term is defined in Title 49, United States Code, Section 40102 and administrative interpretations thereof issued by the Department of Transportation or its successor, or as the same may be from time to time amended) ("Non-Citizens"). In the event that Non-Citizens shall own (beneficially or of record) or have voting control over any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the voting rights of such persons shall be subject to automatic suspension to the extent required to ensure that the Corporation is in compliance with applicable provisions of law and regulations relating to ownership or control of a U.S. air carrier. The Bylaws shall contain provisions to implement this Article IX, including, without limitation, provisions restricting or prohibiting transfer of shares of voting stock to Non-Citizens and provisions restricting or removing voting rights as to shares of voting stock owned or controlled by Non-Citizens. Any determination as to ownership, control or citizenship made by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive and binding as between the Corporation and any stockholder for purposes of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Articles V, VI, VII, VIII and X of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may not be repealed or amended in any respect without the affirmative vote of holders at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at election of directors.

FOUR: The foregoing amendment and restatement has been duly adopted by the Corporation's Board of Directors in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with
Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this certificate on _______________, 2002.


David Neeleman
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


Thomas Kelly
SECRETARY

6

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS
OF
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

SECTION 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

SECTION 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those directors whose terms expire in that year and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

1

SECTION 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

SECTION 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make available, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

SECTION 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may only be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

SECTION 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2

SECTION 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, either the Chairman of the Board or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
(30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

SECTION 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, and subject to the provisions of Article VII, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

3

SECTION 11. Nominations for election to the Board of Directors must be made by the Board of Directors or by a committee appointed by the Board of Directors for such purpose or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations by stockholders must be preceded by notification in writing received by the secretary of the corporation not less than one hundred fifty (150) days prior to any meeting of stockholders called for the election of directors. Such notification shall contain the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a director if so elected and the following information as to each proposed nominee and as to each person, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group, who participates or is expected to participate in making such nomination or in organizing, directing or financing such nomination or solicitation of proxies to vote for the nominee:

(a) the name, age, residence, address, and business address of each proposed nominee and of each such person;

(b) the principal occupation or employment, the name, type of business and address of the corporation or other organization in which such employment is carried on of each proposed nominee and of each such person;

(c) the amount of stock of the corporation owned beneficially, either directly or indirectly, by each proposed nominee and each such person; and

(d) a description of any arrangement or understanding of each proposed nominee and of each such person with each other or any other person regarding future employment or any future transaction to which the corporation will or may be a party.

4

The presiding officer of the meeting shall have the authority to determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination not preceded by notification made in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11.

SECTION 12. At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting
(a) pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

For business to be properly brought before any meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) above of this Section 12, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the date of the meeting. A stockholder's notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder of

5

record and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf of the proposal is made and (d) any material interest of such stockholder of record and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made in such business.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 12, and if such person should so determine, such person shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12.

SECTION 13. Effective upon the closing of the corporation's initial public offering of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the stockholders of the corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting in accordance with these Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. The number of directors of this corporation that shall constitute the whole board shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of an

6

incumbent director. The Board of Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, as determined by the Board of Directors, one class ("Class I") to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting to be held in 2003, another class ("Class II") to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in 2004 and another class ("Class III") to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

SECTION 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors were chosen and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until earlier resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

SECTION 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

7

SECTION 5. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

SECTION 6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

SECTION 7. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the chief executive officer or the president on twelve (12) hours' notice to each director either personally or by telephone, telegram, facsimile or electronic mail; special meetings shall be called by the chief executive officer or the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the Board of Directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or the chief executive officer or the president in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

SECTION 8. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors

8

present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

SECTION 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

SECTION 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 11. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

9

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he/she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors

10

or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with cause, by the holders of 66-2/3% of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. Directors may not be removed without cause.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

SECTION 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice (except as provided in Section 7 of Article III of these Bylaws), but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his/her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, telegram, facsimile or electronic mail.

SECTION 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

11

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be at least a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose a president, chief operating officer, treasurer and controller or one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant controllers and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a secretary and may also choose a president, chief operating officer, treasurer, controller, vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant controllers or assistant treasurers.

SECTION 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

SECTION 4. The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or any committee established by the Board of Directors for such purpose. The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the president or any vice-president of the corporation.

SECTION 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be

12

removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

SECTION 6. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he/she shall be present. He/she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him/her by the Board and as may be provided by law.

SECTION 7. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, and in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he/she shall be present. He/she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may be provided by law.

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

SECTION 8. The chief executive officer shall be the president of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board he/she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he/she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

In the absence of the chief executive officer or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, the president, if any, shall perform the duties of the chief executive officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

13

SECTION 9. The chief executive officer, president or any vice president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

SECTION 10. In the absence of the president or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

SECTION 11. The secretary or his or her designee shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors and shall cause such records to be kept in a book kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He/she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he/she shall be. He/she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he/she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his/her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary.

14

The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his/her signature.

SECTION 12. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors
(or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election)
shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

SECTION 13. The chief financial officer shall be the chief financial officer and treasurer of the corporation and shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 14. He/she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his/her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

SECTION 15. Along with the president or any vice president, he/she shall be authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and

15

except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

SECTION 16. If required by the Board of Directors, he/she shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his/her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his/her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his/her possession or under his/her control belonging to the corporation.

SECTION 17. The controller shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to assign the title of treasurer to an officer of the corporation other than the chief financial officer, in which case the treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers (which may include some or all of the duties and powers enumerated above for the chief financial officer) as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

SECTION 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the

16

secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him/her in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

17

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his/her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

SECTION 3. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

SECTION 4. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more

18

than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 5. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATIONS OF OWNERSHIP BY NON-CITIZENS

SECTION 1. For purposes of this Article VII, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Act" shall mean Subtitle VII of Title 49 of the United States Code, as amended, or as the same may be from time to time amended.

(b) "Beneficial Ownership," "Beneficially Owned" or "Owned Beneficially" refers to beneficial ownership as defined in Rule 13d-3 (without regard to the 60-day provision in paragraph (d)(1)(i) thereof) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) "Foreign Stock Record" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

(d) "Non-Citizen" shall mean any person or entity who is not a "citizen of the United States" (as defined in Section 41102 of the Act and administrative interpretations

19

issued by the Department of Transportation, its predecessors and successors, from time to time), including any agent, trustee or representative of a Non-Citizen.

(e) "Own or Control" or "Owned or Controlled" shall mean
(i) ownership of record, (ii) beneficial ownership or (iii) the power to direct, by agreement, agency or in any other manner, the voting of Stock. Any determination by the Board of Directors as to whether Stock is Owned or Controlled by a Non-Citizen shall be final.

(f) "Permitted Percentage" shall mean 25% of the voting power of the Stock.

(g) "Stock" shall mean the outstanding capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote; provided, however, that for the purpose of determining the voting power of Stock that shall at any time constitute the Permitted Percentage, the voting power of Stock outstanding shall not be adjusted downward solely because shares of Stock may not be entitled to vote by reason of any provision of this Article VII.

SECTION 2. It is the policy of the corporation that, consistent with the requirements of the Act, Non-Citizens shall not Own and/or Control more than the Permitted Percentage and, if Non-Citizens nonetheless at any time Own and/or Control more than the Permitted Percentage, the voting rights of the Stock in excess of the Permitted Percentage shall be automatically suspended in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 below.

SECTION 3. The corporation or any transfer agent designated by it shall maintain a separate stock record (the "Foreign Stock Record") in which shall be registered Stock known to the corporation to be Owned and/or Controlled by Non-Citizens. It shall be the duty of each stockholder to register his, her or its Stock if such stockholder is a Non-Citizen. The Foreign Stock Record shall include (i) the name and nationality of each such Non-Citizen and (iii) the

20

date of registration of such shares in the Foreign Stock Record. In no event shall shares in excess of the Permitted Percentage be entered on the Foreign Stock Record. In the event that the corporation shall determine that Stock registered on the Foreign Stock Record exceeds the Permitted Percentage, sufficient shares shall be removed from the Foreign Stock Record so that the number of shares entered therein does not exceed the Permitted Percentage. Stock shall be removed from the Foreign Stock Record in reverse chronological order based upon the date of registration therein.

SECTION 4. If at any time the number of shares of Stock known to the corporation to be Owned and/or Controlled by Non-Citizens exceeds the Permitted Percentage, the voting rights of Stock Owned and/or Controlled by Non-Citizens and not registered on the Foreign Stock Record at the time of any vote or action of the stockholders of the corporation shall, without further action by the corporation, be suspended. Such suspension of voting rights shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of the (i) transfer of such shares to a person or entity who is not a Non-Citizen, or (ii) registration of such shares on the Foreign Stock Record, subject to the last two sentences of Section 3.

SECTION 5. (a) The corporation may by notice in writing (which may be included in the form of proxy or ballot distributed to stockholders in connection with the annual meeting or any special meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, or otherwise) require a person that is a holder of record of Stock or that the corporation knows to have, or has reasonable cause to believe has, Beneficial Ownership of Stock to certify in such manner as the corporation shall deem appropriate (including by way of execution of any form of proxy or ballot of such person) that, to the knowledge of such person:

21

(i) all Stock as to which such person has record ownership or Beneficial Ownership is Owned and Controlled only by citizens of the United States; or

(ii) the number and class or series of Stock owned of record or Beneficially Owned by such person that is Owned and/or Controlled by Non-Citizens is as set forth in such certificate.

(b) With respect to any Stock identified in response to clause (a)(ii) above, the corporation may require such person to provide such further information as the corporation may reasonably require in order to implement the provisions of this Article VII.

(c) For purposes of applying the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any Stock, in the event of the failure of any person to provide the certificate or other information to which the corporation is entitled pursuant to this Section 5, the corporation shall presume that the Stock in question is Owned and/or Controlled by Non-Citizens.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

SECTION 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

SECTION 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for

22

such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

CHECKS

SECTION 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

SECTION 5. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 6. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or, at the corporation's request, a director or officer of another corporation, provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such agent in connection with a proceeding initiated by such agent only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 6

23

shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office,
(ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation's request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he/she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent's fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent's duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this

24

bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his/her testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been "fiduciaries" of any employee benefit plan of the corporation which may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall, for the purposes of this Section 6, be interpreted as follows:
an "other enterprise" shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation which is governed by the Act of Congress entitled "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974," as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his/her duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed "fines."

25

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66-2/3% vote of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation. These bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation. The foregoing may occur at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, subject to the notice requirements set forth herein. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

26

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION BY THE
SECRETARY OF
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

The undersigned, Thomas Kelly, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and that the Amended and Restated Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation and as in effect on the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this _____ day of ________________, 2002.


Thomas Kelly
SECRETARY

27

EXHIBIT 4.1

Number Shares
JBL

[JetBlue Airways Corporation Logo]

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ OR NEW YORK, NY

SEE REVERSE
FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CUSIP 477143 10 1

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
Common Stock

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE HOLDER OF

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF THE COMMON
STOCK OF

JetBlue Airways Corporation

transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by its duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed or assigned. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the laws of the State of Delaware and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended from time to time, to which the holder by acceptance hereof assents. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:



/s/ DAVID NEELEMAN                                        /s/ TOM KELLY
------------------------------                            --------------------
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER                      [SEAL]       SECRETARY

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.
Transfer Agent and Registrar


By:  /s/ Stephen Cesso
   ---------------------------------
   Stephen Cesso
   Authorized Officer

2

The Company is authorized to issue more than one series of stock. Upon written request the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder a copy of the powers, designations, preferences and relative rights, participating or optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common               UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _____ Custodian _____
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                          (Cust)          (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of           under Uniform Gifts to Minors
         survivorship and not as tenants          Act___________________
         in common                                        (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, ___________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE




(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)


_______________________________________ Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated ____________________________

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER

Signature(s) Guaranteed:


THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad 15.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE.
IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR
DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE
A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO
THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

3

The Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws restrict foreign ownership of shares of the Company's common stock. These restrictions currently require that 75% of the voting stock must be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly by "U.S. citizens," as such term is defined in 49 U.S.C. ss.40102(a)(15)and in administrative interpretations thereof issued by the Department of Transportation, its predecessors and successors, from time to time. All non-U.S. citizens who own (beneficially or of record) shares of the Company's common stock must register their ownership of such shares with the Company. A holder of shares of the Company's common stock may be precluded from voting such shares at the time of any vote of stockholders in the event that (i) the holder is a non-U.S. citizen and (ii) the foreign ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock exceeds the limits imposed by U.S. federal law. Upon request, the Company will provide the holder of this certificate with a copy of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION AND EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY N.A., AS THE RIGHTS AGENT, DATED AS OF ____________, 2002, (THE "RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.

4

EXHIBIT 4.3

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

AND

EQUISERVE

RIGHTS AGENT

PREFERRED STOCK RIGHTS AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF ______________, 2002


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1.  Certain Definitions..............................................1

Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent......................................7

Section 3.  Issuance of Rights Certificates..................................7

Section 4.  Form of Rights Certificates......................................9

Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration...............................10

Section 6.  Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights
            Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights
            Certificates....................................................10

Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Exercise Price; Expiration Date of
            Rights..........................................................11

Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates.............13

Section 9.  Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock...................13

Section 10. Record Date.....................................................14

Section 11. Adjustment of Exercise Price, Number of Shares or Number of
            Rights..........................................................15

Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Exercise Price or Number of Shares......21

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
            Earning Power...................................................22

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.........................26

Section 15. Rights of Action................................................27

Section 16. Agreement of Rights Holders.....................................27

Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder..............27

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.....................................28

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.......28

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent..........................................29

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent..........................................31

Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates.............................31

Section 23. Redemption......................................................32

Section 24. Exchange........................................................33

Section 25. Notice of Certain Events........................................34

Section 26. Notices.........................................................35

Section 27. Supplements and Amendments......................................35

Section 28. Successors......................................................36

Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc.......36

Section 30. Benefits of this Agreement......................................36

Section 31. Severability....................................................36

Section 32. Governing Law...................................................37

Section 33. Counterparts....................................................37

Section 34. Descriptive Headings............................................37

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A   Form of Certificate of Designation
EXHIBIT B   Form of Rights Certificate
EXHIBIT C   Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares of
            Series A Preferred Stock


                                       ii



PREFERRED STOCK RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Preferred Stock Rights Agreement is dated as of ____________, 2002 between JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Equiserve as Rights Agent.

On February 11, 2002 (the "RIGHTS DIVIDEND DECLARATION DATE"), the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and declared a dividend of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (a "RIGHT") for each Common Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding as of the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on ____________, 2002 (the "RECORD DATE" ), each Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (0.001) of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement), having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the form of Certificate of Designations of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock attached here to as EXHIBIT A, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right (as such number may be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement) with respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the Record Date and the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined), and in certain circumstances after the Distribution Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(a) "ACQUIRING PERSON" shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding, but shall not include (i) the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or (2) any of Chase New Air Investors, Quantum Industrial Partners LDC or Weston Presidio (each, a "PERMITTED INVESTOR"), or any of its respective Affiliates or Associates (each, collectively with their respective Permitted Investor, an "INVESTOR GROUP"), PROVIDED THAT any such Investor Group's beneficial ownership does not exceed in the aggregate 25% of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding, or in the case of an investor group made up of Quantum Industrial Partners LDC and its Affiliates or Associates (a "QUANTUM INVESTOR GROUP"), 30% of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person as the result of an acquisition of Common Shares by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding (or in the case of an Investor Group other than a Quantum Investor Group, more than 25% of the Common Shares then outstanding, or in the case of a Quantum Investor Group, more than 30% of the Common Shares then outstanding); provided, however, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding (or in the case of an Investor Group other than a Quantum Investor Group, more than 25% of the Common Shares then outstanding, or in the


case of a Quantum Investor Group, more than 30% of the Common Shares then outstanding) by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares of the Company (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Shares in Common Shares or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares), then such Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional Common Shares of the Company such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding (or in the case of an Investor Group other than a Quantum Investor Group, more than 25% of the Common Shares then outstanding, or in the case of a Quantum Investor Group, more than 30% of the Common Shares then outstanding). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company's Board of Directors determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of the Common Shares that would otherwise cause such Person to be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of the Common Shares it beneficially owned but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such beneficial ownership under this Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Person divested or divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement.

(b) "ADJUSTMENT FRACTION" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(i) hereof.

(c) "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

(d) A Person shall be deemed the "BENEFICIAL OWNER" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder (or any comparable or successor law or regulation);

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed pursuant to this
Section 1(d)(ii)(A) to be the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (1) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

2

securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, or (2) securities which a Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates may be deemed to have the right to acquire pursuant to any merger or other acquisition agreement between the Company and such Person (or one or more of its Affiliates or Associates) if such agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to there being an Acquiring Person; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security under this Section 1(d)(ii)(B) if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to
Section 1(d)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company; provided, however, that in no case shall an officer or director of the Company be deemed
(x) the Beneficial Owner of any securities beneficially owned by another officer or director of the Company solely by reason of actions undertaken by such persons in their capacity as officers or directors of the Company or (y) the Beneficial Owner of securities held of record by the trustee of any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, other than the officer or director, by reason of any influence that such officer or director may have over the voting of the securities held in the plan.

(e) "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(f) "CLOSE OF BUSINESS" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.
M., New York time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(g) "COMMON SHARES" when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share. Common Shares when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock with the greatest voting power or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to conduct or direct the management, of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person and which has issued any such outstanding capital stock, equity securities or equity interests. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person which is not organized in corporate form shall mean units of beneficial interest which (i) shall require the right to participate generally in the profits and losses of such Person (including, without limitation, any flow-through tax benefits resulting from an ownership interest in such Person)

3

and which (ii) shall be entitled to exercise the greatest voting power of such Person, or, in the case of a limited partnership, shall have the power to remove the general partner or partners of such Person.

(h) "COMMON STOCK EQUIVALENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(i) "COMPANY" shall mean JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) "CURRENT PER SHARE MARKET PRICE" of any security (a "Security" for purposes of this definition), for all computations other than those made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall mean the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Per Share Market Price of any Security on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that in the event that the Current Per Share Market Price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of the applicable thirty (30) Trading Day or ten (10) Trading Day period, after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the Current Per Share Market Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price or, if such last sale price is not reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Director s of the Company. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used. If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the product of (x) the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Shares as determined pursuant to this Section 1(j), as appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof, multiplied by (y) 1000. If the Security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, Current Per Share Market Price shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

4

(k) "CURRENT VALUE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(l) "DISTRIBUTION DATE" shall mean the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors) after the Shares Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth Business Day after the Shares Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the Close of Business on the Record Date) or
(ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors) after (x) the date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) is commenced, first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, or (y) the date of public announcement of the interest of any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) to commence (which intention to commence remains in effect the five Business Days after such announcement) or tender or exchange offer, if, assuming the successful consummation thereof, such Person would be an Acquiring Person, in either instance other than pursuant to a Qualified Offer.

(m) "EQUIVALENT SHARES" shall mean Preferred Shares and any other class or series of capital stock of the Company which is entitled to the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares.

(n) "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) "EXCHANGE RATIO" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 24(a) hereof.

(p) "EXERCISE PRICE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4(a) hereof.

(q) "EXPIRATION DATE" shall mean the earliest to occur of: (i) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, (ii) the Redemption Date, or
(iii) the time at which the Board of Directors orders the exchange of the Rights as provided in Section 24 hereof.

(r) "FINAL EXPIRATION DATE" shall mean __________, 2012.

(s) "NASDAQ" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System.

(t) "PERSON" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

5

(u) "POST-EVENT TRANSFEREE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

(v) "PREFERRED SHARES" shall mean shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and, to the extent there are not a sufficient number of Preferred Shares authorized to permit the full exercise of the then outstanding Rights, Equivalent Shares, or any other series of preferred stock of the Company designated for such purpose by the Board of Directors of the Company containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Preferred Shares.

(w) "PRE-EVENT TRANSFEREE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7(e) hereof.

(x) "PRINCIPAL PARTY" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 13(b) hereof.

(y) "QUALIFIED OFFER" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a) hereof.

(z) "RECORD DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals at the beginning of this Agreement.

(aa) "REDEMPTION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 23(a) hereof.

(bb) "REDEMPTION PRICE" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 23(a) hereof.

(cc) "RIGHTS AGENT" shall mean (i) Equiserve, (ii) its successor or replacement as provided in Sections 19 and 21 hereof or (iii) any additional Person appointed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

(dd) "RIGHTS CERTIFICATE" shall mean a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

(ee) "RIGHTS DIVIDEND DECLARATION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals at the beginning of this Agreement.

(ff) "SECTION 11(A)(II) TRIGGER DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(gg) "SECTION 13 EVENT" shall mean any event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof.

(hh) "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

6

(ii) "SHARES ACQUISITION DATE" shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person or the communication from the Acquiring Person to the Company (including, without limitation, to the Company's directors) that an Acquiring Person has become such (other than pursuant to a Qualified Offer); provided that, if such Person is determined not to have become an Acquiring Person pursuant to Section 1(a) hereof, then no Shares Acquisition Date shall be deemed to have occurred.

(jj) "SPREAD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(kk) "SUBSIDIARY" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect a majority of the directors or Persons having similar authority of such corporation or other entity is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or any corporation or other entity otherwise controlled by such Person.

(ll) "SUBSTITUTION PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(mm) "SUMMARY OF RIGHTS" shall mean a summary of this Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.

(nn) "TOTAL EXERCISE PRICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

(oo) "TRADING DAY" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a referenced security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a referenced security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

(pp) A "TRIGGERING EVENT" shall be deemed to have occurred upon any Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

Section 2. APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the Common Shares) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and shall in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any co-Rights Agent.

Section 3. ISSUANCE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES.

(a) Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for Common

7

Shares registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Rights Certificates) and not by separate Rights Certificates and (ii) the right to receive Rights Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares. Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the surrender for transfer of certificates for Common Shares shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Rights Certificate evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per Common Share has been made pursuant to Section 11 hereof, then at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates and may be transferred by the transfer of the Rights Certificates as permitted hereby, separately and apart from any transfer of Common Shares, and the holders of such Rights Certificates as listed in the records of the Company or any transfer agent or registrar for the Rights shall be the record holders thereof. On or as promptly as practicable after, the Record Date, the Company will send a copy of the Summary of Rights, by first-class postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company.

(b) With respect to certificates for Common Shares outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights.

(c) Unless the Board of Directors by resolution adopted at or before the time of the issuance of any Common Shares after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date (or, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date) specifies to the contrary, Rights shall be issued in respect of all Common Shares that are so issued, and Certificates representing such Common Shares shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear the following legend:

THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION AND EQUISERVE, AS THE RIGHTS AGENT, DATED AS OF ____________, 2002, (THE "RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. JETBLUE AIRWAYS

8

CORPORATION WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.

(d) In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company or any such Subsidiary shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no longer outstanding.

Section 4. FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES.

(a) The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Common Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or a national market system, on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or included, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date (or in the case of Rights issued with respect to Common Shares issued by the Company after the Record Date, as of the date of issuance of such Common Shares) and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share being hereinafter referred to as the "EXERCISE PRICE" and the aggregate Exercise Price of all Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of one Right being hereinafter referred to as the "TOTAL EXERCISE PRICE"), but the number and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

(b) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or
Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by: (i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a Post-Event Transferee, (iii) a Pre-Event Transferee or (iv) any subsequent transferee receiving transferred Rights from a Post-Event Transferee or a

9

Pre-Event Transferee, either directly or through one or more intermediate transferees, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

Section 5. COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION.

(a) The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal (if any) or a facsimile thereof. The Rights Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificates on behalf of the Company had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Rights Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.

Section 6. TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHTS CERTIFICATES.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or,

10

following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

(b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; EXERCISE PRICE; EXPIRATION DATE OF RIGHTS.

(a) Subject to Sections 7(e), 23(b) and 24(b) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date by surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised.

(b) The Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share issuable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $____, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

(c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights

11

Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for the Preferred Shares) a certificate or certificates for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt thereof, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. The payment of the Exercise Price (as such amount may be reduced (including to zero) pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, may be made in cash or by certified bank check, cashier's check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue securities of the Company other than Preferred Shares, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his or her duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (a "POST-EVENT TRANSFEREE"), (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Company's Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement

12

or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this
Section 7(e) (a "PRE-EVENT TRANSFEREE") or (iv) any subsequent transferee receiving transferred Rights from a Post-Event Transferee or a Pre-Event Transferee, either directly or through one or more intermediate transferees, shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and
Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or to any other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of such Acquiring Person's Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall, in addition to having complied with the requirements of Section
7(a), have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

Section 8. CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate evidencing the destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 9. RESERVATION AND AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL STOCK.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares not reserved for another purpose (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and unissued Common Shares and/or other securities), the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of the Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

(b) If the Company shall hereafter list any of its Preferred Shares on a national securities exchange, then so long as the Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) issuable and deliverable upon exercise of the Rights may be listed on such exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable (but only to the extent that it is

13

reasonably likely that the Rights will be exercised), all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

(c) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event in which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights is described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form,
(ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the date of expiration of the Rights. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period not to exceed ninety
(90) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this
Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating, and notify the Rights Agent, that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement and notification to the Rights Agent at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the Rights. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction, unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained, or an exemption therefrom shall be available, and until a registration statement has been declared and remains effective.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such securities (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

(e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

Section 10. RECORD DATE. Each Person in whose name any certificate for a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or other securities of the Company) is issued upon the

14

exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Total Exercise Price with respect to which the Rights have been exercised (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

Section 11. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE, NUMBER OF SHARES OR NUMBER OF Rights. The Exercise Price, the number and kind of shares or other property covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

(a) (i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of Preferred Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11 and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction (the "ADJUSTMENT FRACTION"), the numerator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Preferred Shares) outstanding immediately following such time and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such time; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (2) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right shall equal the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) as was issuable upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) of this Section 11(a)(i), multiplied by the Adjustment Fraction; provided, however, that, no such adjustment shall be made pursuant to this
Section 11(a)(i) to the extent that there shall have simultaneously occurred an event described in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) of Section 11(n) with a proportionate adjustment being made thereunder. Each Common Share that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) shall have associated with it the number of Rights,

15

exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one Common Share has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this
Section 11(a)(i).

(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event that a Triggering Event shall have occurred (unless the event causing such Triggering Event is an acquisition of Common Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding Common Shares at a price and on terms determined by at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not officers of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries and who are not representatives, nominees, Affiliates or Associates of an Acquiring Person, after receiving advice from one or more investment banking firms, to be (1) at a price which is fair to stockholders (taking into account all factors which such members of the board deem relevant, including, without limitation, a price which could reasonably be achieved if the Company or its assets were to be sold on an orderly basis designed to realize maximum value) and (2) otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (a "Qualified Offer")), then promptly following such Triggering Event each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive for each Right, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event, in lieu of a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall equal the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the product obtained by multiplying (1) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event by
(2) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable (or would have been exercisable if the Distribution Date had occurred) immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, by (B) 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price for Common Shares on the date of occurrence of the Triggering Event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Exercise Price and the number of Common Shares of the Company so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with
Section 11(e) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the Common Shares of the Company after the occurrence of the Triggering Event. The Company shall notify the Rights Agent as to any Persons who are deemed by the Company to be Acquiring Persons or Affiliates or Associates thereof and shall identify any rights pertaining thereto.

(iii) In lieu of issuing Common Shares in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may, if the Company's Board of Directors determines that such action is necessary or appropriate and not contrary to the interest of holders of Rights and, in the event that the number of Common Shares which are authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights, or if any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance has not been obtained by the Company, the Company shall: (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the "CURRENT VALUE") over (2) the Exercise Price (such excess, the "SPREAD") and (B) with respect to each Right, make adequate provision to substitute for such Common Shares, upon exercise of the Rights, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Exercise Price, (3) other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares or units of shares of any series of preferred stock which the Company's Board of Directors has deemed to have the same value as Common Shares (such shares or units of shares of preferred stock are herein called

16

"COMMON STOCK EQUIVALENTS")), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (4) debt securities of the Company, except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by the Company's Board of Directors based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company's Board of Directors; provided, however, that if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Triggering Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and (y) being referred to herein as the "SECTION 11(A)(II) TRIGGER DATE"), then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Exercise Price, Common Shares (to the extent available), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If the Company's Board of Directors shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional Common Shares could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights or that any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance will be obtained, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares or take action to obtain such regulatory approval (such period, as it may be extended, the "SUBSTITUTION PERIOD" ). To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentences of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares, to take any action to obtain any required regulatory approval and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Shares shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Shares on the Section
11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the value of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Shares on such date.

(b) In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling such holders (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares) less than the then Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares on such record date, then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Preferred Shares

17

or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered or issued (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities to be offered or issued) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares or of any class or series of Equivalent Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend, if any, or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b)), then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or an Equivalent Share on such record date, less the fair market value per Preferred Share or Equivalent Share (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share on such record date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1.0%) of the Exercise Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and

18

taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this
Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a Common Share or other share or one hundred-thousandth of a Preferred Share, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(d), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(e) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and, if required, the Exercise Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Sections 11(a), 11(b), 11(c), 11(d), 11(g), 11(h), 11(i), 11(j), 11(k) and 11(l), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(f) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(g) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(h), upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that number of Preferred Shares (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a share) obtained by
(i) multiplying (x) the number of Preferred Shares covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.

(h) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) or (c) to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of Preferred Shares purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Exercise Price by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Exercise Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Exercise Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if any Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public

19

announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(h), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Exercise Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(i) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

(j) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Exercise Price below the par or stated value, if any, of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable shares such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share at such adjusted Exercise Price.

(k) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(l) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred or Common Shares, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred or Common Shares at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred or Common Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred or Common Shares,
(iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred or Common Shares shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

20

(m) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit to be taken) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

(n) In the event that the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Common Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of Common Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Common Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) each Common Share (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Common Shares) outstanding immediately following such time shall have associated with it the number of Rights as were associated with one Common Share immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above; (2) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (3) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right outstanding after such event shall equal the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as were issuable with respect to one Right immediately prior to such event. Each Common Share that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(n) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) as one Common Share has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(n). If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(n) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

Section 12. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTED EXERCISE PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Company to make such certification or give such notice shall not affect the validity of such adjustment or the force or effect of the requirement for such adjustment. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment contained

21

therein and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

Section 13. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR EARNING POWER.

(a) In the event that, following a Triggering Event, directly or indirectly:

(i) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state of incorporation of the Company and which complies with Section 11(m) hereof);

(ii) any Person (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity holding capital stock of the Company for, or pursuant to the terms of, such plan) shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other person (or the Company); or

(iii) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more transactions, each of which individually (and together) complies with Section 11(m) hereof),

then, concurrent with and in each such case,

(A) each holder of a Right (except as provided in
Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the Total Exercise Price applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Section 13 Event in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable Common Shares of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), free of any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (1) multiplying the then-current Total Exercise Price by the number of one one-thousandth of a preferred share for which a right is then exercisable and
(2) dividing such product by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Shares of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event, provided, however, that the Exercise Price and the number of Common Shares of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof;

(B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement;

22

(C) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event;

(D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Shares) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to ensure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its Common Shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and

(E) upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Total Exercise Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the Common Shares of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of such Right pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.

(F) For purposes hereof, the "earning power" of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors on the basis of the operating income of each business operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the three fiscal years preceding the date of such determination (or, in the case of any business not operated by the Company or any Subsidiary during three full fiscal years preceding such date, during the period such business was operated by the Company or any Subsidiary).

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "PRINCIPAL PARTY" shall mean:

(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause
(i) or (ii) of Section 13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the Common Shares are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause
(iii) of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if more than one

23

Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred and each such portion would, were it not for the other equal portions, constitute the greatest portion of the assets or earning power so transferred, or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; provided, however, that in any such case described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii), if the Common Shares of such Person are not at such time or have not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then
(1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Shares of which are and have been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Shares of which are and have been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ration as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

(c) The Company shall not consummate any Section 13 Event unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized Common Shares that have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement confirming that such Principal Party shall, upon consummation of such Section 13 Event, assume this Agreement in accordance with Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof, that all rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the issuance of Common Shares of such Principal Party upon exercise of outstanding Rights have been waived, that there are no rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights and that such transaction shall not result in a default by such Principal Party under this Agreement, and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of such Section 13 Event, such Principal Party will:

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date, and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

(ii) use its best efforts to list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on a national securities

24

exchange or to meet the eligibility requirements for quotation on Nasdaq and list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on Nasdaq; and

(iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for such Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act.

In the event that at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event some or all of the Rights shall not have been exercised at the time of a transaction described in this Section 13, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter be exercisable in the manner described in
Section 13(a) (without taking into account any prior adjustment required by
Section 11(a)(ii)).

(d) In case the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to Section 13 hereof), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a
Section 13 Event, Common Shares or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than the then Current Per Share Market Price thereof or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Shares or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than such then Current Per Share Market Price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then, in such event, the Comp any hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

(e) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, effect or permit to occur any Section 13 Event, if (i) at the time or immediately after such Section 13 Event there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such Section 13 Event, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

(f) The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contract, Section 13 shall not be applicable to a transaction described in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of Section 13(a) if (i) such transaction is consummated with a Person or Persons who acquired

25

Common Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding Common Shares which is a Qualified Offer as such term is defined in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof (or a wholly owned subsidiary of any such Person or Persons), (ii) the price per share of the Common Shares offered in such transaction is not less than the price per share of the Common Shares paid to all holders of Common Shares whose shares were purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer and
(iii) the form of consideration being offered to the remaining holders of common Shares pursuant to such transaction is the same as the form of consideration paid pursuant to such tender or exchange offer. Upon consummation of any such transaction contemplated by this Section 13(g), all Rights hereunder shall expire.

Section 14. FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES.

(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable, as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 1(j) hereof.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Interests in fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the product equal to (x) one thousandth multiplied by (y) the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 1(j) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares upon the exercise or exchange of Rights. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a Common Share. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of a Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 1(j) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

26

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his or her right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of a Right.

Section 15. RIGHTS OF ACTION. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent pursuant to
Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, in his or her own behalf and for his or her own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Agreement.

Section 16. AGREEMENT OF RIGHTS HOLDERS. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed; and

(c) subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 17. RIGHTS CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER. No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote

27

for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as specifically provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18. CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense, incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises. In no event will the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damage.

(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

Section 19. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF RIGHTS AGENT.

(a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

28

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 20. DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of Current Per Share Market Price) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Rights Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt by the Rights Agent of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12 describing such

29

change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

(h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become peculiarly interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

30

(k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

Section 21. CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his or her Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stockholder services powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Right s Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22. ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of Common Shares following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or

31

expiration of the Rights, the Company (a) shall, with respect to Common Shares so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities of the Company outstanding a t the date hereof or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued and this sentence shall be null and void ab initio if, and to the extent that, such issuance or this sentence would create a significant risk of or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued or would create a significant risk of or result in such options' or employee plans' or arrangements' failing to qualify for otherwise available special tax treatment and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

Section 23. REDEMPTION.

(a) The Company may, at its option and with the approval of the Board of Directors, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of (i) the tenth Business Day following the Shares Acquisition Date (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company) and (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being herein referred to as the "Redemption Price") and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price either in Common Shares
(based on the Current Per Share Market Price thereof at the time of redemption) or cash. Such redemption of the Rights by the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. The date on which the Board of Directors elects to make the redemption effective shall be referred to as the "Redemption Date."

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within ten (10) days after the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner

32

other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

Section 24. EXCHANGE.

(a) Subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, and subject to subsection 24(c) below, the Company may, at its option, by action of the Board of Directors, at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for Common Shares at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

(c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with Section 24(a), the Company shall either take such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights or alternatively, at the option of a majority of the Board of Directors, with respect to each Right (i) pay cash in an amount equal to the Current Value (as hereinafter defined), in lieu of issuing Common Shares in exchange therefor, or (ii) issue debt or equity securities or a combination thereof, having a value equal to the Current Value, in lieu of issuing Common Shares in exchange for each such Right, where the value of such securities shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by majority vote of the Board of Directors, or
(iii) deliver any combination of cash, property, Common Shares and/or other securities having a value equal to the Current Value in exchange for each Right. For purposes of

33

this Section 24(c) only, the Current Value shall mean the product of the Current Per Share Market Price of Common Shares on the date of the occurrence of the event described above in subparagraph (a), multiplied by the number of Common Shares for which the Right otherwise would be exchangeable if there were sufficient shares available. To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section
24(c), the Board of Directors may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the Rights for a period of up to sixty (60) days following the date on which the event described in Section 24(a) shall have occurred, in order to seek any authorization of additional Common Shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to the above provision and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension , the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended.

(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 1(j) hereof).

(e) The Company may, at its option, by majority vote of the Board of Directors, at any time before any Person has become an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding Rights for rights of substantially equivalent value, as determined reasonably and with good faith by the Board of Directors based upon the advice of one or more nationally recognized investment banking firms.

(f) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(e) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of rights in exchange therefor as has been determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with subsection 24(e) above. The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Rights will be effected.

Section 25. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.

(a) In case the Company shall propose to effect or permit to occur any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event, the Company shall give notice thereof to each holder of Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof at least twenty (20) days prior to occurrence of such Triggering Event or such Section 13 Event.

34

(b) In case any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event shall occur, then, in any such case, the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with
Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Sections 11(a)(ii) and 13 hereof.

Section 26. NOTICES. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Company sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

JetBlue Airways Corporation 80-02 Kew Gardens Road Kew Gardens, New York 11415 Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP 1633 Broadway, 47th Floor New York, New York 10019 Attention: Curtis L. Mo, Esq.

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

Equiserve


Attention: General Counsel

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 27. SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. Prior to the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Company may supplement or amend this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of Rights and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, execute such supplement or amendment. From and after the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights in order to (i) cure any ambiguity, (ii) correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any

35

other provisions herein, (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder or
(iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Shares.

Section 28. SUCCESSORS. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 29. DETERMINATIONS AND ACTIONS BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, ETC. For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of Common Shares outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding Common Shares of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board, or the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power (i) to interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights Certificates and all other parties and (y) not subject the Board or the Continuing Directors to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

Section 30. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim pursuant to this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).

Section 31. SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or

36

invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth day following the date of such determination by the Board of Directors.

Section 32. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

Section 33. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 34. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

37

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

"COMPANY"                       JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

                                By:
                                   --------------------------------------
                                Name:
                                     ------------------------------------
                                Title:
                                      -----------------------------------


"RIGHTS AGENT"                  EQUISERVE

                                By:
                                   --------------------------------------
                                Name:
                                     ------------------------------------
                                Title:
                                      -----------------------------------

38

EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES
AND PRIVILEGES OF
SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
OF JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

The undersigned, David Neeleman and John Owen do hereby certify:

1. That they are the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "CORPORATION").

2. That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of Directors on February __, 2002, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Participating Preferred Stock:

"RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the corporation by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors does hereby provide for the issue of a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation and does hereby fix and herein state and express the designations, powers, preferences and relative and other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such series of Preferred Stock as follows:

Section 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as "SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK." The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 500,000.

Section 2. PROPORTIONAL ADJUSTMENT. In the event that the Corporation shall at any time after the issuance of any share or shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock of the Corporation ("COMMON STOCK") payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Corporation shall simultaneously effect a proportional adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

Section 3. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a) Subject to the prior and superior right of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of February, May, August and November in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "QUARTERLY DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred

39

Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

(b) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

(c) Dividends shall begin to accrue on outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 4. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(a) Each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(c) Except as required by law, the holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent that they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

40

Section 5. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

(a) The Corporation shall not declare any dividend on, make any distribution on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Common Stock after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock unless concurrently therewith it shall declare a dividend on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as required by Section 3 hereof.

(b) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends on, or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock;

(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(c) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (a) of this Section 5, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 6. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be

41

retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein and in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as then amended.

Section 7. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

Section 8. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.

Section 9. NO REDEMPTION. The shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 10. RANKING. The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation's Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

Section 11. AMENDMENT. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the Series A Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series.

Section 12. FRACTIONAL SHARES. Series A Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this corporation be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to prepare and file a Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges in accordance with the foregoing resolution and the provisions of Delaware law and to take such actions as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of the foregoing resolution."

We further declare under penalty of perjury that the matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate of Designation are true and correct of our own knowledge.

42

Executed at Kew Gardens, New York on February __, 2002.


Chief Executive Officer


Chief Financial Officer

43

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

Certificate No. R- Rights _____________ Rights

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER THE EARLIER OF (i) _________, 2012, (ii) THE DATE TERMINATED BY THE COMPANY OR (iii) THE DATE THE COMPANY EXCHANGES THE RIGHTS PURSUANT TO THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, AT $0.01 PER RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF SUCH RIGHTS AGREEMENT.]*

RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

This certifies that ______________________________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement dated as of __________ ___, 2002 (the "RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), between JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and Equiserve ( the "RIGHTS AGENT"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York time, on __________ ____, 2012 at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a fully paid and non-assessable share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "PREFERRED SHARES"), of the Company, at an Exercise Price of $_____ per one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the "EXERCISE PRICE"), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election t o Purchase and related Certificate duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above are the number and Exercise Price as of ___________, 2002 based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Exercise


* The portion of the legend in bracket shall be inserted only if applicable and shall replace the preceding sentence.

44

Price and the number and kind of Preferred Shares or other securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates, which limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned office of the Rights Agent.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company, at its option, at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged by the Company in whole or in part for Common Shares, substantially equivalent rights or other consideration as determined by the Company.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate amount of securities as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

No fractional portion of less than one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

45

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of _______________, _____.

ATTEST:                                  JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

                                         By:
------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
                                         Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

Countersigned:
              ----------------------

EQUISERVE
as Rights Agent

By:
   ---------------------------------
Its:
    --------------------------------

46

FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED_______________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint__________________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated: _______________, ____


Signature

Signature Medallion Guaranteed:

Signatures must be medallion guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or by an eligible guarantor institution bank (bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union with membership in an approved signature medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

47

CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person.

Dated: _______________, ____


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

48

FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE -- CONTINUED

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to
exercise the Rights Certificate)

To:___________________________

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _____________________ Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number

(Please print name and address)

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number

(Please print name and address)

Dated: _______________, ____


Signature

(Signature must conform in all respects
to name of holder as specified on the
face of this Rights Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

Signature must be guaranteed by an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" (with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program) pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

49

CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [ ] are [ ] are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement);

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person.

Dated: _______________, ____


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

50

FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE -- CONTINUED

NOTICE

The signature in the foregoing Forms of Assignment and Election must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

51

EXHIBIT 5.1

[BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP]

March 19, 2002

JetBlue Airways Corporation
80-02 Kew Gardens Road
New York, New York 11415

Re: JetBlue Airways Corporation Registration Statement on Form S-1 for 6,325,000 Shares of Common Stock

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 originally filed by JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2002, as thereafter amended or supplemented (the "Registration Statement"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 5,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Shares") as described in the Registration Statement. The Shares also include an over-allotment option granted by the Company to the Underwriters to purchase 825,000 additional shares to be sold to the Underwriters as described in such Registration Statement for resale to the public. As your counsel in connection with the transaction, we have examined the proceedings taken and are familiar with the proceedings proposed to be taken by you in connection with the sale and issuance of the Shares.

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 16(a) of Form S-1 and Item 601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K.

We have reviewed the Company's charter documents and the corporate proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares. In addition, we have relied on certificates of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials as to certain matters of fact relating to this opinion and have made such investigations of law as we have deemed necessary and relevant as a basis hereof. Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized, and if, as and when issued in accordance with the Registration Statement and the related prospectus (as amended and supplemented through the date of issuance) will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm wherever appearing in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus (as amended and supplemental through the date of issuance) which is part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, the rules and


March 19, 2002

Page 2

regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, or Item 509 of Regulation S-K.

This opinion letter is rendered as of the date first written above and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of facts, circumstances, events or developments which hereafter may alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein. Our opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above and we render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the Company or the Shares.

Very truly yours,

BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP


EXHIBIT 10.17

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

2002 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2002 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to promote the interests of JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation's service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to remain in such service.

Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be divided into five separate equity incentives programs:

- the Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock,

- the Salary Investment Option Grant Program under which eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their base salary invested each year in special option grants,

- the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary),

- the Automatic Option Grant Program under which eligible non-employee Board members shall automatically receive option grants at designated intervals over their period of continued Board service, and

- the Director Fee Option Grant Program under which non-employee Board members may elect to have all or any portion of their annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash applied to a special stock option grant.

B. The provisions of Articles One and Seven shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.


III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. The Primary Committee shall have sole and exclusive authority to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders. Administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to all other persons eligible to participate in those programs may, at the Board's discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee, or the Board may retain the power to administer those programs with respect to all such persons. However, any discretionary option grants or stock issuances for members of the Primary Committee must be authorized by a disinterested majority of the Board.

B. Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.

C. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any stock option or stock issuance thereunder.

D. The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine which Section 16 Insiders and other highly compensated Employees shall be eligible for participation in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program for one or more calendar years. However, all option grants under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall be made in accordance with the express terms of that program, and the Primary Committee shall not exercise any discretionary functions with respect to the option grants made under that program.

E. Service on the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on such committee. No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.

F. Administration of the Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant Programs shall be self-executing in accordance with the terms of those programs, and no Plan Administrator shall exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any option grants or stock issuances made under those programs.

2

IV. ELIGIBILITY

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs are as follows:

(i) Employees,

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Only Employees who are Section 16 Insiders or other highly compensated individuals shall be eligible to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program.

C. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative jurisdiction under the Plan, have full authority to determine,
(i) with respect to the option grants under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when the issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration for such shares.

D. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Discretionary Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

E. The individuals who shall be eligible to participate in the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be limited to (i) those individuals serving as non-employee Board members on the Underwriting Date, (ii) those individuals who first become non-employee Board members at any time after the Underwriting Date, whether through appointment by the Board or election by the Corporation's stockholders, and (iii) those individuals who continue to serve as non-employee Board members at one or more Annual Stockholders Meetings held after the Underwriting Date. A non-employee Board member who has previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not be eligible to receive an option grant under the Automatic Option Grant Program at the time he or she first becomes a non-employee Board member, but shall be eligible to receive periodic option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program while he or she continues to serve as a non-employee Board member.

F. All non-employee Board members shall be eligible to participate in the Director Fee Option Grant Program.

3

V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market. The number of shares of Common Stock initially reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 5,629,968 shares. Such reserve shall consist of (i) the number of shares estimated to remain available for issuance, as of the Plan Effective Date, under the Predecessor Plan as last approved by the Corporation's stockholders, including the shares subject to outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan, (ii) plus an additional increase of approximately 500,000 shares to be approved by the Corporation's stockholders prior to the Underwriting Date.

B. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2003, by an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 3,600,000 shares.

C. No one person participating in the Plan may receive stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances for more than 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year.

D. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) those options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation, at a price per share not greater than the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan. However, should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock or should shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan be withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an option or the vesting of a stock issuance under the Plan, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the option is exercised or which vest under the stock issuance, and not by the net number of shares of Common Stock issued to the holder of such option or stock issuance. Shares of Common Stock underlying one or more stock appreciation rights exercised under Section IV of Article Two, Section III of Article Three, Section II of Article Five or Section III of Article Six of the Plan shall NOT be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.

4

E. If any change is made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances under the Plan per calendar year, (iii) the number and/or class of securities for which grants are subsequently to be made under the Automatic Option Grant Program to new and continuing non-employee Board members, (iv) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option under the Plan, (v) the number and/or class of securities and exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan and (vi) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section V.B of this Article One. Such adjustments to the outstanding options are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5

ARTICLE TWO

DISCRETIONARY OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; PROVIDED, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

A. EXERCISE PRICE.

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Seven and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation,

(ii) shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

(iii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (a) a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. EXERCISE AND TERM OF OPTIONS. Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

6

C. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(i) Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service for any reason shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term.

(ii) Any option held by the Optionee at the time of death and exercisable in whole or in part at that time may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance or by the Optionee's designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option.

(iii) Should the Optionee's Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under this Article Two, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding.

(iv) During the applicable post-Service exercise period,the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.

2. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee's cessation of Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time

7

of the Optionee's cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.

D. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

E. REPURCHASE RIGHTS. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the LOWER of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of repurchase. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

F. LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the Optionee's death. Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same restriction, except that a Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee's lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee's family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee's former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee's estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Two, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee's death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee's death.

II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Seven shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall NOT be subject to the terms of this Section II.

A. ELIGIBILITY. Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

8

B. DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

C. 10% STOCKHOLDER. If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five
(5) years measured from the option grant date.

III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER

A. In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of that Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding option shall NOT become exercisable on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or is otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on any shares for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same exercise/vesting schedule applicable to those option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

B. All outstanding repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

C. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

9

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to (i) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, PROVIDED the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan and (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances under the Plan per calendar year and (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise continued in effect. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those rights shall immediately terminate upon the consummation of the Change in Control transaction, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full.

F. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options in the event the Optionee's Service is subsequently terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control transaction in which those options do not otherwise accelerate. In addition, the Plan Administrator may structure one or more of the Corporation's repurchase rights so that those rights shall immediately terminate with respect to any shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination, and the shares subject to those terminated repurchase rights shall accordingly vest in full at that time.

G. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Hostile Take-Over, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. In addition, the Plan

10

Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those rights shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of such Hostile Take-Over, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may condition the automatic acceleration of one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program and the termination of one or more of the Corporation's outstanding repurchase rights under such program upon the subsequent termination of the Optionee's Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of such Hostile Take-Over.

H. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control or Hostile Take-Over shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Nonstatutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

I. The outstanding options shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including outstanding options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.

V. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

A. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to grant to selected Optionees tandem stock appreciation rights and/or limited stock appreciation rights.

B. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of tandem stock appreciation rights:

(i) One or more Optionees may be granted the right, exercisable upon such terms as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock and the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value (on the option surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (b) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares.

11

(ii) No such option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Plan Administrator, either at the time of the actual option surrender or at any earlier time. If the surrender is so approved, then the distribution to which the Optionee shall be entitled may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, in cash, or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.

(iii) If the surrender of an option is not approved by the Plan Administrator, then the Optionee shall retain whatever rights the Optionee had under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) on the option surrender date and may exercise such rights at any time prior to the LATER of (a) five (5) business days after the receipt of the rejection notice or (b) the last day on which the option is otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the documents evidencing such option, but in no event may such rights be exercised more than ten (10) years after the option grant date.

C. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of limited stock appreciation rights:

(i) One or more Section 16 Insiders may be granted limited stock appreciation rights with respect to their outstanding options.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Tender-Offer, each individual holding one or more options with such a limited stock appreciation right shall have the unconditional right (exercisable for a thirty (30)-day period following such Hostile Tender-Offer) to surrender each such option to the Corporation. In return for the surrendered option, the Optionee shall receive a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Tender-Offer Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option (whether or not the option is otherwise at that time vested and exercisable for those shares) over (B) the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the option surrender date.

(iii) At the time such limited stock appreciation right is granted, the Plan Administrator shall pre-approve any subsequent exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph C. Accordingly, no further approval of the Plan Administrator or the Board shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.

12

ARTICLE THREE

SALARY INVESTMENT OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

I. OPTION GRANTS

The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine the calendar year or years (if any) for which the Salary Investment Option Grant Program is to be in effect and to select the Section 16 Insiders and other highly compensated Employees eligible to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program for such calendar year or years. Each selected individual who elects to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program must, prior to the start of each calendar year of participation, file with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) an irrevocable authorization directing the Corporation to reduce his or her base salary for that calendar year by an amount not less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) nor more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Each individual who files such a timely authorization shall automatically be granted an option under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program on the first trading day in January of the calendar year for which the salary reduction is to be in effect.

II. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be a Non-Statutory Option evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; PROVIDED, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

A. EXERCISE PRICE.

1. The exercise price per share shall be thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined pursuant to the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole number):

X = A DIVIDED BY (B x 66-2/3%), where

X is the number of option shares,

13

A is the dollar amount by which the Optionee's base salary is to be reduced for the calendar year pursuant to his or her election under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, and

B is the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

C. EXERCISE AND TERM OF OPTIONS. The option shall become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) successive equal monthly installments upon the Optionee's completion of each calendar month of Service in the calendar year for which the salary reduction is in effect. Each option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

D. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE. Should the Optionee cease Service for any reason while holding one or more options under this Article Three, then each such option shall remain exercisable, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of such cessation of Service, until the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Service. Should the Optionee die while holding one or more options under this Article Three, then each such option may be exercised, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service (less any shares subsequently purchased by Optionee prior to death), by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of the option. Such right of exercise shall lapse, and the option shall terminate, upon the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten
(10)-year option term or (ii) the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Service for any reason, terminate and cease to remain outstanding with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable.

III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER/HOSTILE TENDER-OFFER

A. In the event of a Change in Control while the Optionee remains in Service, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. Each such outstanding option shall terminate immediately following the Change in Control, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction. Any option so assumed or continued shall remain exercisable for the fully vested shares until the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service.

14

B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains in Service, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Hostile Take-Over, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. The option shall remain so exercisable until the EARLIEST to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a Change in Control or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Tender-Offer.

C. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Tender-Offer while the Optionee remains in Service, such Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each outstanding option held by him or her under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Tender-Offer Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to the surrendered option (whether or not the option is otherwise at the time exercisable for those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. The Primary Committee shall, at the time the option with such limited stock appreciation right is granted under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, pre-approve any subsequent exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph C. Accordingly, no further approval of the Primary Committee or the Board shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, PROVIDED the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control.

E. The grant of options under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

15

IV. REMAINING TERMS

The remaining terms of each option granted under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.

16

ARTICLE FOUR

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards which entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements.

A. PURCHASE PRICE.

1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issuance date.

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Seven, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. VESTING PROVISIONS.

1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant's period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards which entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements.

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant's unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or

17

other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant's unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant's interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant's purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the LOWER of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of cancellation and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares by the applicable clause (i) or (ii) amount.

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant's Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant's interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant's cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

6. Outstanding share right awards under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those awards, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding share right awards as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied.

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER

A. All of the Corporation's outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and all the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control, except to the extent (i) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or

18

parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the Stock Issuance Agreement.

B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall vest, either immediately upon the effective date of a Change in Control or subsequently upon an Involuntary Termination of the Participant's Service within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise continued in effect.

C. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, either upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant's Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of that Hostile Take-Over.

III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant's interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

19

ARTICLE FIVE

AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

I. OPTION TERMS

A. GRANT DATES. Option grants shall be made on the dates specified below:

1. Each individual who is serving as a non-employee Board member on the Underwriting Date shall automatically be granted on that date a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 16,000 shares(1) of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary.

2. Each individual who is first elected or appointed as a non-employee Board member at any time after the Underwriting Date shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 16,000 shares(2) of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. On the date of each Annual Stockholders Meeting held after the Underwriting Date, each individual who is to continue to serve as a non-employee Board member, whether or not that individual is standing for re-election to the Board at that particular Annual Meeting, shall automatically be granted a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 4,000 shares(3) of Common Stock, provided such individual has served as a non-employee Board member for at least six (6) months. There shall be no limit on the number of such 4,000-share option grants any one non-employee Board member may receive over his or her period of Board service, and non-employee Board members who have previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or who have otherwise received one or more stock option grants from the Corporation prior to the Underwriting Date shall be eligible to receive one or more such annual option grants over their period of continued Board service.

B. EXERCISE PRICE.

1. The exercise price per share shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.


(1) This share number shall not be adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend or other similar change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration which is effected prior to the closing of the initial public offering of such Common Stock.
(2) This share number shall not be adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend or other similar change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration which is effected prior to the closing of the initial public offering of such Common Stock.
(3) This share number shall not be adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend or other similar change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration which is effected prior to the closing of the initial public offering of such Common Stock.

20

2. The exercise price shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

C. OPTION TERM. Each option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

D. EXERCISE AND VESTING OF OPTIONS. Each option shall be immediately exercisable for any or all of the option shares. However, any unvested shares purchased under the option shall be subject to repurchase by the Corporation, at the LOWER of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of repurchase, upon the Optionee's cessation of Board service prior to vesting in those shares. The shares subject to each initial 16,000-share grant shall vest, and the Corporation's repurchase right shall lapse, in a series of four (4) successive equal annual installments upon the Optionee's completion of each year of service as a Board member over the four (4)-year period measured from the option grant date. The shares subject to each annual 4,000-share option grant shall vest in one installment upon the Optionee's completion of the one (1)-year period of service measured from the grant date.

E. LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Each option under this Article Five may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee's lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee's family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee's former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee's estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. The Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Five, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee's death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee's death.

F. TERMINATION OF BOARD SERVICE. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time the Optionee ceases to serve as a Board member:

21

(i) The Optionee (or, in the event of Optionee's death, the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance or the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option) shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of such cessation of Board service in which to exercise each such option.

(ii) During the twelve (12)-month exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Board service.

(iii) Should the Optionee cease to serve as a Board member by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then all shares at the time subject to the option shall immediately vest so that such option may, during the twelve (12)-month exercise period following such cessation of Board service, be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

(iv) In no event shall the option remain exercisable after the expiration of the option term. Upon the expiration of the twelve
(12)-month exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Board service for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER/HOSTILE TENDER-OFFER

A. In the event of a Change in Control while the Optionee remains a Board member, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Automatic Option Grant Program but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the option shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, each automatic option grant shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains a Board member, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Automatic Option Grant Program but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Hostile Take-Over, become exercisable for all the option shares as fully vested shares of

22

Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Each such option shall remain exercisable for such fully vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term or the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Tender-Offer.

C. All outstanding repurchase rights under this under this Automatic Option Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control or Hostile Take-Over.

D. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Tender-Offer while the Optionee remains a Board member, such Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each of his or her outstanding options under this Automatic Option Grant Program. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Tender-Offer Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each surrendered option (whether or not the Optionee is otherwise at the time vested in those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. No approval or consent of the Board or any Plan Administrator shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.

E. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, PROVIDED the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Automatic Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

F. The grant of options under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

III. REMAINING TERMS

The remaining terms of each option granted under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.

23

ARTICLE SIX

DIRECTOR FEE OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

I. OPTION GRANTS

The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine the calendar year or years for which the Director Fee Option Grant Program is to be in effect. For each such calendar year the program is in effect, each non-employee Board member may irrevocably elect to apply all or any portion of the annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash for his or her service on the Board for that year to the acquisition of a special option grant under this Director Fee Option Grant Program. Such election must be filed with the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer prior to the first day of the calendar year for which the annual retainer fee which is the subject of that election is otherwise payable. Each non-employee Board member who files such a timely election shall automatically be granted an option under this Director Fee Option Grant Program on the first trading day in January in the calendar year for which the retainer fee election is in effect.

II. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be a Non-Statutory Option governed by the terms and conditions specified below.

A. EXERCISE PRICE.

1. The exercise price per share shall be thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined pursuant to the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole number):

X = A DIVIDED BY (B x 66-2/3%), where

X is the number of option shares,

A is the portion of the annual retainer fee subject to the non-employee Board member's election under this Director Fee Option Grant Program, and

24

B is the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

C. EXERCISE AND TERM OF OPTIONS. The option shall become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) equal monthly installments upon the Optionee's completion of each calendar month of Board service during the calendar year for which the retainer fee election is in effect. Each option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

D. LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Each option under this Article Six may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee's lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee's family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee's former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with Optionee's estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. The Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Six, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee's death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee's death.

E. TERMINATION OF BOARD SERVICE. Should the Optionee cease Board service for any reason (other than death or Permanent Disability) while holding one or more options under this Director Fee Option Grant Program, then each such option shall remain exercisable, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of such cessation of Board service, until the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service. However, each option held by the Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program at the time of his or her cessation of Board service shall immediately terminate and cease to remain outstanding with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable.

F. DEATH OR PERMANENT DISABILITY. Should the Optionee's service as a Board member cease by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then each option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall immediately become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option, and the option may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares until the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten
(10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service. To the extent such option is held by the Optionee at

25

the time of his or death, that option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option.

Should the Optionee die after cessation of Board service but while holding one or more options under this Director Fee Option Grant Program, then each such option may be exercised, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Board service (less any shares subsequently purchased by Optionee prior to death), by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option. Such right of exercise shall lapse, and the option shall terminate, upon the EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the three
(3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Board service.

III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER/HOSTILE TENDER-OFFER

A. In the event of any Change in Control while the Optionee remains a Board member, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. Each such outstanding option shall terminate immediately following the Change in Control, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction. Any option so assumed or continued shall remain exercisable for the fully vested shares until the EARLIEST to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Board service or (iii) the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Tender-Offer.

B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains a Board member, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Hostile Take-Over, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. The option shall remain so exercisable until the EARLIEST to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionee's cessation of Board service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a Change in Control transaction or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Tender-Offer.

26

C. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Tender-Offer while the Optionee remains a Board member, such Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each outstanding option held by him or her under the Director Fee Option Grant Program. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Tender-Offer Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each surrendered option (whether or not the option is otherwise at the time exercisable for those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. No approval or consent of the Board or any Plan Administrator shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, PROVIDED the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Director Fee Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

E. The grant of options under the Director Fee Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

IV. REMAINING TERMS

The remaining terms of each option granted under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.

27

ARTICLE SEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

I. FINANCING

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of such shares) plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

II. TAX WITHHOLDING

A. The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or the issuance or vesting of such shares under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

B. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan (other than the options granted or the shares issued under the Automatic Option Grant or Director Fee Option Grant Program) with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Withholding Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise of their options or the vesting of their shares. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

STOCK WITHHOLDING: The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or the vesting of such shares, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.

STOCK DELIVERY: The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option is exercised or the shares vest, one or more shares of Common Stock previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the option exercise or share vesting triggering the Withholding Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.

28

III. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall become effective immediately on the Plan Effective Date. However, the Salary Investment Option Grant Program and the Director Fee Option Grant Program shall not be implemented until such time as the Primary Committee may deem appropriate. Options may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant at any time on or after the Plan Effective Date, and the initial option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall also be made on the Plan Effective Date to any non-employee Board members eligible for such grants at that time. However, no options granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation's stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Plan Effective Date, then all options previously granted under this Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.

B. The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan Effective Date. All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date shall be transferred to the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan. However, each outstanding option so transferred shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such transferred options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.

C. One or more provisions of the Plan, including (without limitation) the option/vesting acceleration provisions of Article Two relating to Changes in Control and Hostile Take-Overs, may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be extended to one or more options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan which do not otherwise contain such provisions.

D. The Plan shall terminate upon the EARLIEST to occur of (i) December 31, 2011, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Change in Control. Should the Plan terminate on December 31, 2011, then all option grants and unvested stock issuances outstanding at that time shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such grants or issuances.

IV. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to stock options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws or regulations.

29

B. Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant and Salary Investment Option Grant Programs and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program that are in each instance in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then
(i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

V. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS

A. The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any stock option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any granted option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the stock options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

B. No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which Common Stock is then listed for trading.

VII. NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

30

APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANT PROGRAM shall mean the automatic option grant program in effect under Article Five of the Plan.

B. BOARD shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

C. CHANGE IN CONTROL shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation's stockholders, UNLESS securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation's outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation's stockholders.

D. CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

E. COMMON STOCK shall mean the Corporation's common stock.

F. CORPORATION shall mean JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of JetBlue Airways Corporation which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. DIRECTOR FEE OPTION GRANT PROGRAM shall mean the special stock option grant in effect for non-employee Board members under Article Six of the Plan.

H. DISCRETIONARY OPTION GRANT PROGRAM shall mean the discretionary option grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan.

A-1.


I. EMPLOYEE shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

J. EXERCISE DATE shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

K. FAIR MARKET VALUE per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) For purposes of any option grants made on the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is to be sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

L. HOSTILE TAKE-OVER shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through either of the following transactions:

(i) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination, or

(ii) a Hostile Tender-Offer.

A-2.


M. HOSTILE TENDER-OFFER shall mean the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation's stockholders which the Board does not recommend such stockholders to accept.

N. INCENTIVE OPTION shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

O. INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual's involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) such individual's voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual's place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without the individual's consent.

P. MISCONDUCT shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

Q. 1934 ACT shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

R. NON-STATUTORY OPTION shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

S. OPTIONEE shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Option Grant, Salary Investment Option Grant, Automatic Option Grant or Director Fee Option Grant Program.

A-3.


T. PARENT shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

U. PARTICIPANT shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

V. PERMANENT DISABILITY OR PERMANENTLY DISABLED shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve
(12) months or more. However, solely for purposes of the Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant Programs, Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the non-employee Board member to perform his or her usual duties as a Board member by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

W. PLAN shall mean the Corporation's 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth in this document.

X. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR shall mean the particular entity, whether the Primary Committee, the Board or the Secondary Committee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

Y. PLAN EFFECTIVE DATE shall mean the date the Plan shall become effective and shall be coincident with the Underwriting Date.

Z. PREDECESSOR PLAN shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan in effect immediately prior to the Plan Effective Date hereunder.

AA. PRIMARY COMMITTEE shall mean the committee of two (2) or more non-employee Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders and to administer the Salary Investment Option Grant Program solely with respect to the selection of the eligible individuals who may participate in such program.

BB. SALARY INVESTMENT OPTION GRANT PROGRAM shall mean the salary investment option grant program in effect under Article Three of the Plan.

CC. SECONDARY COMMITTEE shall mean a committee of one or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to eligible persons other than Section 16 Insiders.

A-4.


DD. SECTION 16 INSIDER shall mean an officer or director of the Corporation subject to the short-swing profit liabilities of Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

EE. SERVICE shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.

FF. STOCK EXCHANGE shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

GG. STOCK ISSUANCE AGREEMENT shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

HH. STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under Article Four of the Plan.

II. SUBSIDIARY shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

JJ. TENDER-OFFER PRICE shall mean the GREATER of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is surrendered to the Corporation in connection with a Hostile Tender-Offer or (ii) the highest reported price per share of Common Stock paid by the tender offeror in effecting such Hostile Tender-Offer. However, if the surrendered option is an Incentive Option, the Tender-Offer Price shall not exceed the clause (i) price per share.

KK. 10% STOCKHOLDER shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

LL. UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

MM. UNDERWRITING DATE shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Stock.

A-5.


NN. WITHHOLDING TAXES shall mean the Federal, state and local income and employment withholding taxes to which the holder of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock may become subject in connection with the exercise of those options or the vesting of those shares.

A-6.


EXHIBIT 10.18

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to promote the interests of JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Corporation through participation in a payroll deduction-based employee stock purchase plan designed to qualify under Section 423 of the Code.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

II. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties having an interest in the Plan.

III. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

A. The stock purchasable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock purchased on the open market. The number of shares of Common Stock initially reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall be limited to 1,500,000 shares.

B. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2003, by an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 2,700,000 shares.

C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date, (iii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date,
(iv) the maximum number


and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section III.B of this Article One and (v) the number and class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.

IV. OFFERING PERIODS

A. Shares of Common Stock shall be offered for purchase under the Plan through a series of overlapping offering periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or (ii) the Plan shall have been sooner terminated.

B. Each offering period shall be of such duration (not to exceed twenty-four (24) months) as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the start date of such offering period. Offering periods shall commence at semi-annual intervals on the first business day of May and November each year over the term of the Plan. Accordingly, two (2) separate offering periods shall commence in each calendar year the Plan remains in existence. However, the initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in April 2004.

C. Each offering period shall consist of a series of one or more successive Purchase Intervals. Purchase Intervals shall run from the first business day in May to the last business day in October each year and from the first business day in November each year to the last business day in April in the following year. However, the first Purchase Interval in effect under the initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in October 2002.

D. Should the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any Purchase Date within a particular offering period be less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the start date of that offering period, then the individuals participating in such offering period shall, immediately after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on their behalf on such Purchase Date, be transferred from that offering period and automatically enrolled in the next offering period commencing after such Purchase Date.

V. ELIGIBILITY

A. Each individual who is an Eligible Employee on the start date of any offering period under the Plan may enter that offering period on such start date. However, an Eligible Employee may participate in only one offering period at a time. For the initial offering period commencing at the Effective Time, each individual who is an Eligible Employee at that time shall automatically be enrolled as a Participant with a contribution rate equal to ten percent (10%) of his or her Cash Earnings.

2.


B. Except as otherwise provided in Sections IV.D and V.A above, an Eligible Employee must, in order to participate in the Plan for a particular offering period, complete the enrollment forms prescribed by the Plan Administrator (including a stock purchase agreement and a payroll deduction authorization) and file such forms with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) on or before the start date of that offering period.

VI. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

A. The payroll deduction authorized by the Participant for purposes of acquiring shares of Common Stock during an offering period may be any multiple of one percent (1%) of the Cash Earnings paid to the Participant during each Purchase Interval within that offering period, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%). The deduction rate so authorized shall continue in effect throughout the offering period, except to the extent such rate is changed in accordance with the following guidelines:

(i) The Participant may, at any time during the offering period, reduce his or her rate of payroll deduction (or, to the extent applicable, the percentage of Cash Earnings to serve as his or her lump sum contribution for the initial Purchase Interval of the first offering period) to become effective as soon as possible after filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The Participant may not, however, effect more than one (1) such reduction per Purchase Interval.

(ii) The Participant may, prior to the commencement of any new Purchase Interval within the offering period, increase the rate of his or her payroll deduction by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The new rate (which may not exceed the ten percent (10%) maximum) shall become effective on the start date of the first Purchase Interval following the filing of such form.

B. Payroll deductions shall begin on the first pay day administratively feasible following the start date of the offering period and shall (unless sooner terminated by the Participant) continue through the pay day ending with or immediately prior to the last day of that offering period. The amounts so collected shall be credited to the Participant's book account under the Plan, but no interest shall be paid on the balance from time to time outstanding in such account. The amounts collected from the Participant shall not be required to be held in any segregated account or trust fund and may be commingled with the general assets of the Corporation and used for general corporate purposes.

3.


C. For the initial Purchase Interval of the first offering period under the Plan, no payroll deductions shall be required of the Participant until such time as the Participant affirmatively elects to commence such payroll deductions following his or her receipt of the 1933 Act prospectus for the Plan. In the absence of such payroll deductions, the Participant will be required to contribute the applicable percentage of his or her Cash Earnings to the Plan in a lump sum payment immediately prior to the close of that Purchase Interval should the Participant elect to have shares of Common Stock purchased on his or her behalf on the Purchase Date for that initial Purchase Interval.

D. Payroll deductions shall automatically cease upon the termination of the Participant's purchase right in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

E. The Participant's acquisition of Common Stock under the Plan on any Purchase Date shall neither limit nor require the Participant's acquisition of Common Stock on any subsequent Purchase Date, whether within the same or a different offering period.

VII. PURCHASE RIGHTS

A. GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS. A Participant shall be granted a separate purchase right for each offering period in which he or she is enrolled. The purchase right shall be granted on the start date of the offering period and shall provide the Participant with the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, in a series of successive installments during that offering period, upon the terms set forth below. The Participant shall execute a stock purchase agreement embodying such terms and such other provisions (not inconsistent with the Plan) as the Plan Administrator may deem advisable.

Under no circumstances shall purchase rights be granted under the Plan to any Eligible Employee if such individual would, immediately after the grant, own (within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) or hold outstanding options or other rights to purchase, stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate.

B. EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHT. Each purchase right shall be automatically exercised in installments on each successive Purchase Date within the offering period, and shares of Common Stock shall accordingly be purchased on behalf of each Participant on each such Purchase Date. The purchase shall be effected by applying the Participant's payroll deductions (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contribution) for the Purchase Interval ending on such Purchase Date to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock at the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date.

C. PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price per share at which Common Stock will be purchased on the Participant's behalf on each Purchase Date within the particular offering period in which he or she is enrolled shall be equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the start date of that offering period or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on that Purchase Date.

4.


D. NUMBER OF PURCHASABLE SHARES. The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable by a Participant on each Purchase Date during the particular offering period in which he or she is enrolled shall be the number of whole shares obtained by dividing the amount collected from the Participant through payroll deductions during the Purchase Interval ending with that Purchase Date (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contribution for that Purchase Interval) by the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date. However, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date shall not exceed 1,000 shares, subject to periodic adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporation's capitalization. In addition, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable in total by all Participants in the Plan on any one Purchase Date shall not exceed 400,000 shares, subject to periodic adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporation's capitalization. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable prior to the start of any offering period under the Plan, to increase or decrease the limitations to be in effect for the number of shares purchasable per Participant and in total by all Participants enrolled in that particular offering period on each Purchase Date which occurs during that offering period.

E. EXCESS PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. Any payroll deductions not applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock on any Purchase Date because they are not sufficient to purchase a whole share of Common Stock shall be held for the purchase of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date. However, any payroll deductions not applied to the purchase of Common Stock by reason of the limitation on the maximum number of shares purchasable per Participant or in total by all Participants on the Purchase Date shall be promptly refunded.

F. SUSPENSION OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. In the event that a Participant is, by reason of the accrual limitations in Article VIII, precluded from purchasing additional shares of Common Stock on one or more Purchase Dates during the offering period in which he or she is enrolled, then no further payroll deductions shall be collected from such Participant with respect to those Purchase Dates. The suspension of such deductions shall not terminate the Participant's purchase right for the offering period in which he or she is enrolled, and payroll deductions shall automatically resume on behalf of such Participant once he or she is again able to purchase shares during that offering period in compliance with the accrual limitations of Article VIII.

G. WITHDRAWAL FROM OFFERING PERIOD. The following provisions shall govern the Participant's withdrawal from an offering period:

(i) A Participant may withdraw from the offering period in which he or she is enrolled at any time prior to the next scheduled Purchase Date by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator (or its designate), and no further payroll deductions shall be collected from the Participant with respect to that offering period. Any payroll deductions collected during the Purchase Interval in which such withdrawal occurs shall, at the Participant's election, be immediately refunded or held for the purchase of shares on the next Purchase

5.


Date. If no such election is made at the time of such withdrawal, then the payroll deductions collected from the Participant during the Purchase Interval in which such withdrawal occurs shall be refunded as soon as possible.

(ii) The Participant's withdrawal from a particular offering period shall be irrevocable, and the Participant may not subsequently rejoin that offering period at a later date. In order to resume participation in any subsequent offering period, such individual must re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before the start date of that offering period.

H. TERMINATION OF PURCHASE RIGHT. The following provisions shall govern the termination of outstanding purchase rights:

(i) Should the Participant cease to remain an Eligible Employee for any reason (including death, disability or change in status) while his or her purchase right remains outstanding, then that purchase right shall immediately terminate, and all of the Participant's payroll deductions for the Purchase Interval in which the purchase right so terminates shall be immediately refunded.

(ii) However, should the Participant cease to remain in active service by reason of an approved unpaid leave of absence, then the Participant shall have the right, exercisable up until the last business day of the Purchase Interval in which such leave commences, to (a) withdraw all the payroll deductions collected to date on his or her behalf for that Purchase Interval or (b) have such funds held for the purchase of shares on his or her behalf on the next scheduled Purchase Date. In no event, however, shall any further payroll deductions be collected on the Participant's behalf during such leave. Upon the Participant's return to active service (x) within ninety (90) days following the commencement of such leave or (y) prior to the expiration of any longer period for which such Participant's right to reemployment with the Corporation is guaranteed by statute or contract, his or her payroll deductions under the Plan shall automatically resume at the rate in effect at the time the leave began, unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan prior to his or her return. An individual who returns to active employment following a leave of absence that exceeds in duration the applicable (x) or (y) time period will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of subsequent participation in the Plan and must accordingly re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before the start date of any subsequent offering period in which he or she wishes to participate.

6.


I. CHANGE IN CONTROL. Each outstanding purchase right shall automatically be exercised, immediately prior to the effective date of any Change in Control, by applying the payroll deductions of each Participant for the Purchase Interval in which such Change in Control occurs to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock at a purchase price per share equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the start date of the offering period in which such individual is enrolled at the time of such Change in Control or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control. However, the applicable limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable per Participant shall continue to apply to any such purchase, but not the limitation applicable to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date.

The Corporation shall use its best efforts to provide at least ten
(10) days' prior written notice of the occurrence of any Change in Control, and Participants shall, following the receipt of such notice, have the right to terminate their outstanding purchase rights prior to the effective date of the Change in Control.

J. PRORATION OF PURCHASE RIGHTS. Should the total number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased pursuant to outstanding purchase rights on any particular date exceed the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make a pro-rata allocation of the available shares on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and the payroll deductions of each Participant, to the extent in excess of the aggregate purchase price payable for the Common Stock pro-rated to such individual, shall be refunded.

K. ASSIGNABILITY. The purchase right shall be exercisable only by the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant.

L. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. A Participant shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to his or her outstanding purchase right until the shares are purchased on the Participant's behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Participant has become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

VIII. ACCRUAL LIMITATIONS

A. No Participant shall be entitled to accrue rights to acquire Common Stock pursuant to any purchase right outstanding under this Plan if and to the extent such accrual, when aggregated with (i) rights to purchase Common Stock accrued under any other purchase right granted under this Plan and (ii) similar rights accrued under other employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Code Section 423)) of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate, would otherwise permit such Participant to purchase more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) worth of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates such rights are granted) for each calendar year such rights are at any time outstanding.

B. For purposes of applying such accrual limitations to the purchase rights granted under the Plan, the following provisions shall be in effect:

7.


(i) The right to acquire Common Stock under each outstanding purchase right shall accrue in a series of installments on each successive Purchase Date during the offering period in which such right remains outstanding.

(ii) No right to acquire Common Stock under any outstanding purchase right shall accrue to the extent the Participant has already accrued in the same calendar year the right to acquire Common Stock under one or more other purchase rights at a rate equal to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) worth of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates of grant) for each calendar year such rights were at any time outstanding.

C. If by reason of such accrual limitations, any purchase right of a Participant does not accrue for a particular Purchase Interval, then the payroll deductions that the Participant made during that Purchase Interval with respect to such purchase right shall be promptly refunded.

D. In the event there is any conflict between the provisions of this Article and one or more provisions of the Plan or any instrument issued thereunder, the provisions of this Article shall be controlling.

IX. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan was adopted by the Board on February 11, 2002, and shall become effective at the Effective Time, provided no purchase rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised, and no shares of Common Stock shall be issued hereunder, until (i) the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) the Corporation shall have complied with all applicable requirements of the 1933 Act (including the registration of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan on a Form S-8 registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock is listed for trading and all other applicable requirements established by law or regulation. In the event such stockholder approval is not obtained, or such compliance is not effected, within twelve (12) months after the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan shall terminate and have no further force or effect, and all sums collected from Participants during the initial offering period hereunder shall be refunded.

B. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the last business day in April 2012, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under the Plan or (iii) the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with a Change in Control. No further purchase rights shall be granted or exercised, and no further payroll deductions shall be collected, under the Plan following such termination.

8.


X. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board may alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time to become effective immediately following the close of any Purchase Interval. However, the Plan may be amended or terminated immediately upon Board action, if and to the extent necessary to assure that the Corporation will not recognize, for financial reporting purposes, any compensation expense in connection with the shares of Common Stock offered for purchase under the Plan, should the financial accounting rules applicable to the Plan at the Effective Time be subsequently revised so as to require the Corporation to recognize compensation expense in the absence of such amendment or termination.

B. In no event may the Board effect any of the following amendments or revisions to the Plan without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders:
(i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, except for permissible adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporation's capitalization, (ii) alter the purchase price formula so as to reduce the purchase price payable for the shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Plan or (iii) modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Corporation; however, each Plan Participant shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such individual in the sale or other disposition of any shares purchased under the Plan.

B. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Corporate Affiliate employing such person) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

C. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.

9.


SCHEDULE A

CORPORATIONS PARTICIPATING IN
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
AS OF THE EFFECTIVE TIME

JetBlue Airways Corporation


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. BOARD shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

B. CASH EARNINGS shall mean (i) the regular base salary paid to a Participant by one or more Participating Companies during such individual's period of participation in one or more offering periods under the Plan plus (ii) all overtime payments, bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments received during such period. Such Cash Earnings shall be calculated before deduction of (A) any income or employment tax withholdings or (B) any contributions made by the Participant to any Code
Section 401(k) salary deferral plan or any Code Section 125 cafeteria benefit program now or hereafter established by the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate. However, Cash Earnings shall NOT include any contributions made by the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate on the Participant's behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than Code
Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 contributions deducted from such Cash Earnings).

C. CHANGE IN CONTROL shall mean a change in ownership of the Corporation pursuant to any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation's stockholders, UNLESS securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation's outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation's stockholders.

D. CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

E. COMMON STOCK shall mean the Corporation's common stock.

A-1

F. CORPORATE AFFILIATE shall mean any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Corporation (as determined in accordance with Code Section 424), whether now existing or subsequently established.

G. CORPORATION shall mean JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of JetBlue Airways Corporation that shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

H. EFFECTIVE TIME shall mean the time at which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and the Common Stock priced for the initial public offering of such Common Stock. Any Corporate Affiliate that becomes a Participating Corporation after such Effective Time shall designate a subsequent Effective Time with respect to its employee-Participants.

I. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE shall mean any person who is employed by a Participating Corporation for earnings considered wages under Code Section 3401 (a).

J. FAIR MARKET VALUE per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) For purposes of the initial offering period that begins at the Effective Time, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

K. 1933 ACT shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

L. PARTICIPANT shall mean any Eligible Employee of a Participating Corporation who is actively participating in the Plan.

A-2.


M. PARTICIPATING CORPORATION shall mean the Corporation and such Corporate Affiliate or Affiliates as may be authorized from time to time by the Board to extend the benefits of the Plan to their Eligible Employees. The Participating Corporations in the Plan are listed in attached Schedule A.

N. PLAN shall mean the Corporation's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth in this document.

O. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR shall mean the committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

P. PURCHASE DATE shall mean the last business day of each Purchase Interval. The initial Purchase Date shall be October 31, 2002.

Q. PURCHASE INTERVAL shall mean each successive six (6)-month period within a particular offering period at the end of which there shall be purchased shares of Common Stock on behalf of each Participant.

R. STOCK EXCHANGE shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

S. UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

A-3.


EX. 10.19

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 ADMINISTRATION

2.1   POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER                             15

2.2   DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY                                 16

2.3   POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATION                                 16

2.4   RECORDS AND REPORTS                                                     18

2.5   APPOINTMENT OF ADVISORS                                                 18

2.6   PAYMENT OF EXPENSES                                                     18

2.7   CLAIMS PROCEDURE                                                        18

2.8   CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE                                                 19

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1   CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY                                               19

3.2   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION                                         20

3.3   DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILTY                                             20

3.4   TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY                                              20

3.5   OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE                                           21

3.6   INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE                                        21

3.7   REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE                                 21

3.8   ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE                                             22

                                   ARTICLE IV
                          CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1   FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION                           23

4.2   PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION                                 23

4.3   TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION                                27

4.4   ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNING3                                 27

4.5   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS                                        32

4.6   ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS                          35

4.7   ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS                                    38

4.8   ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS                      41

4.9   MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS                                                44

4.10  ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS                               46

4.11  ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS               48

4.12  DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT                                             50

4.13  QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE                                              53

                                   ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1   VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND                                             53

5.2   METHOD OF VALUATION                                                     53

                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT                               53

6.2   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH                                    54

6.3   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY                        55

6.4   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION                              56

6.5   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS                                                57

6.6   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH                                     60

6.7   TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION                                     61

6.8   DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OF INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY                       61

6.9   LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OF BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN                          61

6.10  PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION                                             62

6.11  ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP                                       62

6.12  QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION                         64

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                    TRUSTEE

7.1   BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE                                   64

7.2   INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE                             65

7.3   OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE                                             66

7.4   LOANS TO PARTICIPANT'S                                                  68

7.5   DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS                                70

7.6   TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES                           70

7.7   ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE                                            71

7.8   AUDIT                                                                   71

7.9   RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE                          72

7.10  TRANSFER OF INTEREST                                                    73

7.11  TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION                                                 73

7.12  DIRECT ROLLOVER                                                         73

7.13  EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY                                   75

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS

8.1   AMENDMENT                                                               75

8.2   TERMINATION                                                             76

8.3   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS                             76

                                   ARTICLE IX
                              TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1   TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS                                             77

9.2   DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS                                       77

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

10.1  PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS                                                    80

10.2  ALIENATION                                                              8O

10.3  CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN                                                    81

10.4  GENDER AND NUMBER                                                       82

10.5  LEGAL ACTION                                                            82

10.6  PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS                                  82

10.7  EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE                              83

10.8  INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE                                             83

10.9  RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS                                        83

10.10 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER                                                  83

10.11 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY                      83

10.12 HEADINGS                                                                84

10.13 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE                                    84

10.14 UNIFORMITY                                                              85



JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN

THIS AGREEMENT hereby adopted this 31st day of December, 2001, by jetBlue Airways Corporation (herein referred to as the "Employer") and John D. Owen, Thomas E. Kelly and Vincent Stablie (herein collectively referred to as the "Trustee").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Employer heretofore established a Profit Sharing Plan and Trust effective October 1, 1999 (hereinafter called the "Effective Date"), known as jetBlue Airways Corporation 401k Retirement Plan (herein referred to as the "Plan") in recognition of the contribution made to its successful operation by its employees and for the exclusive benefit of its eligible employees; and

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Plan, the Employer has reserved the right and power to amend the Plan, provided the Trustee joins in such amendment if the provisions of the Plan affecting the Trustee are amended;

NOW, THEREFORE, effective October 1, 1999, except as otherwise provided herein, the Employer and the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan pertaining to amendments thereof, hereby amend the Plan in its entirety and restate the Plan to provide as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1 "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2 "Administrator" means the Employees unless another person or entity has been designated by the Employer pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer.

1.3 "Affiliated Employer" means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporation (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organazation (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

1.4 "Aggregate Account" means, with respect to each Participant, the value of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Particiapnt, whether attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to tne provisions of Section 9.2.

-1-

1.5 "Anniversary Date" means the last day of the Plan Year.

1.6 "Beneficiary" means the person (or entity) to whom the share of a deceased Participant's total account is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

1.7 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time.

1.8 "Compensation" with respect to any Participant means such Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for a Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

For purposes of this Section, the determination of Compensation shall be made by:

(a) excluding, for purposes of the Employer's discretionary profit sharing contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c), the following items: per diem allowances and other similar types of expense reimbursements, the value of company-paid group term life insurance; moving allowances, relocation adjustments and other similar payments and allowances; automobile expense allowances and reimbursements; annual bonuses to officers and directors, but not excluding cash incentive awards and other types of cash bonuses to team members other than officers and directors; the value of other non-cash fringe benefits, such as incentive passes and "positive space" travel benefits; PTO payouts; any taxable compensation that may result from the grant or exercise of stock-based compensation; any other type of deferred compensation; severance pay and payments in the nature of severance benefits; non-taxable sick pay, workers compensation payments and payments under short-term and long-term disability plans; and payments under a pilots' loss of license income replacement plan.

(b) excluding, for purposes of salary reduction elections pursuant to Section 4.2 and Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the following items: per diem allowances and other similar types of expense reimbursements, the value of company-paid group term life insurance; moving allowances, re1ocaton adjustments and other similar payments and allowances; automobile expense allowances and reimbursements; the value of other non-cash fringe benefits, such as incentive passes and "positive space" travel benefits; any taxable compensation that may result from the grant or exercise of

-2-

stock-based compensation; any other type of deferred compensation; severance pay and payments in the nature of severance benefits; non-taxable sick day; workers compensation payments and payments under any long-term disability plan; and payments under a pilots' loss of license income replacement plan.

(c) including amounts which are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f) (4) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, 402(e) (3), 402(h) (1) (B), 403(b) or 457(b), and Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h) (2) that are treated as Employer contributions.

For a Participant's initial year of participation, Compensation shall be recognized as of such Employee's effective date of participation in the component of the Plan for which Compensation is being used pursuant to Section 3.2.

Compensation in excess of $150,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of salary deferral elections pursuant to Section 4.2. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living on accordance with Code Section 401 (a) (17) (B) , except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any short Plan Year the Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).

If any class of Employees is excluded from the Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to participate during a Plan Year shall include only the portion of his Compensation earned while the Employee is an Eligible Employee.

1.9 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy or annuity contract (group or individual) issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

1.10 "Deferred Compensation" with respect to any Participant means the amount of the Participant's total Compensation which has been contributed to the Plan in accordance with the Participant's deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2 excluding any such amounts distributed as excess "annual additions" pursuant to Section 4.1O(a).

1.11 "Designated Investment Alternative" means a specific investment identified by name by the Employer (or such other Fiduciary who has been given the authority to select investment options) as an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be

-3-

invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.12 "Directed Investment Option" means one or more of the following:

(a) a Designated Investment Alternative.

(b) any other investment permitted by the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.13 "Early Retirement Date." This Plan does not provide for a retirement date prior to Normal Retirement Date.

1.14 "Elective Contribution" means the Employer contributions to the Plan of Deferred Compensation excluding any such amounts distributed as excess "annual additions" pursuant to Section 4.10(a). In addition, any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) which is used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests shall be considered an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. Any contributions deemed to be Elective Contributions (whether or not used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests or the "Actual Contribution Percentage" tests) shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 4.2(b) and 4.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) and Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(5), the provisions of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

1.15 "Eligible Employee" means any Employee except as specified below.

Employees whose employment is governed by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives (within the meaning of Code Section 7701 (a) (46)) and the Employer under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the parties will not be eligible to participate in this Plan unless such agreement expressly provides for coverage on this Plan.

Employees of Affiliated Employers shall rot be eligible to participate on this Plan unless such Affiliated Employers have specifically adopted this Plan in writing.

Employees classified by the Employer as independent contractors who are subsequently determined. by the Internal Revenue Service to be Employees shall not be Eligible Employees.

Employees classified by the Employer as flight attendants on a short-term contract of one year or less shall not be Eligible Employees.

-4-

1.16 "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Employer.

1.17 "Employer" means jetBlue Airways Corporation and any successor which shall maintain this Plan; any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. The Employer is a corporation, with principal offices in the State of New York.

1.18 "Excess Aggregate Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of the aggregate amount of the Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and any qualified nonelective contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year, over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations of Section 4.7(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual contribution ratios beginning with the highest of such ratios). Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess Deferred Compensation pursuant to Section 4.2 and taking into account any adjustments of any Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6.

1.19 "Excess Contributions" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess of Elective Contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under Section
4.5(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios beginning with the highest of such ratios). Excess Contributions shall be treated as an "annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9(b).

1.20 "Excess Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year of a Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's Deferred Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2(f) actually made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the dollar limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated herein by reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an "annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9(b) when contributed to the Plan unless distributed to the affected. Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant's taxable year. Additionally, for purposes of Sections 9.2 end 4.4(g), Excess Deferred Compensation shall continue to be treated as Employer contributions even of distributed pursuant to Section
4.2(f). However, Excess Deferred Compensation of Non-Highly Compensated Participants is not taken into account for purposes of Section 4.5 (a) to the extant such Excess Deferred Compensation occurs pursuant to Section 4.2(d).

1.21 "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to

-5-

any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (C) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan.

1.22 "Fiscal Year" means the Employer's accounting year of 12 months commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st.

1.23 "Forfeiture" means that portion of a Participant's Account that is not Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

(a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant's Account of a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer, or

(b) the last day of the Plan Year in which a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five
(5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

Regardless of the preceding provisions, if a Former Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur, then the Forfeiture will not occur until the end of the first Plan year for which the former Partcipant is not eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term "Forfeiture" shall also include amounts deemed to be Forefeiture pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

1.24 "Former Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

1.25 "415 Compensation" with respect to any Participant means such Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for a Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. "415 Compensation" must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

For Purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall occlude any elective deferral (as defined on Code Section
402(g)(3)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) for "limitation years" beginning after December 31, 2000, or 457.

1.26 "414(s) Compensation" means any definition of compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year

-6-

ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period taken into account to that part of the Plan Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a Participant in the component of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for the Plan Year.

1.27 "Highly Compensated Employee" means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, an Employee described on Code Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who:

(a) was a "five percent owner" as defined in Section 1.32(c) at any time during the "determination year" or the "lookback year"; or

(b) for the "lookback year" had "415 Compensation" from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the Top-Paid Group for the "lookback year." The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.

The "determination year" means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed, and the "lookback year" means the immediately preceding twelve
(12) month period.

A highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for the "determination year," in accordance with Regulation 1.414(q)-1T, A4 and IRS Notice 9745 (or any superseding guidance).

In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.

In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employer. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer any Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer's retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the "determination "year."

1.28 "Highly Compensated Participant" means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to particiapate in the component

-7-

of the Plan being tested.

1.29 "Hour of Service" means (1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the employer for the performance of duties (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the compensation period in which the duties are performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty, disability, layoff, military duty or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated herein by reference); (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entit1ed to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

For purposes of (2) above, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of vesting hereunder, a Participant shall be credited with Hours of Service on the basis of his payroll period in accordance with the equivalencies set forth in Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-3(e)(1), which is incorporated herein by reference.

For purposes of this Section, Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other Affiliated Employers. The provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c)

-8-

are incorporated herein by reference.

1.30 "Income" means the income or losses allocable to Excess Deferred Compensation, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(f).

1.31 "Investment Manager" means an entity that (a) has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility to the Plan in writing. Such entity must be a person, firm, or corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

1.32 "Key Employee" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former Employee (as well as each of the Employee's or former Employee's Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if the Employee, at any time during the Plan Year that contains the "Determination Date" or any of the preceding four (4) Plan Years, has been included in one of the following categories:

(a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual "415 Compensation" greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect under Code Section 415 (b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

(b) one of the ten employees having annual "415 Compensation" from the Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than one-half percent interest and the largest interests in the Employer.

(c) a "five Percent owner" of the Employer. "Five percent owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unicorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers.

(d) a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual "415 Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000. "One percent owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one

-9-

percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 4l4(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in determining whether an individual has "415 Compensation" of more than $150,000, "415 Compensation" from each employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c),
(m) and (o) shall be taken into account.

For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall be made by including amounts which are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includibie in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f) (4) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.

1.33 "Late Retirement Date" means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following a Participant's actual Retirement Date after having reached Normal Retirement Date.

1.34 "Leased Employee" means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore, Compensation for a Leased Employee shall only include Compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer. A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient Employer:

(a) if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:

(1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2001, excluding amounts that are not includible in gross income under Code
Section 132(f)(4);

(2) immediate participation;

-10-

(3) full and immediate vesting; and

(b) if Leased Employees do not constitute more tnan 20% of the recipient Employer's non-highly compensated work force.

1.35 "Non-Elective Contribution" means the Employer contributions to the Plan excluding, however, contributions made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election provided for in Section 4.2 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution used in the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests.

1.36 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. However, for purposes of Section 4.5(a) and Section 4.6, if the prior year testing method is used, a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan Year.

1.37 "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and such Employee's or former Employee's Beneficiaries) who is not, and has never been a Key Employee.

1.38 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Participant's 60th birthday. A Participant shall become fully Vested in the Participant's Account upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

1.39 "Formal Retirement Date" means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

1.40 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable computation period during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether a Participant has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for "authorized leaves of absence" and "maternity and paternity leaves of absence." Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service shall be measured on the same computation period.

"Authorized leave of absence" means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active emp1oyment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason.

A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee's pregnancy, birth of the Employee's child, placement of a child with the Employee on connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be created for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only of credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee

-11-

from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, on any other case, on the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for "maternity or paternity leave of absence" shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence" shall not exceed the number of Hours of Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service.

1.41 "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the Plan.

1.42 "Participant Direction Procedures" means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.12 and observed by the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed Accounts.

1.43 "Participant's Account" means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to such Participant's total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer Non-Elective Contributions.

A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c) and any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

1.44 "Participant's Combined Account" means the total aggregate amount of each Participant's Elective Account and Participant's Account.

1.45 "Participant's Directed Account" means that portion of a Participant's interest in the Plan with respect to which the Participant has directed the investment in accordance with the Participant Direction Procedure.

1.46 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant's total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting room the Employer Elective Contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests. A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant's Elective Account attributable to such Elective Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2 and any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

1.47 "Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account" means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant's total interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred to those Plan from a direct plan-to-plan

-12-

transfer and/or with respect to such Participant's interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from another qualified plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account on accordance with Section 4.11.

A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account attributable to transfers (within the meaning of Code SectIon 414(l)) and "rollovers."

1.48 "Plan" means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.

1.49 "Plan Year" means the Plan's accounting year of twelve (12) months commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st, except for the first Plan Year which commenced October 1st.

1.50 "Qualified Non-Elective Contribution" means any Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) and Section 4.8(f). Such contributions shall be considered an Elective Contribution for the purposes of the Plan and used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests or the "Actual Contributions Percentage" tests.

1.51 "Regulation" means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or a delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time.

1.52 "Retired Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

1.53 "Retirement Date" means the date as of which a Participant retires for reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, whether such retiremnet occurs on a Participant's Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (see
Section 6.1).

1.54 "Terminated Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement.

1.55 "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 9.2(a).

1.56 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

1.57 "Top-Paid Group" means the top 20 percent of Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of "415 Compensation" received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any plan plan

-13-

maintained by the Employer. Employees who are nonresident aliens who received no earned income (with the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code
Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore, for the purpose of determining the number of active Employees in any year, the following additional Employees shall also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group:

(a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

(b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

(c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and

(d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21).

In addition, if 90 percent or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group.

The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

1.58 "Total and Permanent Disability" means a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which renders such Participant incapable of continuing usual and customary employment with the Employer. The disability of a Participant shall determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Administrator. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.

1.59 "Trustee" means the person or entity named as trustee herein or in any separate trust forming a part of this Plan, and any successors.

1.60 "Trust Fund" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall exist from time to time.

1.61 "Valuation Date" means the Anniversary Date and may include any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of the Participant's accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee, any

-14-

transfer agent appointed by the Trustee or the Employer or any stock exchange used by such agent, are open for business.

1.62 "Vested" means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on behalf of a Participant.

1.63 "Year of Service" means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive months, herein set forth, during which an Employee has at least 1000 Hours of Service.

For vesting purposes, the computation periods shall be the Plan Year, including periods prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.

The computation period shall be the Plan Year if not otherwise set forth herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any short Plan Year, the determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation 2530.203-2(c).

Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized.

ARTICLE II
ADMINISTRATION

2.1 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITES OF THE EMPLOYER

(a) In addition to the general powers and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems necessary or desirable on connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan. The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from one assets of the Plan as fiducary expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Emp1oyer, to the extent not paid by the Employer.

(b) The Employer may, by written agreement or designation, appoint at its option an Investment Manager (qualified under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended), investment adviser, or other agent to provide direction to the Trustee which respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shell be given by the Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee and shall specifically identify the Plan assets with respect to which

-15-

the Investment Manager or other agent shall have authority to direct the investment.

(c) The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method," i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its Investment policy. The communication of such a "funding policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such "funding policy and method" shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Act.

(d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions or those Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.

2.2 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

The Employer shall be the Administrator. The Employer may appoint any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, to perform the duties of the Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. Upon the resignation or removal of any individual performing the duties of the Administrator, the Employer may designate a successor.

2.3 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINITRATOR

The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administrator the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and the Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency on such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner cased upon uniform principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the

-16-

intent that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish the Administrator's duties under the Plan.

The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general Administration of the Plan as set forth under the terms of the Plan, inducing, but not limited to, the following:

(a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;

(b) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled hereunder;

(c) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all discretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust;

(d) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;

(e) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the terms hereof;

(f) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any insurer, and to designate the insurer from which such Contract shall be purchased;

(g) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan;

(h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the short and long-term liquidity needs of the Paln in order that the Trustee can exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to accomplish specific objectives;

(i) to prepare and implement a procedure to notify Eligible Employees that they may elect to have a portion of their Compensation deferred or paid to them in cash;

(j) to act as the named Fiduciary responsibile for communications with Participants as needed to maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c), including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmitting of Participant's directions as to the investment of their account(s) under the Plan and the formulation of policies, rules, and

-17-

procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with respect to the investment of their accounts;

(k) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any qualified domestic relations order received by it; and

(l) to assist any Participant regarding the Participant's rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan.

2.4 RECORDS AND REPORTS

The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, policies, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.3 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including such fiduciary agents) and other persons as the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment information to the Plan's investment fiduciaries and to Plan Participants.

2.6 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any Named Fiduciary incident to the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of assisting the Administrator or the Trustee on carrying out the instructions of Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts and other specialists and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412, and other costs of administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund.

2.7 CLAIMS PROCEDURE

Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim

-18-

shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days after the application is filed, or such period as is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth to the notice on language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure.

2.8 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.7 shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to a claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant believes the claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.7. The Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next sixty (60) days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of such claimant's choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of the claim. At the hearing (or prior thereto upon five
(5) business days written notice the Administrator) the claimant or the claimant's representative shall have an opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. Either the claimant or the Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceedings shall be furnished to both parties by the court reporter. The full expense of any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing. A final decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty (60) days due to special circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the sixty (60) day period). Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY

3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date of such Employee's employment with the Employer.

-19-

3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

An Eligible Employee, with respect to salary reduction elections pursuant to Section 4.2 and Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), shall become a Participant efective as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which such Employee met the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1, provided said Employee was still employed as of such date (or if not employed on such date, as of the date of rehire if a 1-Year Break in Service has not occurred or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee not terminated employment).

However, with respect to Employer discretionary contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c), an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant effective as of the date on which such Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section. 3.1.

If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from a classification of a non-eligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall become a Participant on the date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Empoyee always been an Eligible Employee.

If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility requirements and would otherwise become a Participant, shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to a non-eligible class of Employees, such Employee shall become a Partiipant in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in
Section 3.7.

3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.8.

3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to vest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while a non-eligible Employee, until such time as the Participant's Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, the Former Participant's interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

-20-

3.5 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Particlpant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such ommission is not made until after a contribution by the Employer for the year has been made and allocated, then the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution, if necessary after the application of Section 4.4(c), so that the omitted Employee receives a total amount which the Employee would have received (including both Employer contributions and earnings thereon) had the Employee not been omitted. Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.6 INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have seen included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person provide the error is discovered within twelve (12) months of the date on which it was made. Otherwise, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a Forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Deferred Compensation made by an ineligible person shall be distributed to the person (along with any earnings attributable to such Deferred Compensation)

3.7 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICES

(a) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is re-employed by the Employer before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs, the Former Participant shall become a Participant as of the re-employment date.

(b) If any Participant becomes a former Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is re-employed after a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years of Service shall include years of Service prior to the 1-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules:

(I) In the case of a Former Participant who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable right to an interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions, Years of Service before a period of 1-Year Break in Service will not be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years of Service will not include any Years of Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Services.

-21-

(2) A Former Participant shall participate on the Plan as of the date of re-employment.

(c) After a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five 5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion of said Former Participant's Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts will be maintained as follows:

(1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and

(2) one account representing the Participant's Employer derived account balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service.

(d) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance of employment with the Employer and is re-employed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to re-employment, then the forfeited account shall be reinstated only if the Former Participant repays the full amount which had been distributed. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the Participant's Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore any such forfeited Accounts provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year pursuant to Section 4.1(c), such contribution will first be applied to restore any such Accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.4.

3.8 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

An Employee, for Plan Years beginning on or after the later of the adoption date or effective date of this amendment and restatement, may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily not to participate in the Plan. The election not to participate must be irrevocable and communicated to the Employer, in

-22-

writing, within a reasonable period of time before the beginning of the first Plan Year.

ARTICLE IV
CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

(a) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all Participants made pursuant to Section 4.2(a), which amount shall be deemed an Employer Elective Contribution.

(b) On behalf of each Participant who elects to defer Compensation in accordance with Section 4.2(a) hereof, a matching contribution equal to 100% of each such Participant's Deferred Compensation not in excess of 3% of his Compensation, which amount shall be deemed an Employer Non-Elective Contribution.

In applying the foregoing matching formula, the matching contribution shall be accrued separately for each pay period during the Plan Year, and only Deferred Compensation not in excess of 3% of a Participant's Compensation in any such pay period shall be considered. Except, however, in applying the matching formula specified above for the Plan Years beginning January 1, 2000, and January 1, 2001, respectively, salary reductions up to 3% of Compensation for the entire Plan Year shall be considered.

(c) A discretionary amount, which amount, if any, shall be deemed an Employer Non-Elective Contribution.

(d) Additionally, to the extent necessary, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan the amount necessary to provide the top heavy minimum contribution. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

4.2 PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

(a) Each Participant may elect to defer Compensation which would have been received in the Plan Year, but for the deferral election, by up to 15%. A deferral election (or modiication of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election. For purposes of this Section, Compensation shall be determined prior to any reductions made pursuant to Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) for Plan Years beginning after December 3l, 2000, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and Employee

-23-

contributions described in. Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.

The amount by which Compensation is reduced shall be that Participant's Deferred Compensation and be treated as an Employer Elective Contribution and allocated to that Participant's Elective Account.

(b) The balance in each Participant's Elective Account shall be fully Vested at all times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, amounts held in the Participant's Elective Account may not be distributable (including any offset of loans) earlier than:

(1) a Participant's separation from service, Total and Permanent Disability, or death;

(2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

(3) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section.
408(k)), or a simple individual retirement account plan (as defined in Code Section 408(p));

(4) the date of disposition by the Employer to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation or such corporation continues to maintain this Plan after the disposition with respect to a Participant who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;

(5) the date of disposition by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer who maintains the Plan of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity which is not an Affiliated Employer but only with respect to a Participant who continues employment with such subsidiary; or

-24-

(6) the proven financial hardship of a Participant subject to the limitations of Section 6.l1.

(d) For each Plan Year, a Participant's Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan shall not exceed, during any taxable year of the Participant, the limitation imposed by Code
Section 402(g) as in effect at the beginning of such taxable year. If such dollar limitation is exceeded, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount which shall be distributed in a manner consistent with Section. 4.2(f). The dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

(e) In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution from the Participant's Elective Account pursuant to
Section 6.11(b) or pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B) from any other plan maintained by the Employer, than such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation contributed to the Plan for a period of twelve (12) months following the receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship distribution was made, by the amount of such Participant's Deferred Compensation, if any, pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan maintained by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

(f) If a Participant's Deferred Compensation under this Plan together with any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation
l.402(g)-l(b)) under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as described in Code Section 401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as described in Code Section 408(k)(6)), a simple individual retirement account plan (as described in Code Section 408(p)), a salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 3121(a)(5)(D), a deferred compensation plan under Code Section
457(b), or a trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g) as adjusted annually in accordance with the method provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to Regulations) for such Participant's taxable year, the Participant may, not later than March 1 following the close of the Participant's taxable year, notify the Administrator in wrIting of such excess and request that the Participant's Deferred Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute such excess amount (and any Income allocable to such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the

-25-

first April 15th following the close of the Participant's taxable year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income. The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant's Deferred Compensation under the Plan for the taxable year (and any income allocable to such excess amount). Any distribution on or before the last day of the Participant's taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

(1) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferred Compensation;

(2) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferred Compensation; and

(3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation.

Any distribution made pursuant to this Section 4.2(f) shall be made first from unmatched Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, from Deferred Compensation which is matched. Matching contributions which relate to such Deferred Compensation shall be forfeited.

(g) Notwithstanding Section 4.2(f) above, a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant.

(h) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the Participant's Elective Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary.

(i) Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to this
Section may be segregated into a separate account for each Participant in a federally insured saving account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate, or other short-term debt security acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations pursuant to Section 4.4 have been made.

(j) The Employer and the Administrator shall implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein in accordance with the following:

(1) A Participant must make an initial salary deferral election within a reasonable time, not to

-26-

exceed thirty (30) days, after entering the Plan pursuant to
Section 3.2. If the Participant fails to make an i3nitial salary deferral election within such time, then such Participant may thereafter make an election in accordance with the rules govering modifications. The Participant shall make such an election by entering into a written salary reduction agreement with the Employer and filing such agreement with the Administrator. Such election shall initially be effective beginning with the pay period following the acceptance of the salary reduction agreement by the Administrator, shall not have retroactive effect and shall remain in force until revoked.

(2) A Participant may modify a prior election at any time during the Plan Year and concurrently make a new election by filing a written notice with the Administrator within a reasonable time before the pay period for which such modification is to be effective. Any modification shall not have retroactive effect and shall remain in force until revoked.

(3) A Participant may elect to prospectively revoke the Participant's salary reduction agreement in its entirety at any time during the Plan Year by providing the Administrator with thirty (30) days written notice of such revocation (or upon such shorter notice period as may be acceptable to the Administrator). Such revocation shall become effective as of the beginning of the first pay period coincident with or next following the expiration of the notice period. Furthermore, the termination of the Participant's employment, or the cessation of participation for any reason, shall be deemed to revoke any salary reduction agreement then in effect, effective immediately following the close of the pay period within which such termination or cessation occurs.

4.3 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

The Employer may make its contribution to the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time as the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. If the Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the Employer will designate to the Trustee the Plan Year for which the Employer is making its contribution.

4.4 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNINGS

(a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

-27-

(b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

(1) With respect to the Employer Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(a), to each Participant's Elective Account in an amount equal to each such Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year.

(2) With respect to the Employer Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), to each Participant's Account in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

Any Participant actively employed during the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in the matching contribution for the Plan Year.

(3) With respect to the Employer Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), to each Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

Only Participants who are actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in the discretionary contribution for the year.

(c) On or before each Anniversary Date any amounts which became Forfeitures since the last Anniversary Date may be made available to reinstate previously forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.7(d), be used to satisfy any contribution that may be required pursuant to Sections 3.5 and 6.9, or be used to pay any administrative expenses of the Plan. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be used to reduce the Employer's contributions hereunder for the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures occur.

(d) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, Employees not otherwise eligible to share in the allocation of contributions as provided above, shall receive the minimum allocation provided for in Section 4.4(g) if eligible pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4(i).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who are not actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year due to Retirement (Normal or Late), Total and Permanent

-28-

Disability or death shall share in the allocation of contributions for that Plan Year.

(f) As of each Valuation Date, before the current valuation period allocation of Employer contributions, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant's and Former Participant's nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants' and Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of such date. Earnings or losses with respect to a Participant's Directed Account shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.12.

Participants' transfers from other qualified plans deposited in the general Trust Fund shall share in any earnings and losses (net appreciation or depreciation) of the Trust Fund in the same manner provided above. Each segregated account maintained on behalf of a Participant shall be credited or charged with its separate earnings and losses.

(g) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of each Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Employee's "415 Compensation" (reduced by contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group). However, if (1) the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the participant's Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee's "415 Compensation" and (2) this Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code
Section 401(a) (4) or 410, the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of each Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key Employee. However, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum allocation, such Non-Key Employee's Deferred Compensation and matching contributions needed to satisfy the "Actual Contribution Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 4.7(a) shall not be taken into account.

However, no such minimum allocation shall be required in this Plan for any Employee who participates in another defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group.

(h) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth

-29-

above, the percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer contributions allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

(i) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of all Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; and (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions to the Plan.

(j) For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" in excess of $150,000 (or such other amount provided, in the Code) shall be disregarded. Such amount shall be adjusted or increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. If "415 Compensation" for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant's minimum benefit for the current Plan Year, the "415 Compensation" for such determination period is subject to the applicable annual "415 Compensation" limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in determining the minimum benefit in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the annual "415 Compensation" limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000 (or such other amount as adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 415(d) for determination periods beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) for determination periods beginning on or after January 1, 1994). For determination periods beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan Years and shall not be adjusted. For any short Plan Year the "415 Compensation" limit shall be an amount equal to the "415 Compensation" limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).

(k) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who terminated employment for any reason during the Plan Year shall share in the salary reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the Hours of Service credited.

(l) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, all information necessary to properly reflect a

-30-

given transaction may not be available until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the transaction will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to express limits that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and the correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan.

(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if this is a plan that would otherwise fail to meet the requirements of code
Section 410(b) (1) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer contributions would not be allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

(1) The group of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year shall be expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified above. The specific Participants who shall become eligible under the terms of this paragraph shall be those who have not separated from service prior to the last day of the Plan Year and have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

(2) If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who have separated from service prior to the last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test. The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those Participants who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

(3) Nothing in this Section shall permit the reduction of a Participant's accrued benefit. Therefore any amounts that have previously been allocated to Participants may not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements. In such event, the Employer shall make an additional contribution equal to the amount such affected Participants would have received had they been included in the allocations,

-31-

even if it exceeds the amount which would be deductible under Code Section 404. Any adjustment to the allocations pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered a retroactive amendment adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

4.5 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) Maximum Annual Allocation: For each Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1996, the annual allocation derived from Employer Elective Contributions to a Highly Compensated Participant's Elective Account shall satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group) multiplied by 1.25, or

(2) The excess of the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group) shall not be more than two percentage points. Additionally, the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group) multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code
Section 401(k)(3) and Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b) are incorporated herein by reference.

However, in order to prevent the multiple use of the alternative method described in (2) above and in Code Section
401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant eligible to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 and to make Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this Plan or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall have a combination of such Participant's Elective Contributions and Employer matching contributions reduced pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and Regulation 1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated

-32-

herein by reference.

(b) For the purposes of this Section "Actual Deferral Percentage" means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in such group, of the amount of Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Participant's Elective Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for each group shall be calculated to the nearest one hundredth of one percent. Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced by Excess Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.

Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year test method is used to calculate the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non- Highly Compensated Participant group for the first Plan Year of this amendment and restatement, the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for the preceding Plan Year shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions of the Plan then in effect.

(c) For the purposes of Sections 4.5(a) and 4.6, a Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2, whether or not such deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to Section 4.2.

Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for the first Plan Year of this amendment and restatement, for purposes of Section 4.5(a) and 4.6, a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any such Employee eligible to make a deferral election, whether or not such deferral election was made or suspended, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan in effect for the preceding Plan Year.

(d) For the purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)
(4), 410(b) and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or deferred arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section 401(a) (4) or 410(b) (other than Code Section 410(b)
(2) (A) (ii)), the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement. In addition, two or more cash or deferred arrangements may be considered as a single

-33-

arrangement for purposes of determining whether or not such arrangements satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and
401(k). In such a case, the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans and the plans including such arrangements shall be treated as one arrangement and as one plan for purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k). Any adjustment to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant actual deferral ratio for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 981 and any superseding guidance. Plans may be aggregated under this paragraph (d) only if they have the same plan year. Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if two or more plans which include cash or deferred arrangements are permissively aggregated under Regulation 1.41O(b)-7(d), all plans permissively aggregated must use either the current year testing method or the prior year testing method for the testing year.

Notwithstanding the above, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409 may not be combined with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

(e) For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or more cash or deferred arrangements (other than a cash or deferred arrangement which is part of an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409) of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining the actual deferral ratio with respect to such Highly Compensated Participant. However, if the cash or deferred arrangements have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.

(f) For the purpose of this Section, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, when calculating the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group, the current year testing method shall be used. Any change from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method shall be made pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Notice 981, Section VII (or superseding guidance), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 4.6 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the

-34-

extent required by Regulations) to each plan within the meaning of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(11). Furthermore, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Non- Highly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A).

4.6 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

In the event (or if it is anticipated) that the initial allocations of the Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.4 do (or might) not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the options set forth below:

(a) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest dollar amount of Elective Contributions shall have a portion of such Participant's Elective Contributions distributed until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of such Participant's Elective Contributions equals the Elective Contributions of the Highly Compensated Participant having the second largest dollar amount of Elective Contributions. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed. In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed with respect to an affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced pursuant to Section 4.2(f) by any Excess Deferred Compensation previously distributed to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for such Participant's taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

(1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:

(i) may be postponed but not later than the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

(ii) shall be adjusted for Income; and

(iii) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income).

(2) Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata

-35-

distribution of Excess Contributions and Income.

(3) Matching contributions which relate to Excess Contributions shall be forfeited unless the related matching contribution is distributed as an Excess Aggregate Contribution pursuant to Section 4.8.

(b) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to:

(1) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's 414(s) Compensated for the year (or prior year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.

(2) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in the same proportion that each such Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total Deferred Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.

(3) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated

-36-

Participants electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section
4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used) to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in equal amounts (per capita).

(5) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s). Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum "annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9. This process shall continue until, one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied).

Notwithstanding the above, at the Employer's discretion, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) shall not be eligible to receive a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding the above, if the testing method changes from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method, then for purposes of preventing the double counting of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions for the first testing year for which the change is effective, any special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" or "Actual Contribution Percentage" test under the current year testing method for the prior year testing year shall be disregarded.

(c) If during a Plan Year, it is projected that the aggregate amount of Elective Contributions to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a), then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest deferral ratio until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next highest

-37-

actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 4.5(a). Alternatively, the Employer may specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred.

(d) Any Excess Contributions (and Income) which are distributed on or after 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

4.7 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) The "Actual Constitution Percentage" for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996 for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater of:

(1) 125 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group); or

(2) the lesser of 200 percent of such percentage for the Non- Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group), or such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group) plus 2 percentage points. However, to prevent the multiple use of the alternative method described in this paragraph and Code
Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant eligible to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 or any other cash or deferred arrangement maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and to make Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this Plan or under any plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall have a combination of Elective Contributions and Employer matching contributions reduced pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2 and Section 4.8(a). The provisions of Code Section 401(m) and Regulations 1.401(m)-1(b) and 1.401(m)-2 are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 4.8, "Actual Contribution Percentage" for a Plan Year means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group (for the preceding

-38-

Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group), the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in each group and rounded to the nearest one hundredth of one percent) of:

(1) the sum of Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) on behalf of each such Participant for such Plan Year, to

(2) the participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year.

Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for the first Plan Year of this amendment and restatement, for purposes of Section 47(a), the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for the preceding Plan Year shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Plan then in effect.

(c) For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage," only Employer matching contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In addition, the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees eligible to have Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b) allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified nonelective contributions (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective deferrals and qualified nonelective contributions shall be treated as Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) which is incorporated herein by reference. However, the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan to which the elective deferrals and the qualified nonelective contributions are made.

(d) For purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m), if two or more plans of the Employer to which matching contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made are treated as one plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or
410(b) (other than the average benefits test under Code Section
410(b)(2)(A)(ii)), such plans shall be treated as one plan. In addition, two or more plans of the Employer to which matching contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made may be considered as a single plan for purposes of determining whether or not such plans satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such a case, the aggregated plans must satisfy this Section and Code

-39-

Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m) as though such aggregated plans were a single plan. Any adjustment to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant actual contribution ratio for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 981 and any superseding guidance. Plans may be aggregated under this paragraph (d) only if they have the same plan year. Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if two or more plans which include cash or deferred arrangements are permissively aggregated under Regulation 1.410(b)-7(d), all plans permissively aggregated must use either the current year testing method or the prior year testing method for the testing year.

Notwithstanding the above, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409 may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

(e) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409) which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which matching contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated Participant's actual contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan.

(f) For purposes of Sections 4.7(a) and 4.8, a Highly Compensated Participant and Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to have Employer matching contributions (whether or not a deferral election was made or suspended) allocated to the Participant's account for the Plan Year.

Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for the first Plan Year of this amendment and restatement, for the purposes of Section 4.7(a), a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any such Employee eligible to have Employer matching contributions (whether or not a deferral election was made or suspended) allocated to the Participant's account for the preceding Plan Year pursuant to the provisions of the Plan then in effect.

(g) For the purpose of this Section, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, when calculating the

-40-

"Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group, the current year testing method shall be used. Any change from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method shall be made pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Notice 981, Section VII (or superseding guidance), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 4.8 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each plan within, the meaning of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(11). Furthermore, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A).

4.8 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) In the event (or if it is anticipated) that, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group exceeds (or might exceed) the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group pursuant to Section 4.7(a), the Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year) shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest dollar amount of contributions determined pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(1), the Vested portion of such contributions (and Income allocable to such contributions) and, if forfeitable, forfeit such non-Vested contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions (and Income allocable to such forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or until the Participant's remaining amount equals the amount of contributions determined pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(1) of the Highly Compensated Participant having the second largest dollar amount of contributions. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed.

If the correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions is not in proportion to the Vested and non-Vested portion of such contributions, then the Vested portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer matching contributions after the correction shall be subject to
Section 6.5(g).

-41-

(b) Any distribution and/or forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions and Income. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with
Section 4.4.

(c) Excess Aggregate Contributions, including forfeited matching contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.

Forfeited matching contributions that are reallocated to Participants' Accounts for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs shall be treated as an "annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9(b) for the Participants to whose Accounts they are reallocated and for the Participants from whose Accounts they are forfeited.

(d) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

(e) If during a Plan Year the projected aggregate amount of Employer matching contributions to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would, by virtue of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a), cause the Plan to fail such tests, then the Administrator may automatically reduce proportionately or in the order provided in Section 4.8(a) each affected Highly Compensated Participant's projected share of such contributions by an amount necessary to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a).

(f) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Account of each Non-Highly Compensated eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to:

-42-

(1) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.

(2) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in the same proportion that each such Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total Deferred Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.

(3) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used) to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in equal amounts (per capita).

(5) A special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of

-43-

the tests set forth in Section 4.7 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum "annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied).

Notwithstanding the above, at the Employer's discretion, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) shall not be eligible to receive a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding the above, if the testing method changes from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method, then for purposes of preventing the double counting of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions for the first testing year for which the change is effective, any special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" or "Actual Contribution Percentage" test under the current year testing method for the prior year testing year shall be disregarded.

(g) Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) which are distributed on or after 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

4.9 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for "limitation years" beginning after December 31, 1994, the maximum "annual additions" credited to a Participant's accounts for any "limitation year" shall equal the lesser of: (1) $30,000 adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to the Regulations, or (2) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's "415 Compensation" for such "limitation year." If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts would cause the "annual additions" for the "limitation year" to exceed the maximum "annual additions," the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the "annual additions" for the "limitation year" will equal the maximum "annual additions," and any amount in excess of the maximum "annual additions," which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other Participants. For any short "limitation year," the dollar limitation in (1) above shall be reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short "limitation year" and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

-44-

(b) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, "annual additions" means the sum credited to a Participant's accounts or any "limitation year" of (1) Employer contributions, (2) Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2) which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer and (5) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section, 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer Except, however, the "415 Compensation" percentage limitation referred tom paragraph (a) (2) above shall not apply to:
(1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an "annual addition," or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an "annual addition" under Code Section 415(l)(1).

(c) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an "annual addition." In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of Section 4.9(b)(2): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cashouts);
(4) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k) (6).

(d) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the "limitation year" shall be the Plan Year.

(e) For the purpose of this Section all qualified defined contribution plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution plan.

(f) For the purpose of this Section, if the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common control (as defined by Code Section 1563(a) or Code
Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), is a member of an affiliated service group (as, defined by Code Section
414(m)), or is a member of a group of entities required to be aggregated pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o), all

-45-

Employees of such Employers shall be considered to be employed by a single Employer.

(g) For the purpose of this Section, if this Plan is a Code
Section 413(c) plan, each Employer who maintains this Plan will be considered to be a separate Employer.

(h) (1) If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which have different Anniversary Dates, the maximum "annual addition" under this Plan shall equal the maximum "annual additions" for the "limitation year" minus any "annual additions" previously credited to such Participant's accounts during the "limitation year."

(2) If a Participant participates in both a defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 and a defined contribution plan not subject to code Section 412 maintained by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, "annual additions" will be credited to the Participant's accounts under the defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 prior to crediting "annual additions" to the Participant's accounts under the defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412.

(3) If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412 maintained by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, the maximum "annual additions" under this Plan shall equal the product of (A) the maximum "annual additions" for the "limitation year" minus any "annual additions" previously credited under subparagraphs (1) or (2) above, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the "annual additions" which would be credited to such Participant's accounts under this Plan without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415 and (ii) the denominator of which is such "annual additions" for all plans described in this subparagraph.

(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in this Section shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the Regulations thereunder.

4.10 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

(a) If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant's Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g) (3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 4.9

-46-

or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the maximum "annual additions" to be exceeded for any Participant, the "excess amount" will be disposed of in one of the following manners, as uniformly determined by the Administrator for all Participants similarly situated.

(1) Any unmatched Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, proportionately from Deferred Compensation which is matched and matching contributions which relate to such Deferred Compensation, will be reduced to the extent they would reduce the "excess amount." The Deferred Compensation (and any gains attributable to such Deferred Compensation) will be distributed to the Participant and the Employer matching contributions (and any gains attributable to such matching contributions) will be used to reduce the Employer contribution in the next "limitation year";

(2) If, after the application of subparagraph (1) above, an "excess amount" still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the "limitation year," the "excess amount" will be used to reduce the Employer contribution for such Participant in the next "limitation year," and each succeeding "limitation year" if necessary;

(3) If, after the application of subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, an "excess amount" still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the "limitation year," the "excess amount" will be held unallocated in a "Section 415 suspense account." The "Section 415 suspense account" will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next "limitation year," and each succeeding "limitation year" if necessary;

(4) If a "Section 415 suspense account" is in existence at any time during the "limitation year" pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the allocation of investment gains and losses of the Trust Fund. If a "Section 415 suspense account" is in existence at any time during a particular "limitation year," all amounts in the "Section 415 suspense account" must be allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts before any Employer contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that "limitation year." Except as provided in (1) above, "excess amounts" may not be distributed to Participants or Former Participants.

(b) For purposes of this Article, "excess amount" for any Participant for a "limitation year" shall mean the

-47-

excess, if any, of (1) the "annual additions" which would be credited to the Participant's account under the terms of the Plan without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415 over (2) the maximum "annual additions" determined pursuant to Section 4.9.

(c) For purposes of this Section, "Section 415 suspense account shall mean an unallocated account equal to the sum of" "excess amounts" for all Participants in the Plan during the "limitation year."

4.11 ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

(a) With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be transferred (within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under Code Section 401(a) by Participants, provided the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a "Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account." The portion of the Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account attributable to any transfer shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason, except as otherwise provided in the conditions governing such transferor in an amendment to the Plan relating to such transfer.

Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(3)), including amounts treated as elective, contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d).

(b) With the consent of the Administrator, the Plan may accept a "rollover" by Participants, provided the "rollover" will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any "rollovers" to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to establish (by providing opinion of counsel or otherwise) that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts rolled over shall be set up in a the Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account and shall be fully Vested at all times and not subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

-48-

For purposes of this Section, the term "qualified plan" shall mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a), or, any other plans from which distributions are eligible to be rolled over into this Plan pursuant to the Code. The term "rollover" means: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another qualified plan; (ii) distributions received by an Employee from other "qualified plans" which are eligible for tax-free rollover to a "qualified plan" and which are transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt thereof; (iii) amounts transferred to this Plan from a conduit individual retirement account provided that the conduit individual retirement account has no assets other than assets which (A) were previously distributed to the Employee by another "qualified plan," (B) were eligible for tax-free rollover to a "qualified plan" and (C) were deposited in such conduit individual retirement account within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof; (iv) amounts distributed to the Employee from a conduit individual retirement account within the requirements of clause (iii) above, and transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account; and (v) any other amounts which are eligible to be rolled over to this Plan pursuant to the Code.

(c) Amounts in a Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan.

(d) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the amount credited to the Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account. Any distributions of amounts held in a Participant's Transfer/Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a) (11) and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered as part of a Participant's benefit in determining whether an involuntary cashout of benefits may be made without Participant consent.

(e) The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers and rollovers made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant

-49-

until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust Fund or be directed by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.12.

(f) This Plan shall not accept any direct or indirect transfers (as that term is defined and interpreted under Code
Section 401(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder) from a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan which would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant.

(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

4.12 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

(a) Participants may, subject to a procedure established by the Administrator (the Participant Direction Procedures) and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner, direct the Trustee, in writing (or in such other form which is acceptable to the Trustee), to invest all of their accounts in specific assets, specific funds or other investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures. That portion of the interest of any Participant so directing will thereupon be considered a Participant's Directed Account.

(b) As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts shall be charged or credited with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when available or appropriate as follows:

(1) to the extent that the assets in a Participant's Directed Account are accounted for as pooled assets or investments, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant's Directed Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate to the Participant's share of such pooled investment; and

(2) to the extent that the assets in the Participant's Directed Account are accounted for as segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses from such assets shall be made on a separate and distinct basis.

-50-

(c) Investment directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee that investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, Administrator or Trustee. Furthermore, the processing of any investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transition will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction.

(d) The Participant Direction Procedures shall provide an explanation of the circumstances under which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment instructions, including, but need not be limited to, the following:

(1) the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest Participant Directed Accounts in Directed Investment Options;

(2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or persons designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing information to the Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed Investment Options;

(3) applicable restrictions on transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative;

(4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to a Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries;

(5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the balances in Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of Directed Investment Options; and

(6) general procedures for the dissemination of

-51-

investment and other information relating to the Designated Investment Alternatives as deemed necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a description of the following:

(i) the investment vehicles available under the Plan, including specific information regarding any Designated Investment Alternative;

(ii) any designated Investment Managers; and

(iii) a description of the additional information which may be obtained upon request from the Fiduciary designated to provide such information.

(e) With respect to any Employer stock which is allocated to a Participant's Directed Investment Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the Trustee with regard to any voting, tender and similar rights associated with the ownership of Employer stock, (hereinafter referred to as the "Stock Rights") as follows:

(1) each Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights in accordance with the provisions, conditions and terms of any such Stock Rights;

(2) such directions shall be provided to the Trustee by the Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the procedure as established by the Administrator and the Trustee shall vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights with respect to which it has received directions too so under this Section; and

(3) to the extent to which a Participant or Beneficiary does not instruct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights, such Participant or Beneficiaries shall be deemed to have directed the Trustee that such Stock Rights remain nonvoted and unexercised.

(f) Any information regarding investments available under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant Direction Procedures, may be provided to the Participant in one or more written documents (or in any other form including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from the Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan.

(g) The Administrator may, in its discretion, include in or exclude by amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate

-52-

to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly.

4.13 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

ARTICLE V
VALUATIONS

5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Valuation Date, to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair market value (or their contractual value in the case of a Contract or Policy) as of the Valuation Date and shall deduct all expenses for which the Trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee may update the value of any shares held in the Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held by that Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date.

5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION

In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers.

ARTICLE VI
DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for the purposes hereof on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. However, a Participant may postpone the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the

-53-

participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to Section 4.4, shall continue until such Participant's Late Retirement Date. Upon a Participant's Retirement Date or attainment of Normal Retirement Date without termination of employment with the Employer, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Trustee shall distribute, at the election of the Participant, all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant's Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, to distribute the value of the deceased Participant's accounts to the Participant's Beneficiary.

(b) Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, to distribute any remaining Vested amounts credited to the accounts of a deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant's Beneficiary.

(c) Any security interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the Participant or Former Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the death benefit.

(d) The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

(e) The Beneficiary of the death benefit payable pursuant to this Section shall be the Participant's spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse if:

(1) the spouse has waived the right to be the Participant's Beneficiary, or

(2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or

-54-

(3) the Participant has no spouse, or

(4) the spouse cannot be located.

In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or change a Beneficiary by filing written (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) notice of such revocation or change with the Administrator. However, the Participant's spouse must again consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right.

(f) In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary is not alive at the time of the Participant's death, the death benefit will be paid to the Participant's estate. If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the death benefit, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary's estate.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if a Participant has designated the spouse as a Beneficiary, then a divorce decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant's designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)) provides otherwise.

(h) Any consent by the Participant's spouse to waive any rights to the death benefit must be in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service), must acknowledge the effect of such waiver, and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Further, the spouse's consent must be irrevocable and must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.

6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant's Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to such Participant of all Vested amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account.

-55-

6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

(a) If a Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason other death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement, then such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided hereinafter pursuant to this Section 6.4.

Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant's death, Total and Permanent Disability or Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account be payable to such Terminated Participant. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

If, for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, the value of a Terminated Participant's Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning prior to August 6, 1997) and, if the distribution is made prior to March 22, 1999, has never exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning prior to August 6, 1997) at the time of any prior distribution, then the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to cause the entire Vested benefit to be paid to such Participant in a single lump sum.

(b) A Participant shall become fully Vested in the Participant's Account attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c) immediately upon entry into the Plan.

(c) The Vested portion of any Participant's Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
Section 4.1(b) shall be a percentage of the total of such amount credited to the Participant's Account determined on the basis of the Participant's number of Years of Service according to the following schedule:

          Vesting Schedule

Years of Service        Percentage
         1                 20%
         2                 40%
         3                 60%
         4                 80%
         5                100%

-56-

(d) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, the Vested percentage of a Participant's Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement.

(e) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer contributions to the Plan or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

(f) The computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant's interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this Plan. In the event that the Plan is amended to change or modify any vesting schedule, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service as of the expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant's nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant's election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end sixty
(60) days after the latest of:

(1) the adoption date of the amendment,

(2) the effective date of the amendment, or

(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Administrator.

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

(a) The Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or such Participant's Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in one lump-sum payment in cash. Except, however, this provision shall not be effective for distributions with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act's requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications) and (ii) January 1, 2003; and prior to such effective date the installment settlement option previously

-57-

provided under the terms of the Plan in effect prior to the adoption of this provision shall also be available to the Participant receiving the distribution in addition to the lump sum settlement option.

(b) Any distribution to a Participant, for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, who has a benefit which exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning prior to August 6, 1997) or, if the distribution is made prior to March 22, 1999, has ever exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning prior to August 6, 1997) at the time of any prior distribution, shall require such Participant's written (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) consent if such distribution occurs prior to the time the benefit is "immediately distributable." A benefit is "immediately distributable" if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

(c) The following rules will apply to the consent requirements set forth in subsection (b):

(1) The Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the distribution of any benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not apply with respect to distributions which are required under Section 6.5(d).

(2) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the date the distribution commences.

(3) Written (or such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than ninety (90) days before the date the distribution commences.

(4) No consent shall be void if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

Any such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of

-58-

whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant's benefits made on or after January 1, 1997 shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference:

(1) A Participant's benefits shall be distributed or must begin to be distributed not later than April 1st of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires, provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a "five (5) percent owner" at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Such distributions shall be equal to or greater than any required distribution.

(2) Distributions to a Participant and the Participant's Beneficiaries shall only be made in accordance with the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.

With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) or such other date specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

(e) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant and a Participant's spouse may, at the election of the Participant or the Participant's spouse, be redetermined in accordance with Regulations. The election, once made, shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's spouse shall not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.

-59-

(f) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be nontransferable when distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of the Plan.

(g) If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant's Account and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then, at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the formula:

X equals P(AB plus D) - D

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, and D is the amount of distribution.

6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) The death benefit payable pursuant to. Section 6.2 shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary in one lump-sum payment in cash subject to the rules of Section 6.6(b).

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the distribution of a Participant's interest has begun and the Participant dies before the entire interest has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution selected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of the date of death. If a Participant dies before receiving any distributions of the interest in the Plan or before distributions are deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then the death benefit shall be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant's date of death occurs.

However, in the event that the Participant's spouse (determined as of the date of the Participant's death) is the designated Beneficiary, then in lieu of the preceding rules, distributions must be made over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the spouse and must commence on or before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the

-60-

calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If the surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution requirement of this
Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant.

(c) For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

6.7 TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever the Trustee is to make a distribution the distribution may be made on such date or as soon thereafter as is practicable. However, unless a Former Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall occur not later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution that is "immediately distributable" (within the meaning of Section 6.5), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY

In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent Beneficiary, then the Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none in the case or a minor Beneficiary, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the Beneficiary maintains residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof.

6.9 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the Participant's attainment of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a certified letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such person, to ascertain the whereabouts of

-61-

such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2001, if the value of a Participant's Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, either be treated as a Forfeiture, or be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer contribution if necessary. However, regardless of the preceding, a benefit which is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law is not treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture under the Code.

6.10 PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

Unless otherwise provided, at such time as a Participant shall have attained the age of 59 1/2 years, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant who has not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the Vested amount then credited to the accounts maintained on behalf of the Participant, excluding that portion of his Participant's Account attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c). In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

6.11 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

(a) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of 100% of the Participant's Elective Account valued as of the last Valuation Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section is deemed to be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the withdrawal is for:

(1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any of the Participant's dependents (as defined in

-62-

Code Section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical cares described in Code Section 213(d);

(2) The costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant and the Participant's spouse, children, or dependents; or

(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant's principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence.

(b) No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the Administrator, based upon the Participant's representation and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. The amount of the immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution;

(2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer;

(3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant's elective deferrals and after-tax voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended for at least twelve (12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution or, the Participant, pursuant to a legally enforceable agreement, will suspend elective deferrals and after-tax voluntary Employee contributions to the Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer for at least twelve
(12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution; and

(4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant may not make elective deferrals for the Participant's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under

-63-

Code Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of such Participant's elective deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant's Elective Account pursuant to this Section shall be limited solely to the Participant's total Deferred Compensation as of the date of distribution, reduced by the amount of any previous distributions pursuant to this Section and Section 6.10.

(d) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

6.12 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION

All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any "alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order." Furthermore, a distribution to an "alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a "qualified domestic relations order," even if the affected Participant has not separated from service and has not reached the "earliest retirement age" under the Plan. For the purposes of this Section, "alternate payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and "earliest retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE

7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:

(1) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined by the Employer, to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however, to the direction of a Participant with respect to Participant Directed Accounts, the Employer or an Investment Manager appointed by the Employer or any agent of the Employer;

(2) At the direction of the Administrator, to pay benefits required under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death, to their Beneficiaries; and

(3) To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to

-64-

Section 7.7.

(b) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), or the Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions as so directed.

(1) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee, including, but not limited to, voice recorded) instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), or the Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability, resulting from such direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part or the Plan assets.

(2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary agent, which may be an affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative.

(3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may result from the Trustee's refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant.

(4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant's directions shall be borne by the Participant's Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer.

(c) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf.

7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, stocks, common or preferred, open-end or closed-end mutual

-65-

funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities on other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times the Plan may qualify as a qualified Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.

(b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and recordkeeping nature.

7.3 OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of the Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities, to be exercised in the Trustee's sole discretion:

(a) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

(b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement;

(c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property. However, the Trustee shall not vote proxies relating to securities for which it has not been assigned

-66-

full investment management responsibilities. In those cases where another party has such investment authority or discretion, the Trustee will deliver all proxies to said party who will then have full responsibility for voting those proxies;

(d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee's own name, in the name of one or more of the Trustee's nominees, in a clearing corporation, in a depository, or in book entry form or in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund;

(e) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

(f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

(g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

(h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

(i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

(j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

(k) To apply for and procure from responsible insurance companies, to be selected by the Administrator, as an investment of the Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant) as the

-67-

Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

(l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon;

(m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

(n) To invest in shares of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(o) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered;

(p) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

(q) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;

(r) To appoint a nonfiduciary agent or agents to assist the Trustee in carrying out any investment instructions of Participants and of any Investment Manager or Fiduciary, and to compensate such agent(s) from the assets of the Plan, to the extent not paid by the Employer;

(s) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

7.4 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

(a) The Trustee may, in the Trustee's discretion,

-68-

make loans to Participants and Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants and Beneficiaries; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest;
(4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.

(b) Loans made pursuant to this Section (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the Participant) may, in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy established by the Administrator, be limited to the lesser of:

(1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant during the one year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant on the date on which such loan was made, or

(2) one-half (1/2) of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the Participant under the Plan, excluding that portion of his Participant's Account attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be considered one plan.

(c) Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made not less frequently than quarterly over a period not to exceed five (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a "principal residence" of the Participant shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years. For this purpose, a "principal residence" has the same meaning as a "principal residence" under Code Section 1034. Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

(d) Any loans granted or renewed shall be made pursuant to a Participant loan program. Such loan program shall be established in writing and must include, but need not be limited to, the following:

(1) the identity of the person or positions

-69-

authorized to administer the Participant loan program;

(2) a projecture for applying for loans;

(3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

(4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered;

(5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;

(6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

(7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets.

Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate written document which, when properly executed, is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan. Furthermore, such Participant loan program may be modified or amended in writing from time to time without the necessity of amending this Section.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan made pursuant to this Section, then the loan default will be a distributable event to the extent permitted by the Code and Regulations.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, any loans made prior to the date this amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the plan in effect at the time such loan was made.

7.5 DUTIES 0F THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of such payments.

7.6 TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee's fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive compensation from the Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall

-70-

be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

7.7 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth:

(1) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

(2) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the assets;

(3) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;

(4) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and

(5) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate.

(b) The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this Section shall deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires.

7.8 AUDIT

(a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of

-71-

the Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of the audit setting forth the accountant's opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists that are required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan's annual report, are presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

(b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund.

(c) If some or all of the information necessary to enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

7.9 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

(a) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of resignation.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee's removal.

(c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

(d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and

-72-

responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor.

(e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.7 or
(ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no later than the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer's approval of an annual statement of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

7.10 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the Vested interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming part of a pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's new employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

7.11 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee's power and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7.12 DIRECT ROLLOVER

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a "distributee's" election under this Section, a "distributee" may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an "eligible rollover distribution" that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an "eligible

-73-

retirement plan" specified by the "distributee" in a "direct rollover."

(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply:

(1) An "eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the "distributee," except that an "eligible rollover distribution" does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the "distributee" or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the "distributee" and the "distributee's" designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any other distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)
(i) (IV) made after December 31, 1999; and any other distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

(2) An "eligible retirement plan" is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the "distributee's" "eligible rollover distribution." However, in the case of an "eligible rollover distribution" to the surviving spouse, an "eligible retirement plan" is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

(3) A "distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are "distributees" with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(4) A "direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the "eligible retirement plan" specified by the "distributee."

-74-

7.13 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms are defined in the Act, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be permitted to acquire any "qualifying Employer securities" or "qualifying Employer real property" if, immediately after the acquisition of such securities or property, the fair market value of all "qualifying Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property" held by the Trustee hereunder should amount to more than 100% of the fair market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS

8.1 AMENDMENT

(a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan, subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Administrator may only be made with the Trustee's or Administrator's written consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

(b) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer.

(c) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" or adds or modifies conditions relating to "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" which results in a further restriction on such benefits unless such "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" are benefits described in Code Section
411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. A Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment

-75-

of the Participant's interest in the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit will be permissible if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below:

(1) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

(2) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications) or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.

8.2 TERMINATION

(a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such termination. Upon any full or partial termination, all amounts credited to the affected Participants' Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested as provided in Section 6.4 and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated amounts, including Forfeitures, shall be allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct the distribution of the assets of the Trust Fund to Participants in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from an insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

8.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS

This Plan and Trust may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan and

-76-

trust only if the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation, and such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

ARTICLE IX
TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1 TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Plan.

9.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

(a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant's Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation Group which includes this Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition, if a Participant or Former Participant has not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the five year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

(b) Aggregate Account: A Participant's Aggregate Account as of the Determination Date is the sum of:

(1) the Participant's Combined Account balance as of the most recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

(2) an adjustment for any contributions due as of the Determination Date. Such adjustment shall be the

-77-

amount of any contributions actually made after the Valuation Date but due on or before the Determination Date, except for the first Plan Year when such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that first Plan Year.

(3) any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan Years. However, in the case of distributions made after the Valuation Date and prior to the Determination Date, such distributions are not included as distributions for top heavy purposes to the extent that such distributions are already included in the Participant's Aggregate Account balance as of the Valuation Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included in an Aggregation Group, will be counted. Further, distributions from the Plan (including the cash value of life insurance policies) of a Participant's account balance because of death shall be treated as a distribution for the purposes of this paragraph.

(4) any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory. However, amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

(5) with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan maintained by one employer to a plan maintained by another employer), if this Plan provides the rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall always consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as a distribution for the purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

(6) with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by the same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of the Participant's

-78-

Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

(7) For the purposes of determining whether two employers are to be treated as the same employer in (5) and (6) above, all employers aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) and
(o) are treated as the same employer.

(c) "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

(1) Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation Group hereunder, each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, and each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, will be required to be aggregated. Such group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.

In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

(2) Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include any other plan not required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. Such group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part of the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

(3) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination Dates fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

(4) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated

-79-

plan of the Employer if it was maintained within the last five
(5) years ending on the Determination Date.

(d) "Determination Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

(e) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined benefit plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefit for a Participant other than a Key Employee, shall be as determined using the single accrual method used for all plans of the Employer and Affiliated Employers, or if no such single method exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). The determination of the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.

(f) "Top Heavy Group" means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of:

(1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

(2) the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the group,

exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Participants.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan.

10.2 ALIENATION

(a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, and as otherwise permitted by the Code and the Act, no benefit

-80-

which shall be payable out of the Trust Fund to any person (including a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, or assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized by the Trustee, except to such extent as may be required by law.

(b) Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, by reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.4. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit, such proportion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from the Participant's Combined Account. If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Vested Participant's Combined Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8.

(c) Subsection (a) shall not apply to a "qualified domestic relations order" defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a "qualified domestic relations order," a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

(d) Subsection (a) shall not apply to an offset to a Participant's accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D).

10.3 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced

-81-

according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the State of New York, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not preempted by the Act.

10.4 GENDER AND NUMBER

Wherever any words are used herein in. the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

10.5 LEGAL ACTION

In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

10.6 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

(a) Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

(b) In the event the Employer shall make an excessive contribution under a mistake of fact pursuant to Act Section
403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such excessive contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

(c) Except for Sections 3.5, 3.6, and 4.1(d), any contribution by the Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following the final determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by

-82-

final decision of a competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution within one (1) year following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

10.7 EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

10.8 INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the insurer, an insurer which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any actions directed by the Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the insurer.

10.9 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

Any payment to any Participant, the Participant's legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer, either of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee or Employer.

10.1O ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

10.11 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer,

-83-

(2) the Administrator, (3) the Trustee and (4) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any agreement allocating or delegating their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. In general, the employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's "funding policy and method"; and to amend or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, including, not limited to, the items specified in Article II of the Plan, as same may be allocated or delegated thereunder. The Administrator shall act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with Participant according to the Participant Direction Procedures. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except to the extent directed pursuant to Article II or with respect to those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan as specified or allocated herein. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

10.12 HEADINGS

The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.13 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for qualification filed by or on behalf of the Plan by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date that the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service or the Commissioner's delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all

-84-

amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations. If the disqualification relates to an amended plan, there the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended.

10.14 UNIFORMITY

All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and any Contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been executed as of the day and year first above written, to become effective October 1, 1999, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

By: /s/ John D. Owen
    -----------------------------------------
    Name:  John D. Owen
    Title: CFO


/s/ John D. Owen
---------------------------------------------
John D. Owen, Trustee


/s/ Thomas E. Kelly
---------------------------------------------
Thomas E. Kelly, Trustee


/s/ Vincent J. Stabile
---------------------------------------------
Vincent Stabile, Trustee

-85-

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
JetBlue Airways Corporation:

We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement to be filed on Form S-1 of JetBlue Airways Corporation of our reports dated June 27, 2001, relating to the balance sheet of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2000, and the related statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows and the related schedule for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2000, which reports are included herein.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

Stamford, Connecticut
March 18, 2002



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.3


Consent of Independent Auditors

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated January 25, 2002, except Note 15, as to which the date is March 18, 2002, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-82576) and related Prospectus of JetBlue Airways Corporation for the registration of 6,325,000 shares of its common stock.

New York, New York
March 18, 2002




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Auditors